IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS LP
SC 14D1, 1996-07-02
Previous: IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS LP, SC 13E3, 1996-07-02
Next: IDS SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS LP, SC 14D9, 1996-07-02



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                 SCHEDULE 14D-1
              TENDER OFFER STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(d)(1)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                            ------------------------
 
                    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.
                           (Name of Subject Company)
                            ------------------------
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                                    (Bidder)
 
                           LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS
                         (Title of Class of Securities)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   448933-309
                     (CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)
                            ------------------------
                             KRISTIN H. STRED, ESQ.
              SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, SECRETARY AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                               1201 THIRD AVENUE
                                   SUITE 2200
                           SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101
                                 (206) 624-8100
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized
           to Receive Notices and Communications on Behalf of Bidder)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
                             JEFFERY T. PERO, ESQ.
                            WILLIAM J. CERNIUS, ESQ.
                                LATHAM & WATKINS
                             650 TOWN CENTER DRIVE
                                TWENTIETH FLOOR
                          COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626
                                 (714) 540-1235
 
                           CALCULATION OF FILING FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TRANSACTION VALUATION*                                              AMOUNT OF FILING FEE
<S>                                                             <C>
$16,705,000...................................................             $5,761
</TABLE>
 
 *  For purposes of calculating  amount of filing fee  only. This amount assumes
    the purchase of 65,000 Units (the "Units"),  at a price per Unit of $257  in
    cash.  Pursuant to, and as provided by,  Rule 0-11(d), the amount being paid
    with the filing of this Schedule 14D-1 is $5,761.
 
/ /  Check box if any part of  the fee is offset as provided by Rule  0-11(a)(2)
    and  identify the filing with which  the offsetting fee was previously paid.
    Identify the previous filing by  registration statement number, or the  Form
    or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Amount Previously Paid: None    Filing Party: N/A
Form or Registration No.: N/A   Date Filed: N/A
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     14D-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    CUSIP NO.
<S>                <C>                                                                                 <C>
            1      NAME OF REPORTING PERSON AND S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON
                   SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC. (91-1603837)
            2      CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP                                    (a) / /
                                                                                                       (b) / /
            3      SEC USE ONLY
            4      SOURCES OF FUNDS
                   BK
            5      CHECK IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(e) OR      / /
                   2(f)
            6      CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
                   DELAWARE
            7      AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING PERSON
                   APPROXIMATELY 1,825 UNITS
            8      CHECK IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (7) EXCLUDES CERTAIN SHARES                    / /
            9      PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (7) APPROXIMATELY 1.2%
           10      TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON -- CO
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
    This Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 14D-1 (the "Statement") relates to a
tender  offer by  Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Purchaser"), to purchase  up to  65,000 units of  limited partnership  interest
(the "Units") of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners, L.P., a Washington limited
partnership (the "Partnership"), at $257 per Unit, net to the seller in cash and
without  interest, upon the terms of and  subject to the conditions set forth in
the Offer to Purchase, dated July 2, 1996 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and in  the
related   Letter  of   Transmittal,  copies   of  which   are  attached  hereto,
respectively, as  Exhibits 99.1  and  99.2 (and  which together  constitute  the
"Offer"). This Statement is being filed by the Purchaser.
 
ITEM 1.  SECURITY AND SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)  The name of the subject  Company is IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners
L.P. The address of its principal executive offices is 1201 Third Avenue,  Suite
2200, Seattle, Washington 98101.
 
    (b)  The exact title of  the class of equity  securities being sought in the
Offer is Limited Partnership Units. The information set forth in the SUMMARY  of
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (c)  The information set  forth in "MARKET  PRICE OF UNITS"  of the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 2.  IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND.
 
    (a)-(d), (g) This Statement is being filed by the Purchaser. The information
set forth in  the SUMMARY, "BACKGROUND  AND PURPOSES OF  THE TRANSACTION --  The
Purchaser"  and Schedule I  of the Offer  to Purchase is  incorporated herein by
reference.
 
    (e)-(f) Neither  the Purchaser  nor, to  the of  its knowledge,  any of  the
persons  listed in Schedule I of the Offer  to Purchase has during the last five
years (i) been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic  violations
or  similar  misdemeanors) or  (ii)  been a  party to  a  civil proceeding  of a
judicial or administrative  body of competent  jurisdiction and as  a result  of
such proceeding was or is subject to a judgment, decree or final order enjoining
future  violations of,  or prohibiting activities  subject to,  federal or state
securities laws or finding any violation of such laws.
 
ITEM 3.  PAST CONTACTS, TRANSACTIONS OR NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)-(b) The  information  set  forth  in "BACKGROUND  AND  PURPOSES  OF  THE
TRANSACTION  -- The Purchaser,"  "BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION --
Background of the Transaction" and "INTERESTS  OF CERTAIN PERSONS" of the  Offer
to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 4.  SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION.
 
    (a)-(b)  The information  set forth  in the  SUMMARY, "SOURCE  AND AMOUNT OF
FUNDS" and "THE  OFFER" --  Section 10  ("Fees and  Expenses") of  the Offer  to
Purchase  and  in  Exhibits  10.1  and 10.2  hereto  is  incorporated  herein by
reference.
 
    (c) Not applicable.
 
ITEM 5.  PURPOSE OF THE TENDER OFFER AND PLANS OR PROPOSALS OF THE BIDDER.
 
    (a)-(g) The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND  AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION  -- Background of the Transactions"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION  -- Purposes and  Structure of  the
Offer," "FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER -- Factors
Considered  by the General Partner," "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS" and "EFFECTS
OF THE TRANSACTION  ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS"  of the Offer  to Purchase  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a)-(b)  The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE  TRANSACTION -- Background of the  Transactions"
and  "INTERESTS OF  CERTAIN PERSONS"  of the  Offer to  Purchase is incorporated
herein by reference.
 
ITEM 7.  CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT
         TO THE SUBJECT COMPANY'S SECURITIES.
 
    The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS --  Voting
Power,"  "BACKGROUND  AND  PURPOSES  OF THE  TRANSACTION  --  Background  of the
Transactions," "THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT" and "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS" of
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8.  PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED.
 
    The information set forth in the SUMMARY, "APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF  FINANCIAL
ADVISORS"  and "THE OFFER" --  Section 10 ("Fees and  Expenses") of the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CERTAIN BIDDERS.
 
    The information set forth in "BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION  --
The  Purchaser" and  Schedule VII  of the  Offer to  Purchase and  the financial
information of  the  Purchaser  incorporated  by reference  into  the  Offer  to
Purchase are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
 
    (a)  The  information set  forth in  the SUMMARY,  "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"
"BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE  TRANSACTION -- The Purchaser," "BACKGROUND  AND
PURPOSES  OF THE TRANSACTION -- Background of the Transaction" and "INTERESTS OF
CERTAIN PERSONS" of the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (b)-(d) The information  set forth  in "THE  OFFER" --  Section 8  ("Certain
Legal   Matters  and  Regulatory  Approvals")  of   the  Offer  to  Purchase  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
    (e) None.
 
    (f) The  information set  forth in  the  Offer to  Purchase, the  Letter  of
Transmittal  and the press release  by the Purchaser of  July 2, 1996, copies of
which are attached  hereto as  Exhibits 99.1,  99.2 and  99.3, respectively,  is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.  MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
2.1        Acquisition Agreement dated July 1, 1996, by and among Shurgard Storage Centers,
            Inc., IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P., IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
            Partners L.P. II and IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III.
10.1       Loan Agreement among Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., Seattle-First National
            Bank, Key Bank of Washington and West One Bank dated August 19, 1994
            (incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Purchaser's Registration
            Statement on Form S-4, Amendment No. 2, filed with the Securities and Exchange
            Commission on March 31, 1995).
10.2       Revolving Loan Agreement among Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., SSC Acquisitions,
            Inc. and Nomura Asset Capital Corp. dated as of December 23, 1994 (incorporated
            by reference to exhibit filed with the Purchaser's Registration Statement on
            Form S-4, Amendment No. 2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
            March 31, 1995).
 
99.1       Offer to Purchase dated July 2, 1996.
99.2       Letter of Transmittal.
99.3       Text of Press Release dated July 2, 1996.
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
99.4       Letter to Unitholders.
99.5       Guidelines of the Internal Revenue Service for Certification of Taxpayer
            Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.
99.6       Letter to Financial Advisers.
99.7       Management Services Agreement between IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
            and Shurgard Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the
            Partnership's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File No. 33-17556)).
99.8       General Partner Undertaking dated July 1, 1996, by and among Shurgard Storage
            Centers, Inc., Shurgard Associates L.P., Shurgard Associates L.P. II and
            Shurgard Associates L.P. III (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.1).
</TABLE>
 
    After due inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that
the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and correct.
 
Dated: July 1, 1996
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By: /s/ HARRELL L. BECK
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name: Harrell L. Beck
                                              Title:Senior Vice President,
                                                  Chief Financial Officer
                                                  and Treasurer
 
                                       5

<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
                                  BY AND AMONG
 
                   IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.,
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. II
 
                                      AND
 
                  IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. III
 
                         (TOGETHER, THE "PARTNERSHIPS")
 
                                      AND
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                (THE "COMPANY")
 
                                  JULY 1, 1996
<PAGE>
                                    CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS..................................................................          1
      1.1  The Offers...................................................................          1
      1.2  Conditions to Commencement of the Offers.....................................          1
      1.3  Actions and Agreements of the Partnerships and the Company...................          2
      1.4  Offer Documents..............................................................          2
      1.5  General Partner Recommendation...............................................          3
 
                                                                                                  3
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGER.................................................................
      2.1  The Merger...................................................................          3
      2.2  Effective Time of the Merger.................................................          3
      2.3  Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation....................          3
      2.4  Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation..........................................          4
      2.5  Board of Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation.................          4
 
                                                                                                  4
ARTICLE III.  CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THE MERGER.......................
      3.1  Merger Consideration.........................................................          4
      3.2  Certain Definitions..........................................................          4
      3.3  Distribution of Merger Consideration.........................................          5
      3.4  No Fractional Shares.........................................................          5
      3.5  Dissenting Units.............................................................          5
      3.6  Issuance of Certificates for REIT Shares.....................................          6
      3.7  Transfer of Units............................................................          6
 
                                                                                                  6
ARTICLE IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................
      4.1  Representations and Warranties of the Partnerships...........................          6
      4.2  Representations and Warranties of the Company................................          9
 
                                                                                                 11
ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS....................................................
      5.1  Ordinary Course; No Acquisitions or Dispositions.............................         11
      5.2  Distributions................................................................         11
      5.3  Amendment of Governing Documents.............................................         12
      5.4  Exclusivity..................................................................         12
      5.5  Other Actions................................................................         12
      5.6  Advise of Changes............................................................         13
      5.7  Meetings of Limited Partner..................................................         13
      5.8  Registration and Listing of REIT Shares......................................         13
      5.9  S-4 Registration Statement and Proxy Statement/Prospectus....................         13
      5.10 Consents and Approvals.......................................................         13
      5.11 Limitation on Number of REIT Shares Issued...................................         14
 
                                                                                                 14
ARTICLE VI.  CLOSING....................................................................
      6.1  Closing Date.................................................................         14
      6.2  Additional Closings..........................................................         14
      6.3  Further Acts.................................................................         14
 
                                                                                                 14
ARTICLE VII.  CONDITIONS................................................................
      7.1  Conditions to Each Party's Obligations.......................................         14
      7.2  Conditions to the Obligations of the Company.................................         15
      7.3  Conditions to the Obligations of the Partnerships............................         15
 
                                                                                                 16
ARTICLE VIII.  TERMINATION AND WAIVER...................................................
      8.1  Termination..................................................................         16
      8.2  Effect of Termination........................................................         17
      8.3  Fees and Expenses............................................................         17
      8.4  Extension; Waiver............................................................         19
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                            <C>
      8.5  No Survival of Representations and Warranties................................         19
 
                                                                                                 19
ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................
      9.1  Assignment of Contract.......................................................         19
      9.2  Risk of Loss.................................................................         19
      9.3  Entire Agreement; Modifications..............................................         19
      9.4  Notices......................................................................         19
      9.5  Interpretation...............................................................         20
      9.6  Captions.....................................................................         20
      9.7  Multiple Counterparts........................................................         20
      9.8  Binding Effect...............................................................         20
      9.9  Attorneys' Fees..............................................................         20
      9.10 No Waiver; Severability......................................................         21
      9.11 No Joint and Several Liability...............................................         21
      9.12 Applicable Law...............................................................         21
</TABLE>
 
Exhibit A  General Partner Undertaking
Exhibit B  Opinion of Counsel to the Partnerships
Exhibit C  Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                                    GLOSSARY
 
    The  following is a list of the defined terms used in this Agreement and the
Sections in which such terms are defined:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     TERM                                          SECTION
<S>                                             <C>
Additional Consideration                        Section 3.2(c)
Agreement                                       Preamble
Alternative Transaction                         Section 8.3(c)
Appraised Value                                 Section 3.2(a)
Appraiser                                       Section 3.2(a)
Assets                                          Recital A
Balance Sheet                                   Section 4.1(i)
Closing                                         Section 6.1
Closing Balance Sheet                           Not defined therein
Closing Date                                    Section 6.1
Closing Net Asset Value                         Section 5.2
Commission                                      Section 1.4
Company                                         Preamble
Company SEC Documents                           Section 4.2(f)
Constituent Entities                            Section 2.1
DGCL                                            Section 2.1
Dissenting Units                                Section 3.5
Dissolution                                     Section 3.1(a)
Effective Time                                  Section 2.2
Exchange Act                                    Section 1.1
Exchange Agent                                  Section 3.3
Exchange Fund                                   Section 3.3
General Partner                                 Recital B
General Partner Recommendation                  Section 1.5
General Partner Undertaking                     Recital C
Governmental Regulations                        Section 4.1(l)
GP Interest                                     Section 3.1(b)
Hazardous Materials                             Section 4.1(l)
IDS1                                            Preamble
IDS2                                            Preamble
IDS3                                            Preamble
Individual Transaction Expenses                 Section 8.3(a)
LP Units                                        Section 1.1
Merger                                          Section 2.1
Merger Consideration                            Section 3.1
Net Asset Value                                 Section 3.2(a)
NYSE                                            Section 3.2(b)
Offer                                           Section 1.1
Offer Documents                                 Section 1.4
Offer Price                                     Section 1.1
Participating Partnership                       Section 2.1
Partnership                                     Preamble
Partnership Agreement                           Section 4.1(a)
Partnership Financial Statements                Section 4.1(e)
Partnership SEC Documents                       Section 4.1(d)
Property                                        Recital A
Proxy Statement/Prospectus                      Section 5.9
REIT Share Price                                Section 3.2(b)
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     TERM                                          SECTION
REIT Share Price Range                          Section 3.2(b)
<S>                                             <C>
REIT Shares                                     Section 3.1(a)
S-4 Registration Statement                      Section 4.1(f)
Schedules                                       Section 1.4
Schedules 13E-3                                 Section 1.4
Schedules 14D-1                                 Section 1.4
Schedules 14D-9                                 Section 1.4
Securities Act                                  Section 4.1(d)
Share Consideration                             Not defined therein
Shared Transaction Expenses                     Section 8.3(a)
Special Committee                               Section 1.2
Standstill                                      Section 1.3(d)
Surviving Corporation                           Section 2.1
Terminating Breach                              Section 8.1(f)
Third Party                                     Section 8.3(c)
WULPA                                           Section 2.1
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    This ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of July  1,
1996  by IDS/ Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. ("IDS1"), IDS/Shurgard Income
Growth Partners L.P. II  ("IDS2") and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners  L.P.
III   ("IDS3"),  each   a  Washington   limited  partnership   (individually,  a
"Partnership" and together, the  "Partnerships"), and Shurgard Storage  Centers,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A.    The Partnerships  are the  owners  of certain  self storage  and other
properties (which  properties,  including  any buildings,  structures  or  other
improvements  situated thereon  are herein  referred to  as the  "Property") and
related personal  property and  other assets  (together with  the Property,  the
"Assets").
 
    B.    Shurgard Associates  L.P., Shurgard  Associates  L.P. II  and Shurgard
Associates L.P.  III  (each, a  "General  Partner" and  together,  the  "General
Partners")  and the Board of Directors of the  Company believe that it is in the
best interests  of the  Partnerships and  the Company,  respectively, and  their
respective  limited partners and stockholders to  enter into and consummate this
Agreement.
 
    C.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the General  Partners
and  the Company are  entering into a  General Partner Undertaking,  dated as of
July 1, 1996 (the "General Partner Undertaking"), in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A.
 
                                   AGREEMENTS
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations,  warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS
 
    1.1  THE OFFERS
 
    As  soon as  practicable after the  date hereof, the  Company shall commence
(within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended  (the "Exchange Act")), a tender offer for up to 65,000 units of limited
partner interests (the "LP Units") of IDS1,  49,000 LP Units of IDS2 and  52,000
LP  Units of IDS3  (each, an "Offer" and  together the "Offers"),  at a net cash
price per LP Unit  equal to the  Net Asset Value (as  defined in Section  3.2(a)
hereof)  of the applicable Partnership that would be allocated to one LP Unit if
the Partnership's Net  Asset Value  were distributed  in a  dissolution of  such
Partnership  in accordance with its Partnership Agreement (as defined in Section
4.1(a) hereof). The parties hereto acknowledge  that the Net Asset Value per  LP
Unit  is equal  to $257,  $222 and  $308 for  IDS1, IDS2  and IDS3, respectively
(each, the "Offer Price" and together  the "Offer Prices"). The Company may  not
change  the form of consideration, reduce the  Offer Price or amend any material
term of an Offer in a manner adverse to the interests of the limited partners of
the applicable  Partnership without  the prior  written consent  of the  General
Partner  of  such Partnership.  The Company  agrees to  use its  reasonable best
efforts to consummate the Offers as soon as legally permissible and, subject  to
the terms and conditions of the Offers, to accept for payment and pay for all LP
Units  tendered pursuant to the Offers  promptly following the expiration of the
Offers.
 
    1.2  CONDITIONS TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERS
 
    The commencement of the Offers is conditioned upon:
 
    (a) the receipt by the  Special Committee of the  Board of Directors of  the
Company appointed to review the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the
"Special  Committee") of an opinion  from Alex. Brown &  Sons Incorporated as to
the fairness  to the  Company, from  a financial  point of  view, of  the  Offer
Prices;
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    (b)  the receipt by  each of the  Partnerships of an  opinion from Robert A.
Stanger &  Co.,  Inc., as  to  the fairness  to  the limited  partners  of  such
Partnership, from a financial point of view, of the applicable Offer Price; and
 
    (c)  the General Partners  shall have executed and  delivered to the Company
the General  Partner  Undertaking and  shall  have performed  their  obligations
thereunder  that are  capable of  being performed  prior to  commencement of the
Offers.
 
    1.3  ACTIONS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS AND THE COMPANY
 
    (a) The Partnerships hereby consent to the making of the Offers.
 
    (b) The Partnerships shall promptly cause  to be furnished to the Company  a
list  containing the  names and addresses  of all record  holders and beneficial
owners known to them of LP Units as of a recent date, and shall promptly furnish
the Company with such  additional information and such  other assistance as  the
Company or its agents may reasonably request in connection with the Offers.
 
    (c)  The Partnerships and the Company will take such actions as are required
under the  applicable  Partnership Agreement  to  effect the  admission  of  the
Company  as a limited  partner of the  Partnership with respect  to all LP Units
acquired by it pursuant to the applicable Offer in accordance with the terms  of
the Partnership Agreement.
 
    (d)  The  Company agrees  that if  it  is admitted  as a  substitute limited
partner in a Partnership and except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement,
it will not,  directly or  indirectly, without the  prior written  consent of  a
majority  of the general partners of the General Partner of that Partnership (i)
acquire any additional LP Units of that Partnership, (ii) propose any merger  or
other  business  combination involving  that Partnership,  or (iii)  propose any
other transaction  pursuant to  which it  would control  or acquire  any of  the
assets   of  that  Partnership   (this  agreement  being   referred  to  as  the
"Standstill").
 
    1.4  OFFER DOCUMENTS
 
    On the date of commencement of the  Offers, (a) the Company shall file  with
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  with respect to the
Offers, (i) a Tender Offer Statement on  Schedule 14D-1 with respect to each  of
the  Partnerships  (together with  any  supplements or  amendments  thereto, the
"Schedules 14D-1") and (ii) jointly with  each of the Partnerships (if  required
by  the Exchange Act), a Transaction  Statement on Schedule 13E-3 (together with
any supplements  or amendments  thereto,  the "Schedules  13E-3") and  (b)  each
Partnership  shall  file  with  the  Commission  with  respect  to  the  Offer a
Solicitation/Recommendation Statement  on  Schedule  14D-9  (together  with  any
supplements  or amendments thereto, the  "Schedules 14D-9"; the Schedules 14D-1,
the Schedules 13E-3 and the Schedules 14D-9 are referred to collectively as  the
"Schedules")  and, jointly with  the Company (if required  by the Exchange Act),
shall file  with the  Commission the  applicable Schedule  13E-3. The  Schedules
14D-1  and the Schedules  13E-3 will contain  (including as an  exhibit) or will
incorporate by reference an offer to  purchase (or portions thereof) and a  form
of  the  related  letter  of transmittal  (which  documents,  together  with any
supplements or  amendments  thereto  and  any other  documents  filed  with  the
Commission  or disseminated to  holders of LP  Units by the  Company pursuant to
which  the  Offers  are  made,  are  referred  to  collectively  as  the  "Offer
Documents").
 
    The  Partnerships and the Company shall  cooperate with each other and shall
supply each other with any assistance that the other shall reasonably request in
preparing and  filing  the  Schedules  and  distributing  the  Offer  Documents,
including, without limitation, supplying each other with any and all information
that  is required to be  furnished in the Schedules.  The Company may include in
the Offer Documents any  information with respect to  the Partnerships that  the
Company  shall reasonably determine  is required under the  Exchange Act and the
rules promulgated thereunder to  be included in the  Offer Documents, with  such
qualifications   and   disclaimers   as  are   reasonably   acceptable   to  the
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
applicable Partnership. The Company represents and warrants to the Partnerships,
and  each  Partnership  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Company,  that   the
information  provided by it, and to be provided  by it for use in the Schedules,
shall not, on the date the Schedules  are filed with the Commission, and on  the
date  the Offer Documents  are first published,  sent or given  to holders of LP
Units, as the case may  be, contain any untrue statement  of a material fact  or
omit  to state any material  fact required to be  stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under  which
they   were  made,  not  misleading.  The  Company  shall  promptly  notify  the
Partnerships of, and shall promptly correct, and the Partnerships shall promptly
notify the Company of, and shall  promptly correct, any information provided  by
it  for use in the Schedules that shall  have become untrue or misleading in any
material respect and shall take all steps necessary to cause the Schedules as so
corrected to be  filed with  the Commission and  disseminated to  holders of  LP
Units,  in each  case to  the extent  required by  applicable federal securities
laws.
 
    1.5  GENERAL PARTNER RECOMMENDATION
 
    The Offer  Documents, the  Schedules  14D-9 and  the Schedules  13E-3  shall
contain,  to the extent  applicable, at all  times from the  commencement of the
Offers through the consummation of the Offers the recommendation of the  General
Partner  set  forth  in Section  1.2  of  the General  Partner  Undertaking (the
"General Partner Recommendation"), unless the  General Partner has withdrawn  or
changed  such recommendation  in accordance with  the exercise  of its fiduciary
duties or as otherwise required by law.
 
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGER
 
    2.1  THE MERGER
 
    Upon the terms and subject to  the conditions hereof, at the Effective  Time
(as  defined in Section 2.2 hereof), each Partnership as to which the conditions
to closing set forth in Article VII hereof have been met (each such Partnership,
a "Participating Partnership") shall be merged (the "Merger") with and into  the
Company  in accordance  with the applicable  provisions of  the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") and the Washington Uniform Limited Partnership  Act
(the  "WULPA"). When the Merger has been effected the Participating Partnerships
and the  Company  (together,  the  "Constituent  Entities")  will  be  a  single
corporation;  the separate existence  of each of  the Participating Partnerships
will cease; the Company, as the corporation surviving the Merger (the "Surviving
Corporation"), will continue its corporate existence under the DGCL; all  Assets
and  every other interest of or belonging to or due to each of the Participating
Partnerships will be  deemed to be  transferred to and  vested in the  Surviving
Corporation  without further  act or  deed; the  title to  the Property,  or any
interest therein, vested in any of  the Constituent Entities will not revert  or
be  in any way impaired  by reason of the  Merger; and the Surviving Corporation
will  thenceforth  be  responsible  and  liable  for  all  the  liabilities  and
obligations of each of the Constituent Entities.
 
    2.2  EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER
 
    The  Merger will  become effective when  a properly  executed Certificate of
Merger is duly filed with the Secretary  of State of Delaware and the  Secretary
of  State of Washington, which filing will  be made as soon as practicable after
the closing of  the transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement in  accordance
with  Section 6.1 hereof. When used in this Agreement, the term "Effective Time"
means the date and time on which such Certificate is so filed.
 
    2.3  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At the Effective Time,  and without any  further action on  the part of  the
Constituent  Entities,  the Certificate  of  Incorporation of  the  Company will
continue in effect and will be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving
Corporation and thereafter may  be amended in accordance  with its terms and  as
provided by law.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    2.4  BYLAWS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At  the Effective Time,  and without any  further action on  the part of the
Constituent Entities, the Bylaws of the Company will continue in effect  without
amendment and will be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and thereafter may
be  amended or repealed  in accordance with  their terms and  the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and as provided by law.
 
    2.5  BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
    At the Effective Time, the persons serving as directors of the Company  will
be  the directors of the  Surviving Corporation, each of  such directors to hold
office, subject to the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws of  the Surviving Corporation,  until the expiration  of the  current
term  for which they  are serving as  a director and  until their successors are
duly elected or appointed and qualified. The officers of the Company immediately
prior to the Effective  Time will be the  officers of the Surviving  Corporation
until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.
 
ARTICLE III.  CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THE MERGER
 
    3.1  MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    At the Effective Time, and subject to Sections 3.4 and 3.5 hereof, by virtue
of  the Merger and without any further action by the limited partners or General
Partners of the Participating Partnerships,
 
    (a) each LP Unit (other than LP Units  owned by the Company) of each of  the
Participating  Partnerships will be converted into the right to receive (i) that
number of shares of  Class A Common  Stock of the Company,  par value $.001  per
share  (the "REIT Shares"), derived by dividing  the Net Asset Value (as defined
in Section 3.2(a) hereof) of the applicable Participating Partnership that would
be allocated  to  one  LP  Unit  if such  Partnership's  Net  Asset  Value  were
distributed  in  a  dissolution  of  such  Partnership  in  accordance  with its
Partnership Agreement, taking into account  all outstanding LP Units,  including
those  owned  by the  Company (a  "Dissolution"),  by the  REIT Share  Price (as
defined in Section 3.2(b) hereof) and (ii) if any is payable, the amount of  the
Additional  Consideration (as  defined in Section  3.2(c) hereof)  that would be
allocated to one LP Unit if  the Additional Consideration were distributed in  a
Dissolution;
 
    (b)  the  General  Partner  interest  (the "GP  Interest")  of  each  of the
Participating Partnerships will be converted into the right to receive (i)  that
number  of REIT Shares derived by dividing the Net Asset Value of the applicable
Participating Partnership that  would be allocated  to the GP  Interest if  such
Partnership's Net Asset Value was distributed in a Dissolution by the REIT Share
Price  and (ii) if  any is payable,  the amount of  the Additional Consideration
that would be allocated to the GP Interest if the Additional Consideration  were
distributed in a Dissolution; and
 
    (c) the LP Units owned by the Company shall be canceled.
 
(The  REIT Shares issuable  pursuant to the  Merger, together with  cash paid in
lieu of  fractional  REIT Shares  as  provided in  Section  3.4 hereof  and  any
Additional Consideration, if any, that is payable, are referred to herein as the
"Merger  Consideration.") If,  prior to the  Effective Time,  the Company should
split or combine the REIT  Shares, or pay a stock  dividend, the number of  REIT
Shares  issuable in  the Merger will  be appropriately adjusted  to reflect such
action.
 
    3.2  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    (a) As used herein,  "Net Asset Value"  means, with respect  to each of  the
Partnerships,  (i) the sum of  (A) the appraised fair  market values of the real
estate assets  of the  Partnership as  of December  31, 1995  set forth  in  the
Portfolio Appraisal Reports dated June 26, 1996 (the "Appraised Value") prepared
by  Robert  A. Stanger  &  Co., Inc.  (the  "Appraiser"), which  Appraised Value
reflected the value of in-progress unit  conversions and buildouts, and (B)  the
book values of the non-real estate assets, except for amortizable assets, of the
Partnership  as of March 31,  1996, less (ii) the  sum of (X) such Partnership's
liabilities as  of  March 31,  1996,  (Y) the  estimated  cost remaining  to  be
incurred
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
as of March 31, 1996 to complete in-progress unit conversions and buildouts, the
value  of which was included in the  Appraised Value and (Z) the estimated costs
of the Offer and the Merger that would be borne by the Partnership in accordance
with Article VIII hereof, assuming the Merger is consummated.
 
    (b) As used herein, "REIT  Share Price" means, with  respect to each of  the
Partnerships,  the average of the per share closing prices on the New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. (the  "NYSE") of REIT  Shares during the  20 consecutive  trading
days  ending on the fifth trading day prior to the day of the meeting of limited
partners of the  applicable Partnership  on which the  General Partner  actually
calls  for  the  vote  of  the  limited  partners  to  approve  of  the  Merger.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the REIT Share Price exceeds $27.75,
then for purposes of calculating the number of REIT Shares to be issued pursuant
to Section 3.1 hereof the REIT Share Price shall be deemed to equal $27.75; and,
in the event  the REIT Share  Price is less  than $22.25, then  for purposes  of
calculating  the number of REIT Shares to be issued pursuant to this Section 3.2
the REIT Share Price shall be deemed  to equal $22.25 (the range of prices  from
the upper to the lower limit on the REIT Share Price is referred to as the "REIT
Share  Price Range"). The parties hereto acknowledge  that in the event the REIT
Share Price exceeds $28.50, the Company may terminate this Agreement as provided
in Section 8.1(e)(iv) hereof, and in the event the REIT Share Price is less than
$21.50, the  Partnership may  terminate this  Agreement as  provided in  Section
8.1(h) hereof unless the Company agrees to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
    (c)  As used herein, "Additional Consideration"  means, with respect to each
of the Partnerships,  that amount of  cash equal to  the difference between  the
REIT  Share Price calculated  without regard to  the REIT Share  Price Range and
$21.50, multiplied by the number of REIT Shares issuable pursuant to the Merger.
 
    3.3  DISTRIBUTION OF MERGER CONSIDERATION
 
    Prior to  the Effective  Time, the  Company shall  deposit (or  cause to  be
deposited)  with Gemisys Corporation, as  exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent"),
for the  benefit  of  the General  Partners  and  the limited  partners  of  the
Participating  Partnerships for exchange in accordance  with this Article III, a
number of REIT Shares and that amount of cash as is sufficient to pay the Merger
Consideration (such REIT Shares  and cash being hereinafter  referred to as  the
"Exchange  Fund"). The REIT Shares into which LP Units and GP Interests shall be
converted in the Merger  shall be deemed  to have been  issued at the  Effective
Time.
 
    3.4  NO FRACTIONAL SHARES
 
    No  fractional REIT Shares will be issued  in the Merger. In the event that,
as a result of the  conversion of LP Units or  GP Interests into REIT Shares,  a
limited  partner or General  Partner, as the  case may be,  would be entitled to
receive a fractional REIT Share, a cash  adjustment will be paid in lieu of  any
fractional  REIT Share that would otherwise be  issuable, and the amount of such
cash adjustment shall equal the product  of such fractional amount and the  REIT
Share  Price. The determination under  this Section 3.4 as  to whether a limited
partner would otherwise be entitled to  receive a fractional REIT Share will  be
based  on the  aggregate number of  LP Units  such limited partner  holds in the
applicable Partnership, not on a per LP Unit basis.
 
    3.5  DISSENTING UNITS
 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, LP Units held by
a limited partner  who has  properly exercised dissenters'  rights with  respect
thereto ("Dissenting Units") in accordance with Section 25.10.900 ET SEQ. of the
WULPA  will not be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration,
but the holder thereof will instead be  entitled to receive payment of the  fair
value of such LP Units in accordance with the provisions of the WULPA unless and
until  such holder fails  to perfect or  has effectively withdrawn  or lost such
holder's rights to receive fair value  under the WULPA. If, after the  Effective
Time,  any holder of Dissenting  Units withdraws or loses  (through a failure to
perfect or otherwise) such holder's right to receive fair value with respect  to
the Dissenting Units, such Dissenting Units will automatically be converted into
the right to receive the Merger
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
Consideration  pursuant to Section  3.1 hereof. The  Partnerships shall give the
Company prompt notice of any  demands received by them  for the receipt of  fair
value  for LP Units and, prior to the  Effective Time, the Company will have the
right to participate in  all negotiations and proceedings  with respect to  such
demands.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Partnerships may not, except with the
Company's prior written consent, make any payment with respect to, or settle  or
offer to settle, any such demands.
 
    3.6  ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES FOR REIT SHARES
 
    As  soon as  practicable after the  Effective Time, the  Exchange Agent will
advise the beneficial owners of LP  Units of a Participating Partnership of  the
effectiveness  of the  Merger and  will distribute  the Merger  Consideration in
accordance with  instructions  given by  such  beneficial owners.  None  of  the
Company,  the Partnerships, the Surviving Corporation, the Exchange Agent or any
other person shall be liable  to any former holder of  LP Units or GP  Interests
for  any amount properly  delivered to a public  official pursuant to applicable
abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.
 
    Any  portion  of  the  Exchange  Fund  (including  the  proceeds  from   any
investments  thereof and any  REIT Shares) that remains  unclaimed by the former
partners of the Participating Partnerships  six months after the Effective  Time
shall  be  delivered to  the Surviving  Corporation. Any  former partner  of the
Participating Partnerships who  has not theretofore  complied with this  Article
III  shall thereafter look only to the  Surviving Corporation for payment of the
applicable Merger Consideration and  unpaid dividends and distributions  payable
with respect thereto, in each case without any interest thereon.
 
    3.7  TRANSFER OF UNITS
 
    There  will  be no  further registration  of  transfers of  LP Units  on the
Partnerships' records after the commencement of the Offers and until the Closing
(as defined in Section 6.1 hereof) or termination of this Agreement, except  for
the  transfer of LP  Units to the  Company pursuant to  the Offers and custodial
transfers, intrafamily  transfers,  including  transfers  to  trusts,  transfers
pursuant  to divorce decrees and transfers  relating to deaths or settlements of
estates.
 
ARTICLE IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    4.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTNERSHIPS
 
    For the purposes of inducing the Company to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the  Merger,  each  of  the  Partnerships  severally  represents  and
warrants to the Company as follows with respect to itself and its Assets:
 
    (a)   ORGANIZATION.  The Partnership is a limited partnership duly organized
and validly existing under the laws of the state of Washington. The  Partnership
has  provided  the Company  with a  true and  complete copy  of its  Amended and
Restated Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  and  all  amendments  thereto  (as
amended, the "Partnership Agreement"). The Partnership has no direct or indirect
equitable or beneficial ownership interest in any other entity, except as may be
disclosed in the Partnership SEC Documents (as defined hereof).
 
    (b)   POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Partnership (i) has the authority to conduct
its business as currently conducted and  to own and operate the properties  that
it  now owns and operates, (ii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions
in which such  qualification is  necessary, except where  the failure  to be  so
qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Partnership, and (iii)
has  all requisite power, authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement
and to consummate the  Merger. The execution and  delivery of this Agreement  by
the  Partnership and, subject to  the approval of this  Agreement by the limited
partners of the Partnership, the consummation  by the Partnership of the  Merger
have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on the part of the
Partnership,  and this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    (c)   NO VIOLATIONS.   Except  to the  extent that  lender consents  may  be
required  from mortgagees having liens against  the Property and except for such
other consents as have been obtained or  will be obtained prior to the  Closing,
and  assuming  approval  of  this  Agreement  by  the  limited  partners  of the
Partnership, the  execution and  delivery  of this  Agreement  do not,  and  the
consummation  of the Merger and compliance  with the provisions hereof will not,
result in any breach or violation of any (i) agreement to which the  Partnership
is  a party  or by  which it  or any of  its Assets  may be  bound, (ii) permit,
license or other governmental authorization applicable to the Partnership or its
Assets, or (iii)  judgment, order,  law, rule  or regulation  applicable to  the
Partnership  or its Assets, other  than any such items  that in the aggregate do
not have a material adverse effect  on the Partnership's ability to perform  its
obligations  under this Agreement or a  material adverse effect on the financial
condition of the Partnership.
 
    (d)  SEC  DOCUMENTS.   The Partnership has  furnished and  will continue  to
furnish  the Company  with a  true and complete  copy of  each report, schedule,
registration statement and definitive proxy  statement filed by the  Partnership
with the Commission since January 1, 1994 (the "Partnership SEC Documents"). The
Partnership  SEC  Documents furnished  to the  Company  as of  the date  of this
Agreement are  all the  documents  (other than  preliminary material)  that  the
Partnership has been required to file with the Commission since such date. As of
their respective dates, the Partnership SEC Documents complied as to form in all
material  respects  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, as
amended (the "Securities  Act"), and the  Exchange Act, as  applicable, and  the
applicable  rules and regulations of the  Commission thereunder, and none of the
Partnership SEC Documents contained any untrue  statement of a material fact  or
omitted  to state a material fact required  to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under  which
they were made, not misleading.
 
    (e)   FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.   The financial  statements of  the Partnership
included  in  the   Partnership  SEC  Documents   (the  "Partnership   Financial
Statements")  complied, as of the date of the applicable document, as to form in
all material  respects with  applicable  accounting requirements  and  published
rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto, have been prepared
in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a basis
consistent with prior periods (except  as otherwise noted therein), and  present
fairly the financial position and results of operations of the Partnership as of
their  respective dates and  for the periods presented  therein (subject, in the
case of unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
    (f)   FULL  DISCLOSURE;  NO  MISSTATEMENTS.    The  representations  of  the
Partnership contained in this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a
material  fact  or  omit  to  state any  material  fact  necessary  to  make the
statements made herein not misleading, and  none of the information supplied  or
to  be  supplied by  the Partnership  for  inclusion in  the Offer  Documents or
registration statement on Form S-4 provided for in Section 5.9 hereof (the  "S-4
Registration  Statement")  or  the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  (as  defined in
Section 5.9 hereof) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state any material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary in order  to
make  the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading. If at any time  prior to the termination of the Offer  or,
with    respect   to   the    S-4   Registration   Statement    or   the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, prior  to the  Closing  Date (as  defined in  Section  6.1
hereof),  any event relating to the Partnership should occur that is required to
be described  in an  amendment of  or  supplement to  the Offer  Documents,  S-4
Registration  Statement  or  the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus,  the  Partnership
promptly shall inform the Company and assist in the preparation, filing and,  if
necessary, dissemination of such amendment or supplement.
 
    (g)   NO DEFAULTS.   The Partnership is  not in default  or violation of any
term, condition or  provision of  any agreement to  which the  Partnership is  a
party  or by which  it or any of  its Assets may be  bound that would materially
interfere with  the Partnership's  participation  in the  Merger or  that  would
result  in  a  material liability  not  reflected in  the  Partnership Financial
Statements.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    (h)  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  There is no suit, action or proceeding  pending
or,  to  the Partnership's  knowledge, threatened  against the  Partnership that
might materially  adversely affect  the Partnership's  ability to  perform  this
Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (i)   NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE CHANGES.   Except as disclosed  in writing to the
Special Committee concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, there  have
been no material adverse changes in the business, operations, properties, assets
or  condition, financial or otherwise, of the Partnership from that set forth in
the Partnership's Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the  year ended December  31,
1995, as supplemented by the Partnership's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1996, both as filed with the Commission.
 
    (j)   TITLE TO ASSETS.  The Partnership has good and marketable title to the
assets reflected in the most recent balance sheet (the "Balance Sheet") included
in the Partnership Financial Statements and reflected in its Net Asset Value and
will hold good and marketable title to  such assets, and any assets acquired  by
the  Partnership prior to the  Effective Time, except for  assets disposed of in
the ordinary  course  of  business (which  assets  do  not include  any  of  the
Property)  and except as  the failure of  the Partnership to  have such good and
marketable title is  not, in  the aggregate,  material to  the Partnership.  The
assets  reflected on the Balance Sheet include the Property. Except as otherwise
disclosed in the Balance Sheet or related notes accompanying it, all the  assets
referred  to in the preceding  sentence are owned free and  clear of any and all
material adverse claims,  security interests, charges  or other encumbrances  or
restrictions  of every nature,  except liens for  current taxes not  yet due and
payable or  landlords' liens  as provided  for  in the  relevant leases,  or  by
applicable law.
 
    (k)    LIABILITIES OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP.   The  Partnership has  no material
liabilities, contingent or otherwise, except  to the extent reflected,  reserved
against  or  provided for  in the  Balance  Sheet, and  except for  any material
liabilities disclosed in writing to the Special Committee concurrently with  the
execution  of this Agreement or any other obligations incurred after the date of
the Balance  Sheet  in  the  ordinary course  of  business,  which  subsequently
incurred  obligations are  of an  amount and  nature as  to be  capable of being
discharged from the operations of  the Partnership without requiring  additional
equity or borrowing.
 
    (l)  PROPERTY.
 
        (i)   Materially complete and correct legal descriptions of the Property
    have been delivered to the Company  concurrently with the execution of  this
    Agreement.
 
        (ii)   All information provided by the Partnership to the Appraiser with
    respect to the Property for use in preparing the appraisals of the  Property
    was true and correct in all material respects as of the date given.
 
        (iii)    Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Special  Committee
    concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge  of
    those  representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice should
    have been given, there is no material violation of any law, ordinance, rule,
    requirement, resolution, policy statement or regulation (including,  without
    limitation,  those relating to land use, subdivision, zoning, environmental,
    occupational health and safety, water, and  building and fire codes) of  any
    governmental authority (collectively, "Governmental Regulations") applicable
    to the construction, alteration, rehabilitation, maintenance, use, operation
    or  sale  of any  of the  Property,  which violation  would have  a material
    adverse effect  on the  use of  the Property.  The Partnership  has  neither
    received  notice nor has  knowledge that any  governmental authority, or any
    employee or agent thereof, considers the operations, use or ownership of any
    of the  Property  to violate  or  have violated  in  a material  manner  any
    Governmental Regulations, or that any investigation has been commenced or is
    contemplated regarding such possible violation.
 
        (iv)   To the best knowledge of  those representatives and agents of the
    Partnership to  whom notice  should  have been  given, the  Partnership  has
    neither  received  notice nor  has knowledge  of  any plan  or study  of any
    governmental authority that  would materially  adversely affect  the use  of
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    the  Property for  its intended uses,  or result in  any public improvements
    that will  result  in any  material  charge  being levied  against,  or  any
    material lien assessed upon, all or any portion of such Property.
 
        (v)     Except  as  disclosed  in   writing  to  the  Special  Committee
    concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge  of
    those  representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice should
    have been given, there are no delinquent taxes, assessments, charges, debts,
    liabilities, claims or  obligations arising from  the construction,  design,
    development,  ownership, maintenance or operation  of, or otherwise relating
    to, the  Property,  which matters  could  give  rise to  any  mechanics'  or
    materialmen's or other statutory or common-law lien against such Property or
    any  party  thereof that,  individually or  in the  aggregate, would  have a
    material adverse effect on the value of the Property, taken as a whole.
 
        (vi)    Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Special   Committee
    concurrently  with the execution of this Agreement, to the best knowledge of
    those representatives and agents  of the Partnership  to whom notice  should
    have  been given or who, by virtue of his or her position, could be expected
    to have knowledge of any of the following matters, (A) none of the Property,
    which for  purposes of  this paragraph  shall include,  without  limitation,
    subsurface soil and ground water, contains any substance, including, without
    limitation, any asbestos, formaldehyde, radioactive substance, hydrocarbons,
    industrial  solvents, flammables, explosives and  any hazardous substance or
    toxic material (collectively, "Hazardous  Materials"), that could  presently
    or  at any time  in the future  cause a material  detriment to or materially
    impair the value or beneficial use of the Property or constitute or cause  a
    health,  safety or environmental hazard on or relating to the Property or to
    any person who  may enter onto  the Property or  require remediation at  the
    behest  of any  governmental agency,  which health,  safety or environmental
    hazard  or  remediation  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on   the
    Partnership;  (B) there are  no environmental conditions  relating to any of
    the Property  giving rise  to material  liability, and  the Property  is  in
    compliance  in all material respects with existing applicable federal, state
    and local environmental laws  and regulations; and  (C) the Partnership  has
    not  received notice that the ownership, operation, use and condition of any
    of the  Property  is  in violation  of  any  federal, state  or  local  law,
    ordinance   or  regulation  pertaining   to  industrial  hygiene,  Hazardous
    Materials  or  environmental  protection.  To  the  best  knowledge  of  the
    Partnership,  there is  no proceeding  or action  pending or,  to its actual
    knowledge, threatened by  any person  or governmental  agency regarding  the
    environmental condition of any of the Property.
 
        (vii)   The Partnership has not entered  into any contracts for the sale
    of all or any portion of the Property.
 
    (m)  TAXES.   The Partnership  has filed  all federal, state  and local  tax
returns  that it is required  to file, has provided  to its limited partners all
required Forms K-1 and such other tax forms as may be required by federal, state
or local authorities, and has no outstanding material liability for any federal,
state or local taxes or interest or penalties thereon, whether disputed or  not,
except  taxes  disputed  or not  yet  payable  that have  been  provided  for in
accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles  and are disclosed  in
the   Partnership  Financial  Statements;  the   Partnership  is  taxable  as  a
partnership (and not as an association taxable as a corporation) for federal and
applicable state income tax purposes.
 
    4.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
 
    For the purposes  of inducing each  of the Partnerships  to enter into  this
Agreement  and to consummate the Merger,  the Company represents and warrants to
each Partnership as follows:
 
    (a)  ORGANIZATION;  POWER AND  AUTHORITY.   The Company  is duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under  the laws of the state of Delaware.
The Company (i) has the authority to conduct its business as currently conducted
and to own and  operate the properties  that it now owns  and operates, (ii)  is
qualified  to do  business in all  jurisdictions in which  such qualification is
necessary,
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
except where the failure to  be so qualified would  not have a material  adverse
effect  on the Company, and  (iii) has all requisite  power, authority and legal
right to enter into this Agreement  and to consummate the Merger. The  execution
and  delivery  of this  Agreement by  the  Company and  the consummation  by the
Company of  the Merger  have been  duly authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action  on the  part of the  Company, and this  Agreement is a  legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms.
 
    (b)  CONSENTS.  Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, no other
action is required to be taken by the Company to permit the execution,  delivery
and  performance  of  this  Agreement,  all  other  documents  and  certificates
expressly contemplated hereby, and the Merger, and no consent or approval of any
third party  or governmental  authority is  or was  required or  appropriate  in
connection   with  the  execution  of  this  Agreement,  or  to  consummate  the
transactions expressly contemplated hereunder, except such as have been obtained
or will be obtained prior to the Closing.
 
    (c)  NO VIOLATIONS.   The execution and delivery  of this Agreement do  not,
and  the consummation  of the Merger  and compliance with  the provisions hereof
will not, result  in any breach  or violation of  any (i) agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  the organizational  documents under  which the  Company is
organized) to  which the  Company  is a  party or  by  which it  or any  of  its
properties   may  be   bound,  (ii)   permit,  license   or  other  governmental
authorization applicable to the  Company or its  properties, or (iii)  judgment,
order,  law, rule or regulation  applicable to the Company,  other than any such
items that  in the  aggregate  do not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the
Company's  ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a material
adverse effect on the value of the Merger Consideration.
 
    (d)  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists
of  (i) 120,000,000 REIT  Shares, (ii) 500,000  shares of Class  B Common Stock,
$.001 par value per share, (iii)  160,000,000 shares of Excess Stock, $.001  par
value  per share, and (iv) 80,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value
per share.  All outstanding  REIT Shares  are duly  authorized, validly  issued,
fully  paid and nonassessable, and  no class of capital  stock of the Company is
entitled to  preemptive or  cumulative  voting rights.  As  of March  31,  1996,
23,046,517  REIT Shares, 154,605  shares of Class  B Common Stock,  no shares of
Excess Stock, and no shares of Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.
 
    (e)  AUTHORIZATION OF REIT SHARES.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company
will have taken all necessary  action to permit it to  issue the number of  REIT
Shares  required to be issued  pursuant to Article III  hereof. Such REIT Shares
will, when  issued  pursuant to  this  Agreement, be  duly  authorized,  validly
issued,  fully paid  and nonassessable, and  no stockholder of  the Company will
have any preemptive right  of subscription or purchase  in respect thereof.  The
REIT  Shares will, when  issued pursuant to this  Agreement, be registered under
the Securities  Act and  the Exchange  Act, will  be registered  or exempt  from
registration  under all applicable state securities  laws and will be listed for
quotation on the NYSE.
 
    (f)  SEC DOCUMENTS.  The Company has furnished and will continue to  furnish
the  Partnerships  with  a true  and  complete  copy of  each  report, schedule,
registration statement and definitive proxy statement filed by the Company  with
the  Commission since January 1, 1994 (the "Company SEC Documents"). The Company
SEC Documents furnished to the Partnerships as of the date of this Agreement are
all the documents (other  than preliminary material) that  the Company has  been
required  to file with  the Commission since  such date. As  of their respective
dates, the Company SEC  Documents complied as to  form in all material  respects
with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable,
and  the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and none
of the Company SEC Documents contained  any untrue statement of a material  fact
or  omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to  make the statements  therein, in light  of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.
 
    (g)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The financial statements of the Company included
in  the  Company  SEC Documents  complied,  as  of the  date  of  the applicable
document, as  to  form  in  all material  respects  with  applicable  accounting
requirements  and  published  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission  with
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
respect thereto,  have  been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles, applied on a basis consistent with prior periods (except
as otherwise  noted therein),  and  present fairly  the financial  position  and
results  of operations of the  Company as of their  respective dates and for the
periods presented therein (subject, in  the case of unaudited interim  financial
statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
    (h)   FULL DISCLOSURE; NO MISSTATEMENTS.  The representations of the Company
contained in this Agreement  do not contain any  untrue statement of a  material
fact  or omit  to state a  material fact  necessary to make  the statements made
herein not misleading, and none of the information supplied or to be supplied by
the Company for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the S-4  Registration
Statement, the Offer Documents or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus relating to the
Company  contains any untrue statement of a  material fact or omits to state any
material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  in order to make  the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.  If  at any  time prior  to the  termination of  the Offer  or, with
respect to the S-4 Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the
Closing Date, any event relating to the Company should occur that is required to
be described in  an amendment of  or supplement  to the Offer  Documents or  the
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus, the Company promptly  shall inform the Partnerships
and prepare, file and, if necessary, disseminate such amendment or supplement.
 
    (i)  ABSENCE OF LITIGATION.  There is no suit, action or proceeding  pending
or,  to  the  Company's knowledge,  threatened  against the  Company  that might
materially adversely affect the Company's  ability to perform this Agreement  or
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (j)   NO  MATERIAL ADVERSE  CHANGES.   There have  been no  material adverse
changes in the business, operations, properties, assets or condition,  financial
or  otherwise, of the Company from that set forth in the Company's Annual Report
on Form  10-K for  the year  ended December  31, 1995,  as supplemented  by  the
Company's  Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q for the quarter  ended March 31, 1996,
both as filed with the Commission.
 
ARTICLE V.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
 
    During the period from the date  of this Agreement and continuing until  the
Closing  Date or the termination of this  Agreement, the Company and each of the
Partnerships agree to act in accordance with the following covenants:
 
    5.1  ORDINARY COURSE; NO ACQUISITIONS OR DISPOSITIONS
 
    Except as provided in  Section 5.2 hereof, each  Partnership shall carry  on
its  business  in  the  ordinary  course in  substantially  the  same  manner as
heretofore conducted and use all reasonable  efforts to (a) preserve intact  its
present  business, organization and goodwill, (b) maintain all permits, licenses
and  authorizations  required   by  applicable  laws,   and  (c)  preserve   its
relationships with customers, suppliers, lenders, lessors, governmental entities
and  others having business or regulatory dealings with it. No Partnership shall
acquire or agree to acquire by any manner any business or business  organization
or division thereof or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are
material,  individually or  in the  aggregate, to  such Partnership,  other than
high-quality, short-term investments made in the ordinary course of business. No
Partnership shall sell, lease or otherwise  dispose of, or agree to sell,  lease
or  otherwise dispose of,  any of its  Assets, except in  the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice, and except as required by law.  Each
Partnership  shall promptly notify the Company of any event or occurrence not in
the ordinary course of business  or that may have  a material adverse effect  on
such Partnership's financial condition.
 
    5.2  DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Each  Partnership  shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  manage  its business,
including, but not limited to, suspending cash distributions to its partners  if
the  General Partner deems it  advisable to do so,  such that such Partnership's
Closing Net  Asset Value  (as defined  in Section  5.2 hereof)  will equal  such
Partnership's   Net  Asset  Value.  Immediately   prior  to  the  Closing,  each
Partnership will declare a cash
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
distribution payable to those who are  partners of the Partnership at such  time
in  an aggregate amount equal to the amount, if any, by which such Partnership's
Closing Net  Asset Value  exceeds its  Net Asset  Value. As  soon as  reasonably
practicable  following the Closing,  the Company, as  the Surviving Corporation,
will take all  actions necessary to  transfer the amount  necessary to pay  such
distribution to Gemisys Corporation, the transfer and distribution agent for the
Partnership,  for distribution in  accordance with the  terms of the Partnership
Agreement.
 
    As used herein, "Closing Net Asset Value" means, with respect to each of the
Partnerships, (i) the sum of  (a) the Appraised Value  (b) the cost incurred  to
the  Closing  Date of  buildouts and  unit  conversions, if  any, that  were not
reflected in the Appraised Value and (c) the book values of the non-real  estate
assets,  except for  amortizable assets,  of the  Partnership as  of the Closing
Date, less (ii) the sum of (x) such Partnership's liabilities as of the  Closing
Date, (y) the estimated cost remaining to be incurred, if any, as of the Closing
Date  to complete the buildouts  and unit conversions that  were included in the
Appraised Value, and (z) such Partnership's Individual Transaction Expenses  and
pro  rata share  of Shared  Transaction Expenses (as  such terms  are defined in
Section 8.3(a) hereof).
 
    5.3  AMENDMENT OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
    The IDS2 and  IDS3 Partnerships shall  take all actions  necessary to  amend
their  respective  Partnership Agreements  to  add the  following  subsection to
Section 13.3(c) of those  agreements, it being understood  that the approval  of
such  amendment by  limited partners will  be a  part of their  approval of this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby:
 
       (iii) Notwithstanding any  provision of this  Agreement, the  Partnership
       may  merge with and  into Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc. (the "Company")
       pursuant to, and consummate all  other transactions contemplated by,  the
       terms  of  the  Acquisition Agreement  dated  July 1,  1996,  between the
       Company, the  Partnership,  IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,
       IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners L.P.  II  and  IDS/Shurgard Income
       Growth Partners L.P. III.
 
    Except as provided above, no Partnership shall amend or propose to amend any
of  its  organizational   documents,  including  its   Certificate  of   Limited
Partnership  or Partnership Agreement, without the  prior written consent of the
Company.
 
    5.4  EXCLUSIVITY
 
    No Partnership will, nor will it permit its partners (including any  general
or  limited partner  of its  General Partner),  agents or  other representatives
(including, without limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or  accountant
retained  by it) to, directly or  indirectly, initiate, solicit or encourage or,
except as  required  by law,  including  fiduciary  duties required  by  law  as
determined  by  the General  Partner  in good  faith,  engage in  discussions or
negotiations with or provide any information to any entity or group (other  than
the Company or an affiliate of the Company) concerning any acquisition proposal,
tender  offer,  exchange offer,  merger,  consolidation, sale  of  a substantial
amount of assets, or  sale of securities or  equity interests, or in  connection
with   a  liquidation,   dissolution  or  similar   transaction  involving  such
Partnership. Each Partnership will  notify the Company  immediately if any  such
inquiries  or proposals are received by, any such information is requested from,
or any such negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or  continued
with,  the Partnership,  and will  keep the Company  informed of  the status and
terms of any such proposals and any such negotiations or discussions.
 
    5.5  OTHER ACTIONS
 
    The Partnerships and the Company shall not  take or omit to take any  action
that  would  result  in  any  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  the
Partnerships or the Company, respectively, made in or pursuant to this Agreement
becoming untrue or  incomplete, in any  of the covenants  and agreements of  the
Partnerships  or the  Company, respectively,  being breached,  or in  any of the
conditions to the Closing not being satisfied.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    5.6  ADVISE OF CHANGES
 
    Each Partnership  promptly shall  advise  the Company  in writing,  and  the
Company  promptly shall  advise the  Partnerships in  writing, of  any change or
event that  has  made,  or could  be  reasonably  expected to  make,  untrue  or
inaccurate  any representation or warranty made by  such party in or pursuant to
this Agreement or  that has  prevented or may  prevent the  performance by  such
party of any covenant or agreement made in or pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    5.7  MEETINGS OF LIMITED PARTNER
 
    Each   Partnership  will  take  all  action  necessary  in  accordance  with
applicable law and its Partnership Agreement to convene a meeting of its limited
partners as promptly as practicable to  consider and vote upon approval of  this
Agreement and the consummation of the Merger.
 
    5.8  REGISTRATION AND LISTING OF REIT SHARES
 
    The  Company will use its best efforts to register the REIT Shares under the
Securities Act and to cause the REIT Shares to be listed for trading on the NYSE
upon official notice of issuance.
 
    5.9  S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
 
    The Company and  the Partnerships will  promptly prepare and  file with  the
Commission  a preliminary proxy statement/prospectus in connection with the vote
of the limited partners  of the Partnerships on  the approval of this  Agreement
and  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (such proxy
statement/prospectus,  together  with  any  amendments  thereof  or  supplements
thereto,  in each case in the form or forms to be mailed to the limited partners
of the Partnerships, being called herein the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus").  The
Company  will, as promptly as practicable,  prepare and file with the Commission
the S-4 Registration  Statement, containing the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus,  in
connection  with the registration under the Securities Act of the REIT Shares to
be issued in the Merger.  The Company and the  Partnerships will each use  their
best  efforts to have  the S-4 Registration Statement  declared effective by the
Commission as  promptly as  practicable, and  also will  take any  other  action
required  to be taken  under federal or  state securities laws,  and each of the
Partnerships will use its best  efforts to cause the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus
to  be mailed to  the record and beneficial  owners of LP  Units at the earliest
practicable date.  The Company  agrees that  (a) if  at any  time prior  to  the
Effective  Time  any event  with respect  to  the Company  should occur  that is
required to be  described in  an amendment  of, or  a supplement  to, the  Proxy
Statement/  Prospectus or the S-4 Registration Statement, such event shall be so
described, and such  amendment or supplement  shall be promptly  filed with  the
Commission  and, as required by law, the Partnership will cause the amendment or
supplement to be disseminated  to the record and  beneficial owners of LP  Units
and  (b) the S-4 Registration Statement  and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will
(with respect to the Company)  comply as to form  in all material respects  with
the requirements of the federal securities laws. Each of the Partnerships agrees
that  (i) if at any time  prior to the Effective Time  any event with respect to
the Partnership should occur  that is required to  be described in an  amendment
of,  or a supplement to, the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the S-4 Registration
Statement, such event shall  be so described, and  such amendment or  supplement
shall   be  promptly  filed  with  the  Commission  and,  as  required  by  law,
disseminated to the record and beneficial owners of LP Units and (ii) the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus will (with respect to the Partnership) comply as to form in
all  material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws. The
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  shall  include   the  recommendation  and   consent
described in Section 2.1 of the General Partner Undertaking.
 
    5.10  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS
 
    The  Company and the  Partnerships shall each use  all reasonable efforts to
take, or cause to  be taken, all  actions and to  do, or cause  to be done,  all
other  things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as
promptly as  practicable the  transactions contemplated  by this  Agreement,  to
obtain   in  a  timely  manner   all  necessary  consents,  waivers,  approvals,
authorizations and orders and to  make all necessary registrations and  filings,
and  otherwise to satisfy or  cause to be satisfied  all conditions precedent to
its obligations under this Agreement.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    5.11  LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF REIT SHARES ISSUED
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the
payment  of Merger Consideration in  the Merger would result  in the issuance by
the Company  of  more  than  20%  of  the  total  number  of  REIT  Shares  then
outstanding,  then the Company may elect to pay cash in lieu of such REIT Shares
in excess of 20% of the total  number of REIT Shares then outstanding (with  the
cash amount to be paid in lieu of such REIT Shares to be based on the REIT Share
Price),  and such cash  in lieu of  REIT Shares shall,  to the extent reasonably
practicable, be allocated  proportionately to all  partners in the  Partnerships
receiving Merger Consideration.
 
ARTICLE VI.  CLOSING
 
    6.1  CLOSING DATE
 
    The  consummation of  the transactions  contemplated hereby  (the "Closing")
shall be held within  five business days  of the satisfaction  or waiver of  the
conditions to closing set forth in Article VII hereof. The Closing shall be held
at  the  offices  of  Perkins  Coie, 1201  Third  Avenue,  40th  Floor, Seattle,
Washington, or at  such other  place as  may be agreed  upon in  writing by  the
Participating Partnerships and the Company. The date and hour of the Closing are
referred to as the "Closing Date." At the Closing each of the parties shall take
all  such action and  deliver all such  documents, instruments, certificates and
other items as may  be required under  this Agreement or  otherwise in order  to
perform  or fulfill all covenants,  conditions and agreements on  its part to be
performed or  fulfilled  on or  prior  to the  Closing  Date and  to  cause  all
conditions  precedent to the other parties'  obligations under this Agreement to
be satisfied in full.
 
    6.2  ADDITIONAL CLOSINGS
 
    Notwithstanding any other  provision of  this Agreement,  if the  conditions
precedent  to Closing  set forth  in Article VII  hereof have  been satisfied or
waived with  respect  to  the  Closing  of this  Agreement  as  to  one  or  two
Participating  Partnerships, this Agreement  may be closed  with respect to such
Participating Partnership(s)  and,  in the  event  the conditions  precedent  to
Closing  set forth  in Article VII  hereof are subsequently  satisfied or waived
with respect to  any additional  Participating Partnership(s), there  may be  an
additional   Closing   or   Closings   with   respect   to   such  Participating
Partnership(s). All references herein to the Closing and the Closing Date  shall
mean  the original Closing or such additional Closing(s), as applicable, and all
references herein to Effective Time shall mean the Effective Time of the  Merger
of  the  applicable  Participating  Partnership;  provided,  however,  that  the
determination of the amount of  Shared Transaction Expenses pursuant to  Section
8.3  hereof shall be made prior to the  initial Closing and shall not be further
adjusted at any subsequent Closing.
 
    6.3  FURTHER ACTS
 
    If at any  time after  the Closing  Date any further  action by  any of  the
parties to this Agreement is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of
this Agreement and/or to vest in the Company full title to all Assets and rights
of  the Participating Partnerships, such party  shall take all such necessary or
desirable action or use its best efforts to cause such action to be taken.
 
ARTICLE VII.  CONDITIONS
 
    The respective obligations of  the parties hereto  to consummate the  Merger
pursuant  to the  terms of  this Agreement  are subject  to satisfaction  of the
following conditions precedent  on or prior  to the Closing  Date. In the  event
that  one or  more of  these conditions  are not  satisfied on  or prior  to the
Closing Date, the party  or parties whose obligations  hereunder are subject  to
the  satisfaction of such condition or  conditions may either elect to terminate
this Agreement or waive the satisfaction of such condition. The consummation  of
the Merger as to any Partnership is not conditioned upon the consummation of the
Merger as to any other Partnership.
 
    7.1  CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS
 
    The  respective  obligations of  each party  to  consummate the  Mergers are
subject to the  fulfillment on or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions:
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    (a)   APPROVAL OF LIMITED PARTNERS.   This Agreement and the consummation of
the Merger shall have been  duly approved by the  requisite vote of the  limited
partners  of the Partnership in accordance with the applicable provisions of its
Partnership Agreement and the WULPA.
 
    (b)  ABSENCE OF  INJUNCTIONS.  No injunctions  relating to the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement or  any of the parties  hereto that would have a
material adverse effect on  the Company or  on the business  or Property of  the
Partnerships,   taken  as  a  whole  or  individually,  or  that  would  prevent
consummation of the Merger, shall have been issued and remain outstanding.
 
    (c)   EFFECTIVENESS OF  S-4 REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.   The S-4  Registration
Statement  shall  have  been  declared effective  by  the  Commission  under the
Securities  Act.  No  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the   S-4
Registration  Statement  shall  have  been  issued  by  the  Commission  and  no
proceeding for that purpose  and no similar proceeding  in respect of the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission.
 
    (d)   LISTING OF REIT SHARES.  The  REIT Shares issuable in the Merger shall
have been authorized for listing on the NYSE upon official notice of issuance.
 
    7.2  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  obligation  of  the  Company  to  consummate  the  Merger  as  to  each
Partnership  shall be subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date
of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Company:
 
    (a)  FAIRNESS  OPINION.   The Company shall  have received  an opinion  from
Alex.  Brown  & Sons  Incorporated as  to the  fairness to  the Company,  from a
financial point of view, of the Offer Prices and the Merger Consideration.
 
    (b)  CLOSING NET ASSET VALUE.  The Company shall have received a certificate
from the General Partner dated the Closing Date certifying that the Closing  Net
Asset  Value of  each Partnership  is no less  than its  Net Asset  Value of the
Partnership.
 
    (c)  ABSENCE OF ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Subsequent to  the date hereof, there  has
not  been any material adverse change in the Partnership's ability to consummate
the Merger, or in the Partnership's business, operations, properties, assets  or
condition, financial or otherwise.
 
    (d)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE AS OF BOTH PRESENT DATE AND CLOSING
DATE.   The representations  and warranties of  the Partnership contained herein
shall be true in all material respects as  of the date of this Agreement and  on
the Closing Date.
 
    (e)   COMPLIANCE  WITH COVENANTS.   The Partnership shall  have performed or
complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants
contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or  prior
to the Closing Date.
 
    (f)   THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  All necessary consents and approvals from third
parties to the transfers,  conveyances and transactions  set forth herein  shall
have been obtained.
 
    (g)   OPINION.  The  Company shall have received  an opinion from counsel to
the Partnership in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
 
    (h)  ACCOUNTANT'S LETTER.   The Special Committee  shall have received  from
Deloitte  &  Touche LLP  a letter,  in  form and  substance satisfactory  to the
Special Committee, acting in good faith, applying certain agreed-upon procedures
to designated information contained  in the S-4  Registration Statement and  the
Offer Documents.
 
    7.3  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIPS
 
    The  obligation  of each  of the  Partnerships to  consummate the  Merger is
subject to the  fulfillment on or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the  following
conditions, unless waived in writing by the applicable Partnership:
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    (a)   FAIRNESS OPINION.   The Partnership shall  have received opinions from
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc. as to the fairness to the limited partners of  the
Partnership,  from a financial point of view,  of the Offer Price and the Merger
Consideration.
 
    (b)  ABSENCE OF ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Subsequent to  the date hereof, there  has
not  been any material adverse change in the Company's ability to pay the Merger
Consideration, or in the Company's  business, operations, properties, assets  or
condition, financial or otherwise.
 
    (c)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE AS OF BOTH PRESENT DATE AND CLOSING
DATE.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall
be true in all  material respects as of  the date of this  Agreement and on  the
Closing Date.
 
    (d)    COMPLIANCE  WITH COVENANTS.    The  Company shall  have  performed or
complied with in all material respects all obligations, agreements and covenants
contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or  prior
to the Closing Date.
 
    (e)   THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  All necessary consents and approvals from third
parties to the transfers,  conveyances and transactions  set forth herein  shall
have been obtained.
 
    (f)   OPINION.  The Partnership shall  have received an opinion from special
counsel to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
 
ARTICLE VIII.  TERMINATION AND WAIVER
 
    8.1  TERMINATION
 
    With respect to  any Partnership, this  Agreement may be  terminated at  any
time  prior  to  the Effective  Time,  notwithstanding approval  thereof  by the
limited partners of such Partnership:
 
    (a) by  mutual consent  duly authorized  by the  Board of  Directors of  the
Company and the General Partner of the Partnership; or
 
    (b)  by either  the Company or  the Partnership  if the Merger  has not been
consummated by March 31, 1997, or such later date as mutually agreed upon by the
parties; provided, however,  that the  right to terminate  this Agreement  under
this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill
any  obligation under this  Agreement has been  the cause of  or resulted in the
failure of such Merger to occur on or before such date; or
 
    (c) by  either  the Company  or  the Partnership  if  a court  of  competent
jurisdiction  or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission
shall have issued  a nonappealable final  order, decree or  ruling or taken  any
other  action  having  the  effect  of  permanently  restraining,  enjoining  or
otherwise prohibiting  the  Merger  between the  Company  and  the  Partnership;
provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section
8.1(c)  shall  not be  available  to any  party who  has  not complied  with its
obligations under Sections 5.9 and 5.10 hereof and such noncompliance materially
contributed to the issuance of any such order, decree or ruling or the taking of
such action; or
 
    (d) by either the Company  or the Partnership if  the requisite vote of  the
limited  partners of the Partnership  shall not have been  obtained by March 31,
1997; or
 
    (e) by  the Company  if (i)  the General  Partner of  the Partnership  shall
withdraw  or  change  its approval  of  this  Agreement or  the  General Partner
Recommendation in a manner determined by the Company in good faith to be adverse
to the Company or shall have resolved to  do so; or (ii) the General Partner  of
the  Partnership,  shall  have  recommended  to  the  limited  partners  of  the
Partnership an Alternative Transaction (as defined in Section 8.3(c) hereof); or
(iii) any person (other than the Company  or an affiliate of the Company)  shall
have acquired voting rights to, or the right to acquire voting rights to, or any
"group"  (as such term is  defined in Section 14(d) of  the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder)  shall have been formed which  has
voting rights to, or
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
the  right to acquire voting  rights to, 20% or  more of the then-outstanding LP
Units of such Partnership; or (iv) if the REIT Share Price, without taking  into
account the application of the REIT Share Price Range, exceeds $28.50; or
 
    (f)  by the Company or the Partnership if (i) any representation or warranty
of the Partnership  or the Company,  respectively, set forth  in this  Agreement
shall  be materially untrue when made or  shall become materially untrue or (ii)
upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Partnership or the
Company, respectively, set forth in this Agreement, such that the conditions set
forth in Section  7.2(e) or  7.3(d) hereof,  as the case  may be,  would not  be
satisfied  (either (i)  or (ii) above  being a  "Terminating Breach"); provided,
however, that if such Terminating Breach is  curable prior to March 31, 1997  by
the  Company or the Partnership, as the case may be, through the exercise of its
reasonable best efforts and for  so long as the  Company or the Partnership,  as
the case may be, continues to exercise such reasonable best efforts, neither the
Partnership  nor the Company,  respectively, may terminate  this Agreement under
this Section 8.1(f); or
 
    (g) by  the Partnership  or the  Company if  the Partnership  enters into  a
definitive agreement accepting an Alternative Transaction; or
 
    (h)  by the Partnership if the REIT Share Price, without taking into account
the application  of the  REIT Share  Price Range,  is less  the $21.50  and  the
Company  has not agreed  to pay the Additional  Consideration in accordance with
Section 2.2 of the General Partner Undertaking.
 
    The right of any party hereto  to terminate this Agreement pursuant to  this
Section  8.1 shall remain operative  and in full force  and effect regardless of
any investigation  made  by  or  on  behalf of  any  party  hereto,  any  person
controlling  any  such party  or any  of  their respective  officers, directors,
partners or  stockholders, whether  prior  to or  after  the execution  of  this
Agreement.
 
    8.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION
 
    In  the event of  termination of this  Agreement as provided  in Section 8.1
hereof, this Agreement  shall become  void and there  shall be  no liability  or
obligation  on  the  part of  any  party  hereto or  its  respective affiliates,
partners, officers, directors or stockholders  except (a) for the provisions  of
Section  1.3(d) (if, and only if, an  Offer has been consummated and the Company
has been  admitted as  a  limited partner  of  the applicable  Partnership  with
respect  to the LP Units  purchased in the Offer)  and Section 8.3 hereof, which
provisions shall  survive the  termination of  this Agreement,  and (b)  to  the
extent  that such termination results from the  willful breach of a party hereto
of any of its  representations, warranties, covenants or  agreements made in  or
pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    8.3  FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    (a)  The  costs and  expenses that  have been  and will  be incurred  by the
Partnerships and the Company in connection with the preparation and  negotiation
of this Agreement, the making of the Offers and the solicitation of the approval
of  the limited partners of each of the Partnerships to the Merger, except those
costs and expenses identified below as "Individual Transaction Expenses" will be
shared by the Partnerships and the Company (the "Shared Transaction  Expenses").
The Shared Transaction Expenses include, without limitation, accounting fees and
expenses,  filing, printing  and mailing costs  of the Offer  Documents, the S-4
Registration Statement,  the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  and  other  soliciting
materials, proxy solicitation fees, depositary fees and closing costs. Except as
otherwise  provided in this Section 8.3, the Shared Transaction Expenses will be
shared by the Company  and the Partnerships  as follows: (a)  50% of the  Shared
Transaction  Expenses will  be borne by  the Company  and (b) 50%  of the Shared
Transaction Expenses  will be  borne by  the Partnerships,  with the  amount  of
Shared  Transaction Expenses to be borne by  the Partnerships to be allocated to
each Partnership pro  rata based on  its relative Net  Asset Value.  "Individual
Transaction  Expenses" consist  of (i)  legal fees  and expenses;  (ii) fees and
expenses of investment bankers and other  financial advisors; (iii) the cost  of
the  Partnerships' real estate  portfolio appraisals and  (iv) the transfer fees
payable by the Company for the LP Units acquired through the Offers.  Individual
Transaction
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Expenses  that  are  incurred by  the  Company  will be  borne  by  the Company.
Individual Transaction Expenses that  are incurred by  the Partnerships will  be
allocated  to each Partnership pro rata based on the relative Net Asset Value of
each Partnership.
 
    The Partnerships and  the Company  agree to  contribute their  share of  the
Shared  Transaction  Expenses  to  the  party  that  has  incurred  such  Shared
Transaction Expenses as they  are incurred if requested  by the Other Party.  In
the  event that the  amount of such  Shared Transaction Expenses  is not finally
determined prior to the Closing, the  parties hereto will agree on a  reasonable
estimate  of  the final  amount of  such Shared  Transaction Expenses,  and such
estimated amount, together with the amount of expenses already incurred, will be
the total Shared  Transaction Expenses.  The Company shall  pay to  each of  the
Partnerships,  or each  of the  Partnerships shall pay  to the  Company or shall
accrue to the extent not already accrued as of the Closing Date, as the case may
be, its allocated portion of Shared  Transaction Expenses that have not  already
been  paid, in full satisfaction  of its obligations under  this Section 8.3. No
adjustments will be made following the Closing if the total amount of the Shared
Transaction Expenses estimated  by the parties  hereto prior to  the Closing  is
different from the amount actually incurred.
 
    (b)  Except for IDS1,  as to whom  this Section 8.3(b)  is not applicable, a
Partnership  shall  pay  the  Company  a   pro  rata  portion  (based  on   such
Partnership's   relative  Net  Asset  Value,   taking  into  account  all  three
Partnerships) of  the Shared  Transaction  Expenses and  Individual  Transaction
Expenses that would otherwise be borne by the Company pursuant to Section 8.3(a)
hereof, upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
        (i)  the termination of this Agreement by the Company or the Partnership
    pursuant to Section 8.1(d)  hereof or the termination  of this Agreement  by
    the  Company pursuant to Section 8.1(f) hereof and, in either such case, the
    Partnership has furnished  information to,  or entered  into discussions  or
    negotiations  with,  any person  or entity  with  respect to  an Alternative
    Transaction and  the  General Partner  Recommendation  shall not  have  been
    reaffirmed  to the limited  partners of the  Partnership by the  date of the
    meeting of limited partners and remain effective on that date; or
 
        (ii) the  termination  of this  Agreement  by the  Company  pursuant  to
    Section 8.1(e)(i), (ii), or (iii) hereof; or
 
        (iii)  the  termination  of this  Agreement  by the  Partnership  or the
    Company pursuant to Section 8.1(g) hereof.
 
    (c) "Alternative Transaction"  means any (i)  transaction pursuant to  which
any  person or group of  persons other than the Company  or any affiliate of the
Company (a  "Third  Party") acquires  or  would acquire  more  than 25%  of  the
outstanding  LP  Units  of  the Partnership,  whether  from  the  Partnership or
pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise, (ii) merger or  other
business combination involving the Partnership pursuant to which any Third Party
acquires  more  than 25%  of  the LP  Units or  other  equity securities  of the
Partnership or  the entity  surviving such  merger or  business combination,  or
(iii)  any other transaction pursuant to which any Third Party acquires or would
acquire control of the assets of the Partnership having a fair market value  (as
determined  by the General  Partner of the  Partnership in good  faith) equal to
more than 25%  of the fair  market value of  all the assets  of the  Partnership
immediately prior to such transaction.
 
    (d)  In the event of the termination of this Agreement by the Company or the
Partnership pursuant  to Section  8.1(d) hereof  following the  vote of  limited
partners  of the Partnership and if  Section 8.3(b)(i) hereof is not applicable,
then the Partnership shall bear a percentage of the Shared Merger Expenses  that
the  Partnership would  otherwise have borne  pursuant to  Section 8.3(a) hereof
equal to the  percentage of outstanding  LP Units of  the Partnership that  were
voted  in  favor  of  the Merger.  Any  Shared  Merger Expenses  not  paid  by a
Partnership pursuant to  this paragraph shall  be paid by  the Company (and  not
paid by the other Partnerships).
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    8.4  EXTENSION; WAIVER
 
    At  any time  prior to the  Closing, the  parties hereto may,  to the extent
legally allowed,  (a)  extend  the  time  for the  performance  of  any  of  the
obligations   or  other  acts  of  the  other  parties  hereto,  (b)  waive  any
inaccuracies in the representations and  warranties of the other parties  hereto
contained  herein or made in connection  herewith, and (c) waive compliance with
any of  the  agreements  of  the other  parties  hereto  contained  herein.  Any
agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be
valid  only if set  forth in an instrument  in writing signed  on behalf of such
party.
 
    8.5  NO SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    None of the representations and  warranties in this Agreement shall  survive
the Closing Date.
 
ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
    9.1  ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
 
    The  Company  may not  assign its  rights under  this Agreement  without the
consent of the applicable Partnership. None of the Partnerships may assign their
rights under this Agreement.
 
    9.2  RISK OF LOSS
 
    (a) Risk of loss or damage to the Assets by condemnation, eminent domain  or
similar proceedings (or deed in lieu thereof), or by fire or any other casualty,
from  the date  hereof through  the Effective  Time will  be on  the Partnership
owning such Assets and thereafter will be on the Company.
 
    (b) In the event of  loss or damage to the  Assets that occurs prior to  the
Effective Time, if the Partnership elects not to or is unable to effect a timely
cure of such loss or damage prior to Closing, the monetary value of such loss or
damage  shall  be reflected  on  the Closing  Balance Sheet  and  if, as  of the
Effective Time,  the reduction  in  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset  Value
resulting  from such loss or damage is not offset by an increase in other Assets
of the Partnership (including  insurance proceeds payable  with respect to  such
loss  or  damage or  condemnation awards  received) to  the extent  necessary to
satisfy the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.2(b) hereof, the Company
may, at its option, elect to terminate this Agreement as to such Partnership, or
the Company may elect  to extend the  term of this  Agreement and resolicit  the
limited partners of such Partnership with respect to participation in the Merger
with  the  Net Asset  Value of  the  Partnership suffering  such loss  or damage
adjusted to reflect such loss or damage.
 
    9.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS
 
    This Agreement, together with the General Partner Undertaking, embodies  and
constitutes  the entire  understanding between the  parties with  respect to the
transactions contemplated herein, and  all prior or contemporaneous  agreements,
understandings, representations and statements, oral or written, are merged into
this  Agreement. Neither this Agreement, the General Partner Undertaking nor any
provision hereof  or thereof  may be  waived, modified,  amended, discharged  or
terminated  except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which
the  enforcement  of   such  waiver,  modification,   amendment,  discharge   or
termination is sought, and then only to the extent set forth in such instrument.
 
    9.4  NOTICES
 
    All  notices, demands  or other  writings in  this Agreement  provided to be
given or made or sent, or  which may be given or  made or sent, by either  party
hereto  to the other may  be given personally or  may be delivered by depositing
the same in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage  prepaid
or  by delivering the same to an  air courier service, postage prepaid, properly
addressed and sent  to the address  of such party  as set forth  below, or  such
other address as either party may from
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
time  to time  designate by written  notice to  the other. Notice  given by mail
shall be considered effective  upon the expiration of  five business days  after
deposit.  Notice given in any  other manner shall be  effective only if and when
received by the addressee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
To the Company:                                 Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
                                                Attn: Harrell Beck
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Latham & Watkins
                                                Attn: Scott R. Haber
                                                505 Montgomery Street, 19th Floor
                                                San Francisco, California 94111
 
To the Partnerships:                            Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                                Attn: Charles K. Barbo
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Perkins Coie
                                                Attn: Linda A. Schoemaker
                                                1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
</TABLE>
 
    9.5  INTERPRETATION
 
    Words of any gender used  in this Agreement shall  be held and construed  to
include  any  other gender,  and words  of a  singular number  shall be  held to
include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
    9.6  CAPTIONS
 
    The captions used in this Agreement  are for convenience only and shall  not
be deemed to construe or to limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.
 
    9.7  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
 
    This  Agreement may be executed in  any number of identical counterparts. If
so executed, each  of such  counterparts is  to be  deemed an  original for  all
purposes, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement,
but  in making proof of  this Agreement it shall not  be necessary to produce or
account for more than one such counterpart.
 
    9.8  BINDING EFFECT
 
    Subject to the restrictions on  assignment contained in Section 9.1  hereof,
this  Agreement shall be  binding upon and  inure to the  benefit of the parties
hereto  and  their  respective  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors  and
assigns.
 
    9.9  ATTORNEYS' FEES
 
    Subject  to the requirements of Section 9.11 hereof, should any party hereto
employ an attorney or attorneys  to enforce any of  the provisions hereof or  to
protect  its interest in any manner arising  under this Agreement, or to recover
damages for the breach hereof, the nonprevailing party or parties in any  action
pursued in courts of competent jurisdiction (the finality of which action is not
legally  contested)  agrees  to  pay  to the  prevailing  party  or  parties all
reasonable costs, damages and expenses,  including attorneys' fees, expended  or
incurred  in connection therewith; provided, however, that if more than one item
is disputed and the final  decision is against each party  as to one or more  of
the  disputed  items, then  such costs,  expenses and  attorneys' fees  shall be
apportioned in accordance with the monetary values of the items decided  against
each party.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    9.10  NO WAIVER; SEVERABILITY
 
    The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any of the provisions
of  this Agreement  shall in  no way  be construed  to be  a waiver  of any such
provision, and shall in no way affect the validity of this Agreement or any part
hereof or the  right of  any party  thereafter to  enforce each  and every  such
provision.  No waiver  of any  breach of this  Agreement shall  be held  to be a
waiver of any other or subsequent breach. If any provision of this Agreement, or
the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, for any reason and
to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, but the extent of the invalidity  or
unenforceability  does not destroy the basis  of the bargain between the parties
as contained herein, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such
provision to other persons  or circumstances shall not  be affected thereby  but
rather shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
 
    9.11  NO JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
 
    If  one of the Partnerships  defaults under, or is in  breach of, any of its
representations, warranties  or  covenants  contained in  this  Agreement,  such
Partnership  shall be  accountable to  the Company and  shall be  liable for the
damages caused by  such default or  breach as provided  in this Agreement.  Each
Partnership  hereunder  has  undertaken  obligations  and  made representations,
warranties, disclosures and covenants herein and in and pursuant to the exhibits
hereto solely  with respect  to itself  and the  Property owned  by it.  Nothing
contained  herein, however, is intended to  make any of the Partnerships jointly
and severally liable for the default or breach by any of the other Partnerships,
and with  respect to  any  such default  and breach  such  shall be  solely  the
obligation  and responsibility of the Partnership responsible for the default or
breach.
 
    9.12  APPLICABLE LAW
 
    This Agreement shall  be governed by  and construed in  accordance with  the
laws of the state of Washington.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the parties
as of the date first set forth above.
 
                                          COMPANY:
 
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By /s/_HARRELL BECK___________________
                                             Harrell Beck, Chief Financial
                                             Officer
 
                                          PARTNERSHIPS:
 
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P.
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                          General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P. II
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_Charles K. Barbo_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                          IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS
                                          L.P. III
 
                                          By Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                          Its General Partner
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A
                          GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING
 
    This GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING  (this "Agreement") is  entered into as  of
July  1,  1996  by Shurgard  Associates  L.P.  ("GP1"), the  general  partner of
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.  ("IDS1"), Shurgard Associates L.P.  II
("GP2"),  the general  partner of  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P. II
("IDS2"), and  Shurgard Associates  L.P.  III ("GP3"),  the general  partner  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth Partners  L.P. III  ("IDS3"), and  Shurgard Storage
Centers, Inc., a  Delaware corporation  (the "Company").  GP1, GP2  and GP3  are
individually  referred to herein as a  "General Partner" and collectively as the
"General Partners." IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 are individually referred to herein as a
"Partnership" and collectively as the "Partnerships."
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    A.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Partnerships  and
the Company are entering into an Acquisition Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1996
(the "Acquisition Agreement"), pursuant to which (i) the Company will commence a
tender offer to purchase up to a specified percentage of the limited partnership
units  of each of the Partnerships (each,  an "Offer" and together the "Offers")
and (ii)  the  Partnerships  will merge  with  and  into the  Company  upon  the
satisfaction  or waiver of the conditions  to closing contained therein (each, a
"Merger" and together, the "Mergers").
 
    B.  The General  Partners believe that  it is in the  best interests of  the
Partnerships  and their limited partners for  the Partnerships to enter into and
consummate  the  Acquisition  Agreement  and  the  General  Partners  intend  to
recommend  to  the  limited partners  of  the  Partnerships that  they  vote for
approval of the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    C.   Capitalized terms  used but  not  defined in  this Agreement  have  the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
                                   AGREEMENTS
 
    NOW,  THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.  THE OFFERS
 
    1.1  CONSENT TO OFFERS
 
    The General Partners hereby consent to the making of the Offers.
 
    1.2  GENERAL PARTNER FAIRNESS DETERMINATION AND RECOMMENDATION
 
    With respect to each Offer, the  Offer Documents and the Schedules 14D-9  or
the  Schedules 13E-3 shall contain, to  the extent applicable, (a) the statement
by the General Partner that the terms of  the Offers and the Merger are fair  to
limited  partners and (b) the recommendation by the General Partner that holders
of LP Units who desire immediate liquidity tender their LP Units pursuant to the
Offer and  that  all  other holders  of  LP  Units retain  their  LP  Units  and
participate in the Merger.
 
    1.3  ADMISSION OF COMPANY AS SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER
 
    Each  of the General  Partners agrees to  take such actions  as are required
under the  applicable  Partnership Agreement  to  effect the  admission  of  the
Company  as a limited  partner of the  Partnership with respect  to all LP Units
acquired by  it pursuant  to  the Offer  in accordance  with  the terms  of  the
Partnership Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II.  THE MERGERS
 
    2.1  MEETINGS OF LIMITED PARTNERS; RECOMMENDATION OF GENERAL PARTNERS
 
    Each  General  Partner will  take all  action  necessary in  accordance with
applicable law and its Partnership's Partnership Agreement to convene a  meeting
of its limited partners as promptly as
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
practicable  to consider and vote upon approval of the Acquisition Agreement and
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. Except as may be required
for the discharge of their fiduciary duties or as otherwise required by law, (a)
the General Partner shall recommend that  the limited partners vote in favor  of
approval  of  the Acquisition  Agreement  and consummation  of  the transactions
contemplated thereby and shall solicit the vote of the limited partners of  such
Partnership  in favor of  such approval and  take all other  action necessary or
advisable to secure the vote of such limited partners in favor of such  approval
and  (b)  IDS  Partnership Services  Corporation  ("IPSC") will  consent  to the
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    2.2  WITHDRAWAL OF RECOMMENDATION IF REIT SHARE PRICE IS LESS THAN $21.50
 
    It is understood that the General  Partner of each Partnership may elect  to
withdraw  or change  its recommendation that  limited partners vote  in favor of
this Agreement if  the REIT Share  Price calculated without  regard to the  REIT
Share  Price Range in  respect of the  meeting (the "Meeting")  at which limited
partners are expected to vote on the Merger is less than $21.50. Before it  does
so,  however, the  General Partner  shall notify  the Company  of its  intent to
withdraw its recommendation not  later than the end  of the second business  day
following  the day the REIT  Share Price is determined,  and the General Partner
shall postpone or adjourn the meeting for such period or periods of time, not to
exceed ten business  days, as the  Company may reasonably  request. The  General
Partner  shall not withdraw its recommendation if  the Company agrees to pay the
Additional Consideration at least  two business days prior  to the date of  such
postponed or adjourned meeting.
 
ARTICLE III.  OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
    3.1  STANDSTILL
 
    The Company agrees that if it is admitted as a substitute limited partner in
a  Partnership and except  as otherwise contemplated by  this Agreement, it will
not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of a majority  of
the  general partners of the General Partner of that Partnership (a) acquire any
additional LP  Units  of that  Partnership,  (b)  propose any  merger  or  other
business  combination  involving  that  Partnership, or  (c)  propose  any other
transaction pursuant to which it would control  or acquire any of the assets  of
that Partnership.
 
    3.2  EXCLUSIVITY
 
    Until  the termination  of the Acquisition  Agreement or the  Closing of the
Merger, no General Partner will, nor will it permit its partners (including  any
general or limited partner), agents or other representatives (including, without
limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or accountant  retained by it) to,
directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit or encourage or, except as required by
law, including fiduciary  duties required by  law as determined  by the  General
Partner in good faith, engage in discussions or negotiations with or provide any
information  to any entity or  group (other than the  Company or an affiliate of
the Company) concerning any acquisition proposal, tender offer, exchange  offer,
merger,  consolidation,  sale of  a  substantial amount  of  assets, or  sale of
securities or equity interests, or in connection with a liquidation, dissolution
or similar transaction  involving such  Partnership. Each  General Partner  will
notify  the Company immediately if any  such inquiries or proposals are received
by, any  such  information  is  requested from,  or  any  such  negotiations  or
discussions  are sought to be initiated  or continued with, the Partnership, and
will keep the Company informed of the status and terms of any such proposals and
any such negotiations or discussions.
 
    3.3  INDEMNIFICATION
 
    From and  after the  Effective Time,  the Company  will indemnify  and  hold
harmless the General Partner of each of the Partnerships, that shall have merged
with  and into  the Company  pursuant to  a Merger  and its  general and limited
partners to the same extent that such persons are entitled to be indemnified  by
the Partnership under its Partnership Agreement.
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV.  MISCELLANEOUS
 
    4.1  NOTICES
 
    All  notices, demands  or other  writings in  this Agreement  provided to be
given or made or sent, or  which may be given or  made or sent, by either  party
hereto  to the other may  be given personally or  may be delivered by depositing
the same in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage  prepaid
or  by delivering the same to an  air courier service, postage prepaid, properly
addressed and sent  to the address  of such party  as set forth  below, or  such
other  address as either party may from time to time designate by written notice
to the  other. Notice  given by  mail  shall be  considered effective  upon  the
expiration of five business days after deposit. Notice given in any other manner
shall be effective only if and when received by the addressee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
To the Company:                                 Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
                                                Attn: Harrell Beck
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Latham & Watkins
                                                Attn: Scott R. Haber
                                                505 Montgomery Street, 19th Floor
                                                San Francisco, California 94111
 
To the General Partners:                        Shurgard Associates L.P.
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. II
                                                Shurgard Associates L.P. III
                                                Attn: Charles K. Barbo
                                                1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101
 
with a copy to:                                 Perkins Coie
                                                Attn: Linda A. Schoemaker
                                                1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
                                                Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
</TABLE>
 
    4.2  INTERPRETATION
 
    Words  of any gender used  in this Agreement shall  be held and construed to
include any  other gender,  and words  of a  singular number  shall be  held  to
include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
    4.3  CAPTIONS
 
    The  captions used in this Agreement are  for convenience only and shall not
be deemed to construe or to limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.
 
    4.4  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
 
    This Agreement may be executed in  any number of identical counterparts.  If
so  executed, each  of such  counterparts is  to be  deemed an  original for all
purposes, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement,
but in making proof of  this Agreement it shall not  be necessary to produce  or
account for more than one such counterpart.
 
    4.5  APPLICABLE LAW
 
    This  Agreement shall  be governed by  and construed in  accordance with the
laws of the state of Washington.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the  parties
as of the date first set forth above.
 
                                          COMPANY:
 
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                          By /s/_HARRELL BECK___________________
                                             Harrell Beck, Chief Financial
                                             Officer
 
                                          GENERAL PARTNERS:
 
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                          General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P. II
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                          Shurgard Associates L.P. III
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo,
                                             General Partner
 
                                            /s/_ARTHUR W. BUERK_________________
                                            Arthur W. Buerk,
                                            General Partner
 
                                          Shurgard General Partner, Inc.
 
                                          By /s/_CHARLES K. BARBO_______________
                                             Charles K. Barbo, President
 
                                      A-5

<PAGE>
                           OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
               UP TO 65,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTEREST
                                       OF
                    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.
                                       AT
                               $257 NET PER UNIT
                                       BY
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
THE OFFER, PRORATION PERIOD AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 31, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED.
                            ------------------------
 
    SHURGARD  STORAGE CENTERS, INC. (THE "PURCHASER") IS OFFERING TO PURCHASE UP
TO 65,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST (THE "UNITS") IN IDS/  SHURGARD
INCOME  GROWTH PARTNERS L.P. (THE "PARTNERSHIP") AT A NET CASH PRICE PER UNIT OF
$257 (THE "OFFER PRICE"). THIS OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED UPON A MINIMUM NUMBER OF
UNITS BEING VALIDLY TENDERED, BUT IT IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND  CONDITIONS
DESCRIBED  IN THIS  OFFER TO  PURCHASE. See "The  Offer" --  Section 7 ("Certain
Conditions of the Offer"). IF MORE  THAN 65,000 UNITS (APPROXIMATELY 44% OF  THE
OUTSTANDING  UNITS) ARE VALIDLY TENDERED, THE  PURCHASER WILL ACCEPT ONLY 65,000
UNITS AND WILL PURCHASE UNITS FROM TENDERING UNITHOLDERS ON A PRO RATA BASIS  AS
DESCRIBED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
    PURSUANT  TO AN ACQUISITION  AGREEMENT DATED JULY  1, 1996 BY  AND AMONG THE
PURCHASER, THE  PARTNERSHIP AND  TWO AFFILIATED  PARTNERSHIPS (THE  "ACQUISITION
AGREEMENT"),  FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF THE PURCHASE OF UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS
OFFER, THE  REMAINING UNITHOLDERS  WILL  BE NOTIFIED  OF  A SPECIAL  MEETING  OF
UNITHOLDERS  TO BE HELD TO CONSIDER AND VOTE  UPON APPROVAL OF THE MERGER OF THE
PARTNERSHIP WITH  AND  INTO THE  PURCHASER  (THE  "MERGER"). IF  THE  MERGER  IS
APPROVED  BY THE REQUISITE VOTE OF  THE UNITHOLDERS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS
TO THE  MERGER ARE  SATISFIED OR  WAIVED, THE  PARTNERSHIP WILL  MERGE INTO  THE
PURCHASER   AND  CEASE  TO  EXIST  AS   A  SEPARATE  LEGAL  ENTITY.  UNITHOLDERS
PARTICIPATING IN THE MERGER WILL RECEIVE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE PURCHASER
IN EXCHANGE FOR THEIR UNITS. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    THE GENERAL  PARTNER OF  THE PARTNERSHIP  IS SHURGARD  ASSOCIATES L.P.  (THE
"GENERAL  PARTNER"). THE GENERAL PARTNER HAS  APPROVED THIS OFFER AND THE MERGER
AND HAS DETERMINED THAT THE TERMS OF THIS  OFFER AND THE MERGER ARE FAIR TO  THE
UNITHOLDERS.  THE GENERAL PARTNER  RECOMMENDS THAT THOSE  UNITHOLDERS WHO DESIRE
IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY TENDER THEIR UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER AND THAT ALL OTHER
UNITHOLDERS RETAIN THEIR UNITS  AND, INSTEAD, PARTICIPATE  IN THE MERGER.  THERE
CAN  BE NO ASSURANCE, HOWEVER, THAT THE  MERGER WILL BE CONSUMMATED. THE GENERAL
PARTNER HAS SIGNIFICANT CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THIS OFFER AND THE MERGER.  See
"Special Considerations."
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
    ANY  UNITHOLDER DESIRING TO  TENDER ALL OR  ANY PORTION OF  HIS OR HER UNITS
SHOULD COMPLETE AND SIGN  THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH  THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, AND MAIL OR DELIVER IT WITH
ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITARY  AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH ON  THE
BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE.
 
    QUESTIONS  AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS OFFER TO
PURCHASE AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION  AGENT
AT ITS ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SET FORTH ON THE BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO
PURCHASE.  UNITHOLDERS MAY ALSO  CONTACT BROKERS, DEALERS,  COMMERCIAL BANKS AND
TRUST COMPANIES FOR ASSISTANCE CONCERNING THIS OFFER.
 
    THIS TRANSACTION HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION (THE "COMMISSION")  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THIS TRANSACTION OR  UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF  THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS
UNLAWFUL.
 
JULY 2, 1996
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Purchaser  and  the  Partnership  are  subject  to  the   informational
requirements  of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and  in accordance  therewith file  reports, proxy  statements and  other
information with the Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information
filed  by the Purchaser and  the Partnership may be  inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as at the regional offices of  the
Commission  at 7 World Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New  York, New York 10048, and
Citicorp  Center,  500  West  Madison  Street,  Suite  1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511.  Copies of such  information can also  be obtained by  mail from the
Public  Reference  Section  of  the  Commission  at  450  Fifth  Street,   N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.  Such information for the Purchaser
can also be inspected at  the New York Stock  Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE"), 20  Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    The  Purchaser  has filed  with the  Commission  a Transaction  Statement on
Schedule 13E-3 (the "Schedule 13E-3") pursuant to Rule 13e-3 under the  Exchange
Act  and  a Tender  Offer  Statement on  Schedule  14D-1 (the  "Schedule 14D-1")
pursuant to Rule  14d-3 under  the Exchange Act  furnishing certain  information
with  respect to this Offer. The General Partner has filed with the Commission a
statement on Schedule 14D-9 furnishing  certain information with respect to  its
position  concerning  this Offer  pursuant to  Rules 14d-9  and 14e-2  under the
Exchange Act. Those  Schedules and  any amendments  to the  Schedules should  be
available  for inspection and copying as set  forth above (except that they will
not be available at the regional offices of the Commission).
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The following  documents filed  with  the Commission  by the  Purchaser  are
incorporated by reference in this Offer to Purchase:
 
        (i)  the Purchaser's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
    March 31, 1996;
 
        (ii) the  Purchaser's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K  for the  year  ended
    December 31, 1995;
 
       (iii)  the description of the Purchaser's Class A Common Stock, par value
    $.001 per share, contained in the Purchaser's Registration Statement on Form
    8-A, as amended, dated April 19, 1995; and
 
       (iv) the description of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights contained  in
    the  Purchaser's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, as amended, dated April
    19, 1995.
 
    All documents filed by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to  the date of this Offer to Purchase  and
prior  to the Expiration Date (as defined in "The Offer" -- Section 1 ("Terms of
the Offer")) shall  be deemed to  be incorporated by  reference herein from  the
date of filing such documents. Any statement contained herein or incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that
a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is
incorporated  by  reference herein  modifies or  supersedes that  statement. Any
statement so modified or superseded shall  not be deemed, except as so  modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Offer to Purchase.
 
    THIS  OFFER TO  PURCHASE INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS  BY REFERENCE  WHICH ARE NOT
PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. COPIES OF THESE DOCUMENTS (NOT INCLUDING
EXHIBITS TO THE DOCUMENTS, UNLESS THE EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED  BY
REFERENCE INTO THE INFORMATION THAT THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE INCORPORATES) WILL BE
PROVIDED  WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON, INCLUDING ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER, TO WHOM
THIS OFFER TO  PURCHASE IS  DELIVERED, UPON  WRITTEN OR  ORAL REQUEST.  REQUESTS
SHOULD  BE DIRECTED TO SHURGARD STORAGE  CENTERS, INC., INVESTOR RELATIONS, 1201
THIRD AVENUE, SUITE  2200, SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON 98101  (TELEPHONE NUMBER:  (206)
624-8100).
 
                              CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
 
    Statements  contained  in  this Offer  to  Purchase  that are  not  based on
historical fact  are  "forward-looking statements"  within  the meaning  of  the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may
be  identified by the use of  forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will,"
"expect," "anticipate," "continue" or similar  terms, variations of those  terms
or  the negative  of those  terms. Cautionary  statements set  forth in "Special
Considerations" and  elsewhere  in this  Offer  to Purchase  identify  important
factors  that could cause actual results to  differ materially from those in the
forward-looking statements.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           1
  The Partnership and the Purchaser........................................................................           1
  Purposes of the Transaction..............................................................................           1
  The Offer................................................................................................           1
  The Merger...............................................................................................           1
  Conflicts of Interest....................................................................................           2
  Determination of the Offer Price.........................................................................           2
  Fairness of the Transaction; Recommendations to Unitholders..............................................           3
  IPSC Consent.............................................................................................           3
  Appraisal................................................................................................           3
  Stanger Fairness Opinions................................................................................           3
  The Special Meeting......................................................................................           3
  Related Transactions.....................................................................................           3
  Source and Amount of Funds...............................................................................           4
  Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations................................................................           4
  Special Considerations...................................................................................           4
 
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................................................           5
  Conflicts of Interest....................................................................................           5
  No Arms' Length Negotiation..............................................................................           5
  Investment Objectives of the Purchaser...................................................................           5
  Voting Power.............................................................................................           5
  Lack of Trading Market...................................................................................           5
  Alternatives to Tendering Units..........................................................................           6
 
BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION.................................................................           6
  The Partnership..........................................................................................           6
  The Purchaser............................................................................................           7
  Background of the Transaction............................................................................           9
  Relationships............................................................................................          13
  Purposes and Structure of the Transaction................................................................          14
 
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER...............................................          15
  Recommendation of the General Partner....................................................................          15
  Factors Considered by the General Partner................................................................          15
    Determination of Offer Price...........................................................................          15
    Determination of Merger Consideration..................................................................          15
    Real Estate Portfolio Appraisal........................................................................          16
    Stanger Fairness Opinions..............................................................................          16
    Fairness in View of Conflicts of Interest..............................................................          16
    IPSC Consent...........................................................................................          16
    Potential Influence of the Purchaser Over the Partnership..............................................          16
    Allocation of Transaction Expenses.....................................................................          17
    Impact of Merger on Expected Distributions to Unitholders Who Become Stockholders of the Purchaser.....          17
    Impact of Merger on Timing of Partnership Distributions................................................          17
    Comparison of Certain Benefits and Detriments of Alternatives to the Transaction.......................          18
      Liquidation of the Partnership.......................................................................          18
      Continuation of Partnership..........................................................................          19
      Support of Secondary Market..........................................................................          19
      Reorganization of the Partnership as a Separate REIT.................................................          19
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Comparison of Transaction Consideration to Alternatives..................................................          20
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
    General................................................................................................          20
    Secondary Market Prices of Units.......................................................................          21
    Going Concern Value....................................................................................          21
    Liquidation Value......................................................................................          22
  The Special Committee....................................................................................          22
    Recommendation of the General Partner..................................................................          22
    Consent of IPSC........................................................................................          23
    Appraisal..............................................................................................          23
    Fairness Opinions......................................................................................          23
    Premium Over Recent Market Prices......................................................................          23
APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS..................................................................          23
  Real Estate Portfolio Appraisal by Stanger...............................................................          23
    Experience of Stanger..................................................................................          23
    Summary of Methodology.................................................................................          23
    Income Approach........................................................................................          24
    Sales Comparison Approach..............................................................................          25
    Conclusions as to Value................................................................................          25
    Assumptions, Limitations and Qualifications of Portfolio Appraisal.....................................          26
    Compensation and Material Relationships................................................................          26
  Opinions of the Partnership's Financial Advisor..........................................................          26
    Summary of Materials Considered........................................................................          26
    Summary of Analysis....................................................................................          27
    Appraisal..............................................................................................          27
    Review of Liquidation Analysis.........................................................................          27
    Review of Going Concern Analysis.......................................................................          27
    Review of Tender Offer and Secondary Market Prices.....................................................          28
    Conclusions............................................................................................          28
    Assumptions............................................................................................          28
    Limitations and Qualifications of Fairness Opinions....................................................          28
    Compensation and Material Relationships................................................................          29
  Opinion of the Purchaser's Financial Advisor.............................................................          29
    Historical Financial Position..........................................................................          30
    Historical Stock Price Performance.....................................................................          30
    Analysis of Certain Other Publicly Traded Companies....................................................          30
    Analysis of Selected Real Estate Acquisitions..........................................................          31
    Discounted Cash Flow Analysis..........................................................................          31
    Pro Forma Combined Earnings Analysis...................................................................          32
    Real Estate Market and Economic Factors................................................................          32
    Analysis of Offers Absent Consummation of Mergers......................................................          32
THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT..................................................................................          33
  The Tender Offer.........................................................................................          33
  The Merger...............................................................................................          34
  Representations and Warranties...........................................................................          34
  Conduct of Business Pending the Effective Time...........................................................          35
  S-4 Registration Statement and Proxy Statement...........................................................          35
  Meeting of Limited Partners of the Partnership; Recommendation of General Partners.......................          35
  IPSC Consent.............................................................................................          36
  Amendments to the Partnership Agreements.................................................................          36
  Standstill Agreement.....................................................................................          36
  No Solicitation of Transactions..........................................................................          36
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  Indemnification..........................................................................................          36
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Conditions Precedent to the Merger.......................................................................          37
    Conditions to Each Party's Obligations.................................................................          37
    Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser.........................................................          37
    Conditions to the Obligations of the Partnerships......................................................          37
  Termination..............................................................................................          37
  Fees and Expenses........................................................................................          38
  Effect of Termination....................................................................................          39
  Amendment................................................................................................          39
  Dissenters' Rights.......................................................................................          39
  General Partner Undertaking..............................................................................          40
  Title Insurance..........................................................................................          40
  Accounting Treatment.....................................................................................          40
EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS....................................................          40
  Effects of the Offer if the Merger Is Not Consummated....................................................          40
    Control of the Partnership.............................................................................          40
    Trading Market.........................................................................................          40
    Partnership Status.....................................................................................          40
    Partnership Business...................................................................................          40
  Effects of the Transaction if the Merger Is Consummated..................................................          40
    Partnership Business...................................................................................          40
    Unitholders Participating in the Merger................................................................          40
    Unitholders Exercising Dissenters' Rights..............................................................          41
MARKET PRICES OF UNITS.....................................................................................          41
  Volume of Sales..........................................................................................          41
  Secondary Market Information.............................................................................          41
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS...............................................................................          42
  Overlaps Between Affiliates of the General Partner and Directors and Officers of the Purchaser...........          43
  Ownership of Units by the Partners of the General Partner................................................          43
  General Partner's Interest...............................................................................          43
  IPSC's Interest..........................................................................................          43
  Property Management Services.............................................................................          44
  Payments for Administrative Services.....................................................................          44
  Ownership of Purchaser Common Stock by Affiliates of General Partner.....................................          44
  Contingent Share Agreement...............................................................................          44
 
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS.................................................................................          44
 
ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN OR LOSS.............................................................................          45
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................................................          45
  Recognition of Gain or Loss..............................................................................          46
  Characterization of Gain or Loss.........................................................................          46
  Tax Basis in Units.......................................................................................          47
  Taxation of Capital Gains/Capital Losses and Ordinary Income.............................................          47
  Effect of Passive Loss Rules.............................................................................          47
  Publicly Traded Partnership Characterization.............................................................          47
  Information Return and Filing Requirements Relating to Withholding.......................................          48
  No Constructive Termination of the Partnership...........................................................          48
  Tax Consequences of the Merger...........................................................................          48
    Merger as a Taxable Event..............................................................................          49
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
    Qualification of Purchaser as a REIT...................................................................          49
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
    Tax Treatment of REIT Distributions....................................................................          50
    Characterization of REIT Distributions.................................................................          50
    Disposition of REIT Shares.............................................................................          50
 
THE OFFER..................................................................................................          50
   1. Terms of the Offer...................................................................................          50
   2. Acceptance for Payment and Payment of Purchase Price.................................................          51
   3. Procedure for Accepting the Offer and Tendering Units................................................          52
   4. Determination of Validity; Rejection of Units; Waiver of Defects.....................................          52
   5. Withdrawal Rights....................................................................................          53
   6. Extension of the Offer Period; Termination and Amendment.............................................          53
   7. Certain Conditions of the Offer......................................................................          54
   8. Certain Legal Matters and Regulatory Approvals.......................................................          55
      State Takeover Laws..................................................................................          55
      Antitrust............................................................................................          55
      Margin Requirements..................................................................................          56
   9. Dissenters' Rights and Investor Lists................................................................          56
  10. Fees and Expenses....................................................................................          56
  11. Miscellaneous........................................................................................          57
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>        <C>                                                                    <C>
Schedule I        --      Directors and Executive Officers of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
Schedule II       --      Summary Portfolio Appraisal Report of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
                           Partners L.P.
Schedule III      --      Opinions of Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Schedule IV       --      Opinion of Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
Schedule V        --      Consolidated Financial Statements of IDS/Shurgard Income Growth
                           Partners L.P.
Schedule VI       --      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                           Results of Operations of the Partnership
Schedule VII      --      Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule VIII     --      Partnership Distributions
Schedule IX       --      Property Information
Schedule X        --      Calculation of Net Asset Value
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    UNITHOLDERS  ARE URGED TO  READ CAREFULLY THIS  OFFER TO PURCHASE, INCLUDING
THE MATTERS  DISCUSSED  UNDER  "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS,"  AND  THE  ACCOMPANYING
LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR UNITS. THIS OFFER
TO PURCHASE AND THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TOGETHER CONSTITUTE  THIS
"OFFER."
 
    CERTAIN  SIGNIFICANT  MATTERS  DISCUSSED  IN  THIS  OFFER  TO  PURCHASE  ARE
SUMMARIZED BELOW. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION  AND
IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  REFERENCE TO  THE MORE  DETAILED INFORMATION
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN  THIS OFFER  TO PURCHASE.  CERTAIN INFORMATION  CONTAINED
HEREIN WHICH RELATES TO THE PARTNERSHIP HAS BEEN FURNISHED BY THE PARTNERSHIP OR
OBTAINED  FROM PUBLICLY  AVAILABLE INFORMATION PREPARED  BY OR ON  BEHALF OF THE
PARTNERSHIP. ALTHOUGH THE PURCHASER  HAS NO KNOWLEDGE  THAT WOULD INDICATE  THAT
ANY  STATEMENTS  CONTAINED IN  THIS OFFER  TO  PURCHASE THAT  ARE BASED  ON THAT
INFORMATION ARE UNTRUE, THE PURCHASER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY
OR COMPLETENESS OF  THAT INFORMATION OR  FOR THE FAILURE  BY THE PARTNERSHIP  TO
DISCLOSE  FACTS  OR EVENTS  THAT MAY  HAVE OCCURRED  OR MAY  OCCUR AND  MAY HAVE
AFFECTED OR MAY AFFECT THE SIGNIFICANCE OR ACCURACY OF ANY OF THAT INFORMATION.
 
    THE INFORMATION REGARDING THE MERGER CONTAINED IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE  IS
PROVIDED  FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY SO THAT UNITHOLDERS MAY CONSIDER IT IN
DECIDING WHETHER TO TENDER THEIR UNITS IN THIS OFFER. UNITHOLDERS ARE NOT  BEING
ASKED  TO VOTE  ON THE  MERGER AT  THIS TIME.  FOLLOWING THE  COMPLETION OF THIS
OFFER,   THE   PURCHASER   INTENDS   TO   DELIVER   TO   UNITHOLDERS   A   PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS  DESCRIBING THE MERGER  IN GREATER DETAIL.  THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT THE  MERGER WILL BE  CONSUMMATED. THIS OFFER  AND THE MERGER  ARE
REFERRED TO COLLECTIVELY IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE AS THE "TRANSACTION."
 
THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE PURCHASER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH
     PARTNERS L.P.................  The  Partnership was  organized in 1987  as a Washington
                                    limited  partnership  and  owns  interests  in  12  self
                                    storage  facilities.  As of  June  13, 1996,  there were
                                    approximately   5,500   holders    of   record    owning
                                    approximately  148,202 Units. The Purchaser owns 1,824.5
                                    Units and  an  affiliate  of  IDS  Partnership  Services
                                    Corporation,  a limited  partner of  the General Partner
                                    ("IPSC"), owns 308 Units.  See "Background and  Purposes
                                    of the Transaction -- The Partnership."
    SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS,
     INC..........................  The   Purchaser  is  a   real  estate  investment  trust
                                    ("REIT"), organized in 1993  as a Delaware  corporation,
                                    and  is  one of  the largest  operators of  self storage
                                    facilities in  the United  States. See  "Background  and
                                    Purposes of the Transaction -- The Purchaser."
</TABLE>
 
PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    This Offer is being made and the Merger will be proposed for approval to (i)
enable  the Purchaser to  acquire the entire equity  interest in the Partnership
and (ii) give Unitholders an opportunity  (a) to liquidate their Units for  cash
or  (b) to continue  to own an  economic interest in  a portfolio of properties,
including the Partnership's  properties, through  the acquisition  of an  equity
interest  in the  Purchaser. Following completion  of this  Offer, the Purchaser
intends to acquire the remaining equity interest in the Partnership that is  not
then  owned by  the Purchaser  by consummating  the Merger.  See "Background and
Purposes of the Transaction -- Purposes and Structure of the Transaction."
 
THE OFFER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
    NUMBER OF UNITS...............  Up to  65,000  (approximately  44%  of  the  outstanding
                                    Units).
    OFFER PRICE...................  $257  per  Unit.  See  "--  Determination  of  the Offer
                                    Price."
    EXPIRATION, WITHDRAWAL AND
     PRORATION DATE...............  July 31, 1996, unless extended. See "The Offer."
</TABLE>
 
THE MERGER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
 
    CONSIDERATION TO
     UNITHOLDERS..................  In the Merger, each  outstanding Unit (other than  Units
                                    owned  by the  Purchaser, which  will be  cancelled, and
                                    Units, if any, held  by dissenting Unitholders) will  be
                                    converted  into the right to  receive (i) that number of
                                    shares of Class  A Common  Stock of  the Purchaser,  par
                                    value $.001 per share (the "REIT Shares"), calculated by
 
</TABLE>
                                       1
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    dividing  $257 by  the REIT  Share Price  (as defined in
                                    "The Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger"), (ii) cash in
                                    lieu of a  fractional REIT  Share and  (iii) in  certain
                                    circumstances,  additional cash consideration. The total
                                    number of  REIT  Shares  issuable  and  amount  of  cash
                                    payable  by the Purchaser  in the Merger  is referred to
                                    herein  as   the   "Merger  Consideration."   See   "The
                                    Acquisition  Agreement -- The Merger." Unitholders would
                                    be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights in connection
                                    with  the  Merger  in  accordance  with  the  Washington
                                    Uniform  Limited Partnership Act (the "WULPA"). See "The
                                    Acquisition Agreement -- Dissenters' Rights."
    SPECIAL MEETING...............  Following the completion  of this  Offer, the  remaining
                                    Unitholders  will be  notified of  a special  meeting of
                                    Unitholders (the "Special Meeting")  to be held to  vote
                                    upon approval of the Merger.
    CONDITIONS TO MERGER..........  The  Merger is subject to approval by holders of greater
                                    than 75% of the Units and certain other conditions.  The
                                    Purchaser  intends to vote the Units it acquires through
                                    this Offer  in favor  of  the Merger.  There can  be  no
                                    assurance  that approval of the holders of the requisite
                                    number of  Units  will be  received  or that  the  other
                                    conditions to the Merger will be satisfied or waived and
                                    that   the   Merger  will   be  consummated.   See  "The
                                    Acquisition Agreement  --  Conditions Precedent  to  the
                                    Merger."
</TABLE>
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    The General Partner of the Partnership has substantial conflicts of interest
in  the Transaction  because (i)  Charles K. Barbo,  the Chairman  of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer and a stockholder of the Purchaser, is  an
individual  general partner of the General  Partner and the sole shareholder and
director of the corporate general partner of the General Partner, (ii) Arthur W.
Buerk, a stockholder of the Purchaser,  is an individual general partner of  the
General Partner, (iii) certain executive officers of the Purchaser are executive
officers  of the corporate general partner of the General Partner, (iv) pursuant
to the terms  of the  Partnership's Amended  and Restated  Agreement of  Limited
Partnership  (the "Partnership Agreement"), the  General Partner will receive 5%
of the Merger Consideration  in exchange for its  general partner interest  ("GP
Interest")  in the Partnership and (v) the Purchaser is a limited partner of the
General Partner  and  manages  the  Partnership's  properties  pursuant  to  the
Management  Services Agreement  between the  Purchaser and  the Partnership (the
"Management Services  Agreement"). In  addition, pursuant  to the  terms of  the
Contingent Share Agreement (as defined in "Fairness of the Transaction; Position
of  the General Partner -- Factors Considered by the General Partner -- Fairness
in View  of Conflicts  of Interest"),  Charles  K. Barbo,  Arthur W.  Buerk  and
certain  executive  officers  of  the  Purchaser  will  receive  REIT  Shares in
connection with the Merger. See "Background  and Purposes of the Transaction  --
Relationships" and "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
DETERMINATION OF THE OFFER PRICE
 
    The Offer Price was determined by allocating the Net Asset Value (as defined
below)  of  the Partnership  among the  General Partner  and the  Unitholders in
accordance with the  distribution provisions of  the Partnership Agreement.  Net
Asset  Value is equal to (i)  the sum of (a) the  appraised fair market value of
the real  estate  assets  of  the  Partnership as  of  December  31,  1995  (the
"Appraised  Value")  set  forth  in  the  Appraisal  (as  defined  below), which
reflected the value of buildouts and  unit conversions in-progress, and (b)  the
book  value of the non-real estate assets, except for amortizable assets, of the
Partnership as of March  31, 1996, less  (ii) the sum  of (x) the  Partnership's
liabilities  as  of March  31,  1996, (y)  the  estimated cost  to  complete the
buildouts and unit conversions  in-progress as of March  31, 1996 (the value  of
which  was included in the  Appraised Value) and (z)  the estimated costs of the
Transaction that  would be  borne  by the  Partnership  in accordance  with  the
provisions  of the Acquisition Agreement assuming the Merger is consummated. See
"Appraisal; Opinions of Financial  Advisors," "The Offer"  -- Section 10  ("Fees
and Expenses") and Schedule X ("Calculation of Net Asset Value").
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; RECOMMENDATIONS TO UNITHOLDERS
 
    The  General Partner and the Purchaser  believe that the Transaction is fair
to Unitholders. The General Partner recommends that those Unitholders who desire
immediate liquidity in cash tender their  Units pursuant to this Offer and  that
all  other  Unitholders  retain their  Units  and, instead,  participate  in the
Merger. There can be no assurance that  the requisite approval of the Merger  by
the Unitholders will be received or that the other conditions to the Merger will
be satisfied or waived and that the Merger will be consummated. See "Fairness of
the Transaction; Position of the General Partner."
 
IPSC CONSENT
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Shurgard Associates L.P.
dated  December  11, 1987  (the  "GP Agreement"),  the  general partners  of the
General Partner may not have authority to approve the Merger without the consent
of IPSC, a limited partner of the  General Partner which is not affiliated  with
the Purchaser. Based on its review of documents, the General Partner's review of
alternatives  to the Transaction  and the Stanger  Fairness Opinions (as defined
below), IPSC consented to the Merger. IPSC has certain conflicts of interest  in
the  proposed Transaction because an affiliate of IPSC plans to tender its Units
in this Offer  and to tender  its units of  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners
L.P.  II, a Washington limited partnership ("IDS2") of which an affiliate of the
Purchaser is the general partner,  and IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners  L.P.
III,  a Washington  limited partnership  ("IDS3") of  which an  affiliate of the
Purchaser is the general  partner, in the Additional  Offers (as defined  below)
and, as a result, will receive $79,156 for its tender of Units, $136,752 for its
tender  of units of IDS2 and  $18,480 for its tender of  units of IDS3. See "The
Acquisition Agreement -- IPSC Consent" and "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
APPRAISAL
 
    Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc. ("Stanger") has delivered to the Partnership a
written real  estate  portfolio  appraisal  of the  fair  market  value  of  the
Partnership's  properties as of  December 31, 1995  (the "Appraisal"). The Offer
Price is based primarily on the Net  Asset Value, which, in turn, is based  upon
the  Appraisal. See "Appraisal;  Opinions of Financial Advisors."  A copy of the
Appraisal is attached as Schedule II to this Offer to Purchase.
 
STANGER FAIRNESS OPINIONS
 
    Stanger has delivered to the Partnership its written opinions dated July  1,
1996 (the "Stanger Fairness Opinions") to the effect that, as of the date of the
Stanger  Fairness Opinions  and subject  to the  assumptions, qualifications and
limitations contained therein, the consideration  to be received by  Unitholders
in  this Offer and the Merger is fair  to the Unitholders from a financial point
of view. Stanger was  not requested to,  and therefore did  not: (i) select  the
method  of determining the  consideration offered in this  Offer and the Merger;
(ii) make any recommendation  to Unitholders with respect  to whether to  tender
their  Units or approve or reject the Merger; or (iii) express any opinion as to
the business decision to effect this Offer or the Merger or alternatives to this
Offer or the Merger, the impact of this Offer on non-tendering Unitholders,  tax
implications  of this Offer or the Merger, the allocation of expenses associated
with this Offer  and the  Merger between the  Partnership and  the Purchaser  or
among  the  Partnership  and  the Other  Partnerships  (as  defined  below), the
fairness of the consideration to  be received in the  Merger if the actual  REIT
Share  Price is less than $22.25, or any other terms of this Offer or the Merger
other than the consideration to be received by Unitholders. The Stanger Fairness
Opinions are based upon business, economic, real estate and securities  markets,
and other conditions as of July 1, 1996, and do not reflect any changes in those
conditions  that may have occurred since  that date. See "Appraisal; Opinions of
Financial Advisors."
 
THE SPECIAL MEETING
 
    The Acquisition Agreement between the  Partnership, the Purchaser, IDS2  and
IDS3  provides that,  following completion  of this  Offer, Unitholders  will be
notified of the Special Meeting to be held to consider and vote upon a  proposal
to  approve the  consummation of the  Merger. If  the Merger is  approved by the
requisite vote of  Unitholders and certain  other conditions to  the Merger  are
satisfied or waived, the Partnership will merge with and into the Purchaser with
the  Purchaser continuing as the surviving  entity. See "Background and Purposes
of the Transaction" and "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement,  the Purchaser is also offering  (the
"Additional Offers") to purchase up to approximately 43% and 44% of the units of
limited  partnership  interest  in  IDS2 and  IDS3  (the  "Other Partnerships"),
respectively. The  consideration  offered  to  limited  partners  of  the  Other
Partnerships  in the Additional Offers was determined using the same methodology
as that used
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
to determine the Offer Price. The Acquisition Agreement provides that, following
each of the  Additional Offers, each  of the Other  Partnerships will convene  a
special  meeting of its limited partners to consider and vote upon a proposal to
consummate a  merger of  the  respective Other  Partnership  with and  into  the
Purchaser  (the "Additional Mergers"). If the Additional Mergers are approved by
the holders of a  majority of the outstanding  limited partnership interests  of
each  of the Other  Partnerships and certain other  conditions to the Additional
Mergers are satisfied or waived, the Other Partnerships will merge with and into
the Purchaser with the Purchaser continuing as the surviving entity. The closing
of the Merger is not  conditioned upon the closing  of either of the  Additional
Mergers.  The Additional  Offers and the  Additional Mergers are  referred to in
this Offer to Purchase as the "Additional Transactions."
 
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
    The Purchaser  estimates  that the  funds  required to  purchase  all  Units
validly  tendered pursuant to this  Offer, up to the  maximum number of Units it
may acquire pursuant  to this Offer,  will be approximately  $16.7 million,  and
that  the  funds required  to  purchase all  validly  tendered units  of limited
partnership interest in the Other Partnerships up to the maximum number of units
it may acquire in the Additional Offers will be approximately $26.9 million. The
Purchaser also estimates  that the  other costs  and expenses  allocable to  the
Purchaser  of  the Transaction  and  the Additional  Transactions,  assuming the
Merger and the Additional  Mergers are consummated,  will be approximately  $2.3
million.  The  funds  required  for  these  purposes  will  be  obtained through
borrowings  under  the  Purchaser's  existing  credit  facilities.  Neither  the
Transaction  nor  the  Additional  Transactions  are  subject  to  any financing
contingency and neither  the Purchaser nor  any subsidiary or  affiliate of  the
Purchaser must secure additional financing in connection with the Transaction or
the Additional Transactions. See "Source and Amount of Funds" and "The Offer" --
Section 10 ("Fees and Expenses").
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    A  Unitholder should  consider the federal  income tax  consequences of this
Offer and  the Merger  prior to  determining whether  to accept  or reject  this
Offer.  For a description of these consequences, see "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences." These federal income tax consequences include the following:
 
    - Unitholders selling their Units who are subject to income tax will realize
      taxable gain or loss equal  to the sum of the  amount of cash received  in
      this Offer plus the Unitholder's share of Partnership liabilities less the
      Unitholder's   adjusted  tax  basis  in  the  Units  sold.  Based  on  the
      assumptions stated  in  "Estimated  Taxable Gain  or  Loss,"  the  General
      Partner  estimates  that  Unitholders  will  realize  a  taxable  gain  of
      approximately $43  per  Unit.  The  actual gain  or  loss  realized  by  a
      particular  partner may differ. Any gain or loss will be recognized in the
      year this Offer is closed. See "Estimated Taxable Gain or Loss."
 
    - The gain or  loss recognized by  a Unitholder on  the sale of  his or  her
      Units in this Offer may be treated as a capital gain or loss except to the
      extent  a portion of the amount realized by the Unitholder is attributable
      to depreciation recapture in Partnership property.
 
    - There is a risk that this Offer may cause the Partnership to be treated as
      a publicly traded partnership, thereby  causing income and loss  allocated
      to the Unitholders to be treated as "portfolio" income or loss.
 
    - If  a  Unitholder does  not tender  his or  her Units  in this  Offer, the
      Unitholder must consider the  tax consequences of  the Merger. The  Merger
      would  be a taxable  event in which  Unitholders would not  receive a cash
      distribution to pay the resulting tax liability.
 
    Unitholders are  advised to  consult their  own tax  advisors regarding  the
specific  tax consequences to them resulting from the Transaction, including the
consequences under federal, state, local and foreign tax laws and any  potential
changes in applicable tax laws.
 
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In their evaluation of this Offer, Unitholders should carefully consider the
information contained under "Special Considerations."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In  their  evaluation  of  the  Transaction,  Unitholders  should  carefully
consider the following:
 
    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.   The  General Partner has  substantial conflicts  of
interest  with  respect to  the Transaction  because (i)  Charles K.  Barbo, the
Chairman of the Board, President and  Chief Executive Officer and a  stockholder
of  the Purchaser, is an  individual general partner of  the General Partner and
the sole  shareholder and  director  of the  corporate  general partner  of  the
General  Partner, (ii) Arthur  W. Buerk, a  stockholder of the  Purchaser, is an
individual general  partner  of the  General  Partner, (iii)  certain  executive
officers  of  the  Purchaser are  executive  officers of  the  corporate general
partner of the General Partner, (iv) the General Partner will be entitled to  5%
of  the Merger Consideration pursuant to  the terms of the Partnership Agreement
and (v)  the Purchaser  is a  limited partner  of the  General Partner  and  the
manager  of  the Partnership's  properties pursuant  to the  Management Services
Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Contingent Share Agreement,
Charles K.  Barbo,  Arthur  W.  Buerk and  certain  executive  officers  of  the
Purchaser  will receive  REIT Shares in  connection with the  Merger. As general
partners of the General Partner, Messrs. Barbo and Buerk control the  day-to-day
affairs  of the  Partnership. See  "Interests of  Certain Persons."  For certain
limitations on the authority of the  general partners of the General Partner  to
enter  into the  Acquisition Agreement, see  "The Acquisition  Agreement -- IPSC
Consent."
 
    NO ARMS' LENGTH NEGOTIATION.  The  Offer Price and the Merger  Consideration
have been established through negotiations between the Purchaser and the General
Partner,  which has  substantial conflicts of  interest as  described above. The
General Partner  has  not retained  any  unaffiliated person  to  represent  the
Unitholders.  If  an  unaffiliated  person had  been  engaged  to  represent the
Unitholders, the terms of this Offer and the Merger might have been different.
 
    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PURCHASER.  The Purchaser is making this  Offer
with a view to further expanding its portfolio of self storage properties. There
may be a conflict between the desire of the Purchaser to purchase Units at a low
price and the desire of the Unitholders to sell their Units at a high price.
 
    VOTING  POWER.    If the  Purchaser  acquires  the maximum  number  of Units
pursuant to this Offer, the Purchaser will  own or hold proxies with respect  to
approximately  45% of the  outstanding Units. The  Purchaser could then  be in a
position to  influence  actions of  the  Partnership on  which  Unitholders  are
entitled  to vote. Under the Partnership  Agreement, Unitholders are entitled to
vote, subject to certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement, to: (i)  amend
the  Partnership  Agreement; (ii)  dissolve  the Partnership;  (iii)  remove the
General Partner  or any  successor general  partner; (iv)  elect a  new  General
Partner;  and (v) approve or  disapprove the sale, exchange  or pledge of all or
substantially all  of the  properties  owned by  the Partnership.  Although  the
Purchaser  has no current  intention with regard  to any of  these matters other
than its intention to vote the Units it  acquires in this Offer in favor of  the
Merger, the Purchaser will vote the Units acquired pursuant to this Offer to the
extent  permitted  by  the  Partnership  Agreement  and  applicable  law  in its
interest, which  may, or  may not,  be in  the best  interests of  non-tendering
Unitholders.  Pursuant to  the General Partner  Undertaking dated as  of July 1,
1996 between  the  Purchaser  and  the General  Partner  (the  "General  Partner
Undertaking")  and  the Standstill  Agreement  (as defined  in  "The Acquisition
Agreement -- Standstill  Agreement"), however,  the Purchaser  has agreed  that,
upon  its admission as  a substitute limited  partner with respect  to any Units
purchased in this Offer, it will not,  except through the Offer and the  Merger,
directly or indirectly acquire any additional Units, propose any merger or other
business combination involving the Partnership, or propose any other transaction
pursuant  to which it would control any of the assets of the Partnership without
the prior written consent of a majority  of the general partners of the  General
Partner.
 
    LACK  OF TRADING MARKET.  There is  no established or regular trading market
for the Units, nor is there  another reliable standard for determining the  fair
market value of a Unit. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    ALTERNATIVES  TO TENDERING UNITS.  As alternatives to tendering their Units,
Unitholders could (i) retain their Units  and, if the conditions to the  Merger,
including  the approval  of the  Merger by  holders of  greater than  75% of the
outstanding Units, are satisfied and  the Merger is consummated, participate  in
the  Merger (see  "The Acquisition  Agreement"), (ii)  retain their  Units until
liquidation of the Partnership if the Merger is not consummated or (iii) seek  a
private  sale  of their  Units. Unitholders  should  note that  there can  be no
assurance that the  Merger will be  consummated and, if  it is consummated,  the
value of the Merger Consideration may be less than the Offer Price if the actual
REIT  Share Price is less than $22.25. In addition, Unitholders should note that
the prices at which the REIT Shares trade after the Merger may be less than  the
REIT  Share  Price.  Under  the  Partnership  Agreement,  a  liquidation  of the
Partnership can  be  initiated by  Unitholders  and would  require  approval  by
holders  of a majority of the outstanding  Units in the Partnership at a meeting
of Unitholders or without a meeting by written consent. Meetings of  Unitholders
may  be called at any time by the  General Partner or by one or more Unitholders
holding 10% or more of the outstanding Units by delivering written notice to the
General Partner.
 
                   BACKGROUND AND PURPOSES OF THE TRANSACTION
 
THE PARTNERSHIP
 
    The Partnership was organized under the  laws of the State of Washington  on
September 29, 1987 and was capitalized through the public offering of the Units.
The  offering was closed  in March 1989  with total proceeds  raised through the
sale of Units of approximately $37  million. The business of the Partnership  is
to  acquire,  develop  and operate  self  storage centers.  The  Partnership has
completed the acquisition and development phase of its business; currently,  its
main focus is operating the storage centers. The principal investment objectives
of  the Partnership  are (i) to  provide its Unitholders  with regular quarterly
cash distributions  which,  for its  taxable  Unitholders, are  expected  to  be
partially  tax-sheltered, (ii) to obtain long-term  appreciation in the value of
its property and (iii) and to preserve and protect its Unitholders' capital.
 
    The Partnership owns and operates eight self storage properties and holds  a
70%  interest in Shurgard Joint  Partners II, a joint  venture ("SJP II"), which
owns four self storage properties. The remaining 30% interest in SJP II is owned
by the Purchaser. As of March 31, 1996, the 12 properties, which are located  in
six  states, contained approximately 764,000 net  rentable square feet and had a
weighted average net rentable  square foot occupancy  rate of approximately  88%
and a weighted average annual rent per net rentable square foot of $8.88.
 
    The  Partnership properties  are managed  by the  Purchaser pursuant  to the
Management Services Agreement under which the Purchaser, as compensation for its
management services, receives a  monthly fee of 6%  of gross revenues, plus  $75
per  month per facility for rendering advertising services and is reimbursed for
certain expenses.
 
    For additional  information  on Partnership  distributions  and  Partnership
properties, see Schedules VIII and IX, respectively, to this Offer to Purchase.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    The  following sets forth certain  financial information for the Partnership
which is derived from  the historical consolidated  financial statements of  the
Partnership.  The unaudited financial data for  the three months ended March 31,
1995 and 1996  include all  adjustments (consisting only  of normally  recurring
accruals)  that the Partnership  considers necessary for  a fair presentation of
consolidated operating  results  for  those interim  periods.  Results  for  the
unaudited interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full
year.  This  information should  be read  in  conjunction with  the Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Partnership and Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of the Partnership included  as
Schedules V and VI, respectively, to this Offer to Purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                    -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                      1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Rental revenue....................................  $   5,463  $   5,996  $   6,465  $   1,541  $   1,622
Interest income...................................         29         60        107         22         10
Earnings..........................................      1,821      2,224      2,503        535        634
Earnings per Unit (1).............................      11.67      14.25      16.04       3.43       4.06
Distributions to Unitholders......................      2,246      2,524      2,848        695        718
Distributions per Unit (1)........................      15.16      17.03      19.22       4.69       4.84
OTHER DATA:
Funds from operations (2).........................  $   2,825  $   3,233  $   3,500  $     791  $     868
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------
                                                                              1994       1995     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                            ---------  ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets..............................................................  $  31,948  $  29,739    $   29,603
Note payable..............................................................      1,451     --            --
Partners' equity..........................................................     27,388     26,892        26,771
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Earnings  per  Unit and  distributions per  Unit are  based on  earnings and
    distributions, respectively, allocated to Unitholders divided by the  number
    of  Units outstanding during the period (approximately 148,202 Units for all
    periods shown).
 
(2) The Partnership defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as net income  before
    extraordinary  items  (determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
    accounting principles ("GAAP")), plus depreciation and amortization  related
    to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain nonrecurring revenue and
    expenses. FFO is used  by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs.  FFO
    should  not be  considered as  an alternative  to net  income (determined in
    accordance with  GAAP)  as  an indication  of  the  Partnership's  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow to fund all of the Partnership's needs.
 
THE PURCHASER
 
    The Purchaser is a fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed REIT
that develops,
acquires, owns and  manages self storage  centers. The Purchaser  is one of  the
largest  operators of self storage centers in the United States. As of March 31,
1996, the Purchaser owned  and operated, directly  and through its  subsidiaries
and  joint ventures, 178 self  storage properties, containing approximately 11.7
million  net  rentable  square  feet,  which  are  located  in  over  20   major
metropolitan  areas in 19 states and Europe. In addition, the Purchaser owns two
business parks and  a commercial building  containing approximately 220,000  net
rentable  square feet  located in the  Seattle metropolitan  area. The Purchaser
also manages,  under the  "Shurgard" name,  86 self  storage centers  containing
approximately  4.6 million net  rentable square feet,  of which 47  are owned by
affiliates (including the properties owned by the Partnership) and 39 are  owned
by nonaffiliates. For the quarter ended
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
March  31, 1996, the self storage centers  owned by the Purchaser had a weighted
average net  rentable square  foot occupancy  rate of  approximately 88%  and  a
weighted average annual rent per net rentable square foot of $8.84.
 
    The  Purchaser began operations as a REIT through the consolidation on March
1,  1994   of  17   publicly  held   real  estate   limited  partnerships   (the
"Consolidation")  that  were sponsored  by Shurgard  Incorporated. On  March 24,
1995, Shurgard  Incorporated  merged  with  and  into  the  Purchaser,  and  the
Purchaser became self-administered and self-managed.
 
    The Purchaser was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 1993. The Purchaser's
executive  offices  are  located  at 1201  Third  Avenue,  Suite  2200, Seattle,
Washington 98101, and its telephone number is (206) 624-8100.
 
    The name,  business address,  current  principal occupation  or  employment,
five-year  employment  history and  citizenship  of each  executive  officer and
director of the Purchaser are set forth in Schedule I to this Offer to Purchase.
 
    The following sets  forth selected  financial information  of the  Purchaser
which  is derived from  the historical consolidated  financial statements of the
Purchaser. Selected unaudited financial  data for the  three months ended  March
31, 1995 and 1996 include all adjustments (consisting only of normally recurring
accruals)  that the  Purchaser considers  necessary for  a fair  presentation of
consolidated operating  results  for  those interim  periods.  Results  for  the
interim  periods are  not necessarily indicative  of results for  the full year.
This information should be read in conjunction with the Purchaser's consolidated
financial statements and other  financial information incorporated by  reference
in  this Offer to Purchase. See  "Incorporation by Reference." Certain pro forma
financial information  with respect  to the  Offer, the  Additional Offers,  the
Merger  and the Additional Mergers is set forth in Schedule VII to this Offer to
Purchase.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PURCHASER (2)
                                                                      ---------------------------------
                                                 PREDECESSOR (1)                           THREE MONTHS
                                              ----------------------   YEAR ENDED DEC.     ENDED MARCH
                                              YEAR ENDED   JAN. 1 TO         31,               31,
                                               DEC. 31,    MARCH 1,   -----------------    ------------
                                                 1993        1994        1994      1995    1995    1996
                                              -----------  ---------  ----------   ----    ----    ----
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>     <C>     <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Total revenue...............................   $  72,346   $  12,368  $  66,921    $96,771 $21,368 $24,819
Net income..................................      18,284      34,286     17,821    29,572  5,354   7,313
Net income per common share (3).............       34.11       63.97       1.05    1.43    .31     .32
Dividends declared per common share (3).....       59.57      732.05       1.02(4) 2.38(5) .90 (6)   0 (8)
OTHER DATA:
Funds from operations (7)...................   $  39,657   $   5,980  $  29,759    $45,788 $8,868  $12,196
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                                           ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                              1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets.............................................................  $  494,590  $  610,394  $  536,467  $  617,928
Total borrowings.........................................................     167,137     142,840     181,392     157,260
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) The Predecessor information reflects the combination of the 17  partnerships
    included in the Consolidation.
 
(2) The Purchaser was inactive from January 1 through March 1, 1994.
 
(3) Predecessor  "per  share"  information  is  earnings  and  distributions per
    original $1,000 investment.  Distributions for  the period  from January  1,
    1994  to  March  1,  1994  include  the  liquidating  distributions  made in
    connection with the Consolidation.
 
(4) Does not include the  dividend of $0.44 per  share declared in January  1995
    based on financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.
 
(5) Includes  the dividend of $0.44 per share  declared in January 1995 based on
    financial results  for the  quarter  ended December  31, 1994,  the  special
    dividend  of $0.10 declared in  November 1995 and the  dividend of $0.46 per
    share declared in December 1995 based  on financial results for the  quarter
    ended December 31, 1995.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
(6) Includes  the dividend of $0.44 per share  declared in January 1995 based on
    financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.
 
(7) The  Purchaser  defines  FFO  as  net  income  before  extraordinary   items
    (determined  in  accordance with  GAAP)  plus depreciation  and amortization
    related to  real  estate  activities, plus  or  minus  certain  nonrecurring
    revenue  and expenses. FFO is used  by many financial analysts in evaluating
    REITs. FFO  should  not  be  considered as  an  alternative  to  net  income
    (determined  in accordance with  GAAP), as an  indication of the Purchaser's
    financial performance  or  cash  from operating  activities  (determined  in
    accordance  with  GAAP) as  a measure  of liquidity,  nor is  it necessarily
    indicative of sufficient cash flow to fund all of the Purchaser's needs.
 
(8) The dividend relating to the financial results for the quarter ending  March
    31, 1996 was declared in May 1996.
 
    Except  as set forth in this Offer to Purchase, none of the Purchaser or, to
the best knowledge of the Purchaser, any  person listed on Schedule I hereto  or
any  majority-owned subsidiary or associate of the Purchaser or of any person so
listed, beneficially owns or has a right to acquire any equity securities of the
Partnership, nor,  except  as set  forth  in this  Offer  to Purchase,  has  the
Purchaser  or, to  the best knowledge  of the  Purchaser, any of  the persons or
entities referred  to  above,  or  any of  the  respective  executive  officers,
directors  or subsidiaries of any of the foregoing, effected any transactions in
the Units during the past 60 days.
 
    Except as described in this Offer to Purchase, neither the Purchaser nor, to
the best knowledge of the Purchaser, any person listed on Schedule I hereto, has
any present  or proposed  contract, arrangement,  understanding or  relationship
with  any  other  person with  respect  to  any securities  of  the Partnership,
including, but  not  limited to,  any  contract, arrangement,  understanding  or
relationship  concerning the  transfer or  the voting  of any  securities of the
Partnership, joint  ventures,  loan  or  option  arrangements,  puts  or  calls,
guaranties  of loans,  guaranties against loss  or the giving  or withholding of
proxies. See "Interests of Certain  Persons." Except as disclosed herein,  there
have  been  no  contacts, negotiations  or  transactions since  January  1, 1993
between the Purchaser  or, to the  best knowledge of  the Purchaser, any  person
listed  on  Schedule I  hereto,  on the  one hand,  and  the Partnership  or its
affiliates,  on  the   other  hand,  concerning   a  merger,  consolidation   or
acquisition,  a tender offer or other  acquisition of securities, an election of
directors or a sale or other transfer of a material amount of assets. Except  as
set  forth  herein, neither  the Purchaser  nor,  to the  best knowledge  of the
Purchaser, the  persons  listed on  Schedule  I  hereto have  had  any  business
relationships  or have entered into any transactions with the Partnership or the
General Partner or affiliates which are required to be disclosed herein pursuant
to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
 
BACKGROUND OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    The Partnership was organized in 1987 to serve as an investment vehicle  for
investors  interested  in a  professionally  managed portfolio  of  self storage
facilities and office and business parks with cash flow and capital appreciation
potential. The Partnership  was presented  to its Unitholders  as a  finite-life
investment,  with the  Unitholders to  receive quarterly  cash distributions and
special distributions  upon  liquidation of  the  real estate  investments.  The
Partnership  expected to dispose of  its properties within a  period of seven to
nine years after acquisition or development. See "-- The Partnership."
 
    Since the Partnership expected to hold its investments for a number of years
after the Partnership's formation, no efforts to dispose of the properties  were
made  by the General Partner in the  early years of the Partnership's existence.
The  General  Partner  concentrated  its  initial  efforts  on  making  suitable
investments  for the  Partnership, consistent with  the Partnership's investment
policies and restrictions,  and, with the  assistance of the  Purchaser and  its
predecessor,  on  managing  the  properties  efficiently  to  control  operating
expenses while maximizing operating revenues.
 
    In the fall of  1994, the General  Partner and the  general partners of  the
Other  Partnerships (collectively, the "General Partners") began considering the
termination of the  Partnership and  the Other  Partnerships (collectively,  the
"Partnerships") through an acquisition of the Partnerships by the Purchaser. The
General  Partners and the Purchaser recognized that an acquisition might require
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
the consent of IPSC under the terms of the partnership agreements of the General
Partners. Consequently, on September 22, 1994, a representative of the Purchaser
sent IPSC  a letter  discussing  potential advantages  and disadvantages  of  an
acquisition of the Partnerships by the Purchaser for the appraised values of the
Partnerships,  whereby the  limited partners  of the  Partnerships would receive
either cash or REIT Shares in exchange for their limited partnership  interests.
The  letter presented  preliminary analyses  of values  of the  Partnerships and
invited IPSC  to  contact  the Purchaser  concerning  how  or if  IPSC  and  the
Purchaser  might wish to proceed. Although  representatives of the Purchaser and
the  Partnerships  had  occasional  discussions  with  representatives  of  IPSC
concerning  the business of  the Partnerships thereafter, they  did not pursue a
potential transaction.
 
    On or about  June 22, 1995,  representatives of the  Purchaser, the  General
Partners  and IPSC held a meeting in which they discussed the possibility of the
Partnerships merging  with the  Purchaser and  other alternatives,  including  a
liquidation  of the Partnerships, designed to enable the limited partners in the
Partnerships to  realize  value for  their  limited partnership  interests.  The
meeting  was  inconclusive  but  the  parties  agreed  to  continue  to  analyze
alternatives for limited partners in the Partnerships.
 
    On July 18, 1995, Charles  K. Barbo, on behalf  of the Partnerships, sent  a
letter  to IPSC  providing an  analysis of  alternative means  to permit limited
partners of  the Partnerships  to realize  value for  their limited  partnership
interests,  including  a  merger  of  the  Partnerships  with  the  Purchaser, a
liquidation of  the Partnerships  and  a continuation  of  the business  of  the
Partnerships.  Mr. Barbo recommended that the  General Partners consider, as the
preferred alternative, mergers of the  Partnerships with the Purchaser in  which
the  holders of limited partnership interests  in the Partnerships would receive
REIT Shares or cash  in the amount of  their respective Partnership's net  asset
value  per unit of limited  partnership interest. The net  asset values would be
based in  substantial part  on  an independent  appraisal of  the  Partnerships'
properties. The letter emphasized that no decision had been made to proceed with
any transaction.
 
    IPSC  subsequently asked the General Partners  for an analysis of the impact
on the partners of the General Partners  with respect to their interests in  the
General  Partners  of the  alternatives  discussed in  the  July 18  letter. The
General Partners provided that analysis to  IPSC in a letter dated November  10,
1995.  Thereafter, the parties agreed that they would be willing to have further
discussions after the beginning of the new year.
 
    In January and  February 1996, the  General Partners and  IPSC continued  to
explore  the  possibility  of  a  merger  involving  the  Partnerships  and  the
Purchaser. In  late February  1996,  the General  Partners determined  that  the
Partnerships  should engage an appraiser and  an investment advisor to assist in
considering the possibility of pursuing a transaction with the Purchaser.
 
    On February 28, 1996, Everest Storage Investors, LLC ("Everest") commenced a
tender offer for Units of the Partnership (the "Everest Tender Offer"), as  well
as  units of  limited partnership interest  in the Other  Partnerships. The cash
consideration offered by Everest to the Unitholders was $110 per Unit, which was
27% to 44%  below the prices  at which the  Units were traded  during the  first
quarter  of 1996  on the  secondary market  and 57%  below the  Offer Price. The
General Partner  advised Unitholders  not to  accept the  Everest Tender  Offer.
Through  the Everest Tender Offer, Everest acquired  a total of 1,816.5 Units in
the Partnership (the "Everest Tendered Units").
 
    On March  8, 1996,  the General  Partners, on  behalf of  the  Partnerships,
engaged  Stanger to provide opinions as to  the fairness to the limited partners
of the Partnerships, from a financial  point of view, of the consideration  that
might  be  offered  to  limited  partners of  the  Partnerships  in  a potential
transaction with the Purchaser  and to render appraisals  as to the fair  market
value  of each Partnership's real estate portfolio. Stanger previously conducted
appraisals and provided a fairness opinion and special reports to affiliates  of
the General Partners with respect to the Consolidation. See "Appraisal; Opinions
of Financial Advisors."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    On  March 14, 1996,  representatives of the  General Partners, IPSC, Stanger
and the Partnerships  met to  discuss the terms  on which  the General  Partners
would  consider an  acquisition of the  Partnerships by the  Purchaser through a
one-step merger of the Partnerships into the Purchaser. The discussion  centered
on  a transaction in which  holders of units of  limited partnership interest in
the Partnerships would receive, at their election, REIT Shares or cash equal  to
their  respective  Partnership's  net  asset  value  (based  on  an  independent
appraisal of the real estate assets)  per unit of limited partnership  interest.
On  March 18,  1996, legal counsel  for the Partnerships  provided the Purchaser
with a draft of an agreement reflecting the terms discussed by the parties.
 
    On March 19, 1996,  at a regular  meeting of the Board  of Directors of  the
Purchaser,  the  Board discussed  the possible  acquisition of  the Partnerships
through a merger. The directors were informed by management of the Purchaser  of
the  potential  conflicts  of  interest  involved  in  a  transaction  with  the
Partnerships. See  "Interests  of  Certain Persons."  The  Board  confirmed  the
appointment  of a special committee (the  "Special Committee") consisting of two
independent directors, Donald W. Lusk and  Wendell J. Smith, and authorized  the
Special  Committee  (i)  to review,  evaluate  and  negotiate the  terms  of any
proposed transactions  involving  the acquisition  of  the Partnerships  by  the
Purchaser,  (ii) to make a recommendation to the Board of Directors with respect
to the approval or disapproval of any proposed transaction between the Purchaser
and the Partnerships, and (iii) to select and retain legal counsel and financial
advisors. Thereafter, the Special Committee decided to retain Alex. Brown & Sons
Incorporated ("Alex. Brown") to assist in its evaluation of any transaction with
the Partnerships and also retained legal counsel to assist in its  consideration
and negotiation of any transaction with the Partnerships.
 
    On  March 25,  1996, the Purchaser  and Public Storage,  Inc. ("PS") entered
into an agreement whereby PS agreed that  it would not acquire any interests  in
the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser's affiliates (including the Partnerships),
through  a tender  offer or  otherwise, for  a period  of two  years without the
Purchaser's consent (preventing PS from making a competing tender offer for  the
units of limited partnership interest in the Partnerships without the permission
of the Purchaser). Soon thereafter, PS disclosed to the Purchaser that PS had an
agreement with Everest, whereby PS had agreed to purchase the interests owned by
Everest  in  various public  limited  partnerships, including  the Partnerships,
owning self storage assets. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated April 1,  1996,
the  Purchaser consented  to PS's acquisition  of the Everest  Tendered Units as
well  as  other  Units  owned  by   Everest,  for  a  total  of  1,824.5   Units
(collectively,  the  "Everest Units"),  on the  condition that  PS grant  to the
Purchaser a right to purchase the  Everest Units on terms substantially  similar
to  those on which PS  acquired the Everest Units  from Everest. PS acquired the
Everest Units from  Everest on May  20, 1996 at  a price of  $200 per Unit.  The
Purchaser  exercised its option to acquire the Everest Units from PS at the same
price, plus four days of  interest and PS transferred  the Everest Units to  the
Purchaser  effective as of  May 20, 1996.  The Purchaser simultaneously acquired
2,038.3 limited partnership units in IDS2 and 1,602.5 limited partnership  units
in  IDS3  pursuant to  the terms  of the  agreement with  PS. See  "Interests of
Certain Persons."
 
    From late March 1996 through May 1996, representatives of the Purchaser  and
the Partnerships discussed the possibility of the Purchaser's acquisition of the
Partnerships.  During  this  time,  the  parties  discussed  the  possibility of
structuring the acquisition as a cash tender  offer followed by a merger of  the
Partnerships  into the Purchaser  in which limited  partners of the Partnerships
would receive REIT Shares in  exchange for their limited partnership  interests.
The  parties viewed a two-step transaction (a partial cash tender offer followed
by a stock merger) as being more desirable than a one-step cash-election  merger
transaction.  Completion of a merger would be  subject to a number of conditions
(including the approval  of limited  partners of  each of  the Partnerships  and
registration  of the REIT Shares) that would  not be conditions to a cash tender
offer. Thus,  the two-step  transaction would  provide limited  partners of  the
Partnerships  with an  opportunity to  obtain liquidity  for a  portion of their
limited partnership interests more  quickly than waiting  for completion of  the
merger.  In addition,  the Purchaser favored  a two-step  transaction because it
believed that such structure might enable it to acquire an ownership position in
the Partnerships more quickly than would be the
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
case in  a one-step  merger.  During the  last week  of  May 1996,  the  Special
Committee   proposed  to  the  Partnerships   that  the  Purchaser  acquire  the
Partnerships for a  price equal  to each of  their respective  net asset  values
pursuant to a cash tender offer for up to a designated percentage of outstanding
units  of limited  partnership interests followed  by a merger  in which limited
partners of the Partnerships would receive REIT Shares with a value equal to the
respective per unit net asset value  of the Partnership. The value  attributable
to  a REIT Share was proposed to be the average of the closing prices for a REIT
Share on the NYSE during a  designated future period (the "Average Price").  The
parties  discussed setting the percentage  of limited partnership interests that
would be sought in the first step tender offer so that if the tender offer  were
fully  subscribed, the Partnerships  would not terminate  for federal income tax
purposes due to  a sale  or exchange of  50% or  more of the  total interest  in
Partnerships'  capital and  profits in a  12 month period.  See "Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- No Constructive Termination of the Partnership."
 
    The Special Committee indicated that its proposal on behalf of the Purchaser
would require  that (i)  if the  Acquisition were  not completed  under  certain
circumstances,  the  Purchaser  would receive  a  fee from  the  Partnerships (a
"Termination Fee") and reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the  Purchaser
in  connection with  the transaction, and  (ii) if  the Average Price  of a REIT
Share exceeded or was lower than the  limits of a price range, then the  Average
Price  would  be fixed  at the  upper or  lower  limit of  that price  range, as
appropriate.
 
    On June  1, 1996,  representatives  of the  Purchaser and  the  Partnerships
commenced  active  negotiations  of  the  terms  of  the  Acquisition Agreement.
Thereafter, the terms of the Acquisition Agreement were also discussed with IPSC
and its legal counsel since the General Partners intended to seek the consent of
IPSC to complete a merger. See  "The Acquisition Agreement -- Consent of  IPSC."
The most significant negotiations concerned the operation of the price range and
the  Partnerships'  payment  of the  Termination  Fee and  reimbursement  of the
Purchaser's expenses under certain  circumstances. During the negotiations,  the
General  Partner  advised  the  Special  Committee  that  IPSC  objected  to the
Termination Fee and to any requirement that the Partnership complete the  merger
if  the Average  Price was lower  than the lower  limit of the  price range. The
General Partner also advised the Special  Committee that it would be  prohibited
by  the terms of  the Partnerships' partnership agreements  from agreeing to pay
the Termination Fee and  the Partnerships' expenses. In  light of this  position
and  the  provisions  of  the  partnership  agreements,  the  Special  Committee
ultimately withdrew its request for  the Termination Fee and the  reimbursements
under  the  certain  circumstances for  expenses  incurred by  the  Purchaser in
connection with the Transaction,  determining that it was  advisable and in  the
best  interests  of  the Purchaser  and  its  stockholders to  proceed  with the
Transaction on this basis. The Partnerships  and the General Partners agreed  to
accept  the price range with certain  modifications that would allow the General
Partners to  withdraw their  recommendations  of the  merger and  terminate  the
Acquisition  Agreement if the Average  Price was more than  $.75 below the lower
limit of  the price  range and  the Purchaser  does not  elect to  increase  the
consideration  paid in  the merger.  IPSC informed  the Purchaser  that it would
reserve the right to withdraw its consent under these circumstances. The parties
also agreed that the Purchaser  would similarly have the  right to elect not  to
proceed  with the merger  if the Average  Price exceeded the  upper limit of the
price range by more than $.75.
 
    On June  13, 1996,  representatives  of the  General Partners,  IPSC,  their
respective counsel and Stanger held a teleconference to discuss the terms of the
Transaction   and  the  Additional  Transactions   and  to  consider  the  draft
Acquisition Agreement, draft appraisals and the draft fairness opinions and  the
assumptions made in preparing the fairness opinions.
 
    On  June  26,  1996,  Stanger delivered  the  appraisals  and  revised draft
fairness opinions to the General Partners. On June 26, 1996, representatives  of
the  General Partners,  IPSC and  Stanger held  a teleconference  to discuss the
draft Acquisition Agreement, the appraisals and revised draft fairness opinions.
During that  teleconference, Stanger  indicated its  willingness to  render  the
fairness  opinions in the  forms presented to the  General Partners. The General
Partners concluded  that  the  terms  of  the  Transaction  and  the  Additional
Transactions   were  fair   to  the   limited  partners   of  the  Partnerships,
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
approved the  execution  of  the Acquisition  Agreement  and  the  Partnerships'
participation  in the Transaction and the Additional Transactions and formulated
their recommendations  of  the  Transaction  and  the  Additional  Transactions,
subject to Stanger's delivery of the fairness opinions on July 1, 1996.
 
    On  June 26, 1996  and June 27,  1996, Alex. Brown  presented to the Special
Committee a  draft  of  its  opinion  that  the  consideration  to  be  paid  in
Transaction  and the  Additional Transactions  is fair  to the  Purchaser from a
financial point  of view,  together with  related materials,  and discussed  the
opinion  and related  materials and the  analysis performed  and the assumptions
made in preparing the opinion with the Special Committee and its legal  counsel.
Subsequent to that meeting the Special Committee and its legal counsel and Alex.
Brown  met on June 27,  1996 with the other members  of the Purchaser's Board of
Directors in a meeting to discuss the Transaction, the draft of the Alex.  Brown
fairness opinion and related materials.
 
    On  July 1, 1996, the  Special Committee, its legal  counsel and Alex. Brown
met with  the Board  of Directors  to discuss  further the  Transaction and  the
Additional  Transactions. At that meeting, Alex.  Brown delivered its opinion to
the effect that the consideration to be paid in Transactions and the  Additional
Transactions  is fair from a financial point  of view, and the Special Committee
recommended that the Board of Directors of the Purchaser approve, and the  Board
of Directors did approve of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions, the
Acquisition  Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    On July 1,  1996, Stanger  delivered the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions to  the
General Partner.
 
    On  July 1, 1996,  the Purchaser and  the General Partners  on behalf of the
Partnership, IDS2 and IDS3, respectively, executed the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    On July  2, 1996,  the  Purchaser commenced  the  Offer and  the  Additional
Offers.
 
RELATIONSHIPS
 
    The  following  chart shows  the  relationships among  the  Partnership, the
Purchaser, the General Partner and certain of their affiliates. As reflected  in
the  chart below, (i) Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer  and a stockholder  of the Purchaser,  is an  individual
general  partner of the General Partner and the sole shareholder and director of
the corporate general partner  of the General Partner,  (ii) Arthur W. Buerk,  a
stockholder  of the Purchaser,  is an individual general  partner of the General
Partner and (iii) the Purchaser is a limited partner of the General Partner. See
"Interests of Certain Persons -- General Partner's Interest."
 
                                    [GRAPH]
- ------------------------
(1)  The  Purchaser  and  an  affiliate  of  IPSC  own  approximately  1.2%  and
     approximately .2%, respectively, of the Units.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
PURPOSES AND STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    This Offer is being made and the Merger will be proposed for approval (i) to
enable  the Purchaser to  acquire the entire equity  interest in the Partnership
and (ii) to  give Unitholders an  opportunity to (a)  liquidate their Units  for
cash  or (b) continue  to own an  equity interest in  a portfolio of properties,
including the Partnership's properties, through  an acquisition of REIT  Shares.
For  information concerning the factors leading to the decision by the Purchaser
to commence the Transaction, see  "-- Background." Following completion of  this
Offer,  the Purchaser  intends to acquire  the remaining equity  interest in the
Partnership that is not then  owned by the Purchaser  through the Merger if  the
conditions to the consummation of the Merger are satisfied. See "The Acquisition
Agreement."
 
    The  acquisition of the  entire equity interest in  the Partnership has been
structured as a cash tender  offer for up to 65,000  of the Units followed by  a
merger  in which  the outstanding  equity interests  in the  Partnership will be
exchanged for the Merger Consideration.  Pursuant to the Partnership  Agreement,
approval  of the Merger requires the affirmative vote by holders of greater than
75% of the outstanding Units. The percentage of Units sought in the tender offer
was set so that if the tender offer were fully subscribed, the Partnership would
not terminate for federal income tax purposes due to a sale or exchange within a
12-month period of 50% or more of the total interest in Partnership capital  and
profits.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  --  No Constructive
Termination of the Partnership." The purposes of structuring the transaction  as
a  cash tender offer followed by a  merger were (i) to provide those Unitholders
who desire immediate liquidity with an opportunity to obtain cash in this  Offer
and  (ii)  to enable  the Purchaser  to purchase  Units in  this Offer  which it
intends to vote  in favor  of the  Merger at  the Special  Meeting. The  parties
viewed  a two-step transaction (a partial cash  tender offer followed by a stock
merger)  as  being   more  desirable  than   a  one-step  cash-election   merger
transaction.  Completion of a merger would be  subject to a number of conditions
(including the approval  of Unitholders  and registration of  REIT Shares)  that
would  not be conditions  to a tender  offer. See "The  Acquisition Agreement --
Conditions to  the  Merger." Thus,  the  two-step transaction  was  designed  to
provide  Unitholders with  an opportunity to  obtain liquidity for  a portion of
their Units  more  quickly  than  waiting for  completion  of  the  Merger.  The
Purchaser  favored a two-step transaction because that structure might enable it
to acquire an ownership position in  each of the Partnerships more quickly  than
it would be able to do through a one-step merger.
 
    Pursuant  to the  General Partner  Undertaking and  the Standstill Agreement
contained in the Acquisition Agreement, the Purchaser has agreed that, upon  its
admission as a substitute limited partner with respect to any Units purchased in
this  Offer, it will not, except through  this Offer and the Merger, directly or
indirectly acquire any additional  Units, propose any  merger or other  business
combination involving the Partnership, or propose any other transaction pursuant
to which it would control any of the assets of the Partnership without the prior
written  consent of a majority  of the general partners  of the General Partner.
After completion or termination  of this Offer, subject  to the General  Partner
Undertaking  and the Standstill  Agreement and restrictions  imposed by law, the
Purchaser reserves the right to purchase or seek to purchase additional Units in
the open  market, in  privately negotiated  transactions, in  another tender  or
exchange  offer  or otherwise.  In addition,  in  the event  that this  Offer is
consummated but the  Merger does not  occur for any  reason, the Purchaser  will
evaluate  its  other alternatives,  including,  subject to  the  General Partner
Undertaking and  the  Standstill  Agreement and  restrictions  imposed  by  law,
purchasing  additional  Units  in  the  open  market,  in  privately  negotiated
transactions, in another  tender or exchange  offer or otherwise,  or taking  no
further  action to  acquire additional Units.  Any additional  purchase of Units
could be at a price greater or less than the price to be paid for Units in  this
Offer and could be for cash or other consideration. Alternatively, the Purchaser
may  sell or  otherwise dispose of  any or  all Units acquired  pursuant to this
Offer or otherwise. The transactions may be effected on terms and at prices then
determined by the Purchaser, which may vary from the Offer Price.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    The Purchaser regards the  acquisition of the  Partnership as an  attractive
investment  opportunity at this time because  it believes that the Partnership's
future business prospects are favorable.  In addition, the Transaction is  being
undertaken  within the  seven to nine  year period within  which the Partnership
expected to dispose of its properties. See "-- Background of the Transaction."
 
          FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION; POSITION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Based upon its  analysis of  the Transaction, the  General Partner  believes
that  the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration constitute fair consideration
to Unitholders and that the terms of this Offer and the Merger, when  considered
as  a whole, are  fair to the  Unitholders. The General  Partner recommends that
those Unitholders who desire immediate liquidity tender their Units pursuant  to
this  Offer  and that  all other  Unitholders retain  their Units  and, instead,
participate in the Merger. There  can be no assurance  that the approval of  the
Merger  by the holders of greater than 75% of the Units will be received or that
the other conditions to  the Merger will  be satisfied or  waived, and that  the
Merger  will be consummated. If the Merger is not consummated, those Unitholders
who do not tender their  Units in this Offer will  continue to have an  economic
interest in the Partnership.
 
FACTORS CONSIDERED BY THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    A  discussion of the  factors upon which  the General Partner  has based its
conclusion that  the  Transaction is  fair  is set  forth  below and  should  be
reviewed  carefully  by  Unitholders.  The  General  Partner  did  not  find  it
practicable and did  not attempt to  quantify the relative  importance of  these
factors.
 
    DETERMINATION OF OFFER PRICE.  The General Partner believes that the methods
used  to determine the Offer Price are  fair to Unitholders. The Offer Price was
determined  by  allocating  the  Net  Asset  Value  of  the  Partnership   among
Unitholders   and  the  General  Partner  in  accordance  with  the  dissolution
provisions of the  Partnership Agreement.  See Schedule X  ("Calculation of  Net
Asset Value").
 
    DETERMINATION  OF MERGER CONSIDERATION.   The General  Partner believes that
the methods used to determine the Merger Consideration are fair to  Unitholders.
The  number of  REIT Shares  that would be  received per  Unit in  the Merger is
derived by  dividing  (i)  the  Partnership's Net  Asset  Value  that  would  be
allocated  to one Unit if the Partnership's  Net Asset Value were distributed in
accordance with the distribution provisions of the Partnership Agreement by (ii)
the average of the per  share closing prices of REIT  Shares on the NYSE  during
the  20 consecutive trading  days ending on  the fifth trading  day prior to the
date the General Partner actually calls for  the vote to approve the Merger  and
the Acquisition Agreement (the "REIT Share Price").
 
    If the REIT Share Price exceeds $27.75, then for purposes of calculating the
number  of REIT Shares to be issued in  the Merger, the REIT Share Price will be
deemed to equal $27.75 and,  if the REIT Share Price  is less than $22.25,  then
for  purposes  of calculating  the number  of REIT  Shares to  be issued  in the
Merger, the REIT Share Price will be  deemed to equal $22.25. If the REIT  Share
Price  exceeds $28.50, the Purchaser has  the right to terminate the Acquisition
Agreement and, if the REIT Share Price is less than $21.50, the General  Partner
may  withdraw  its  recommendation in  favor  of  the Merger  and  terminate the
Acquisition Agreement, subject to the  Purchaser's right to pay additional  cash
consideration.  If the  REIT Share  Price is between  $27.75 and  $28.50 and all
other conditions  to the  Merger are  satisfied or  waived, the  Merger will  be
consummated  and Unitholders will receive REIT Shares  with a value in excess of
the Net Asset  Value per Unit.  If the REIT  Share Price is  between $21.50  and
$22.25  and all  other conditions  to the  Merger are  satisfied or  waived, the
Merger will be consummated and Unitholders will receive REIT Shares with a value
that is less than the Net Asset Value per Unit.
 
    The General Partner  believes that  the methods for  determining the  Merger
Consideration  are fair because (i)  the closing prices of  the REIT Shares have
been within $22.25 and $27.50  (the "Share Price Range")  for more than a  year,
(ii)  a  fluctuation  in  average  share  prices  outside  of  the  Share  Price
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Range will likely be due to market  forces that are not directly related to  the
intrinsic  value  of  the REIT  Shares,  (iii)  the Share  Price  Range provides
reciprocal protection  for the  Partnership  and the  Purchaser, (iv)  the  $.75
difference  between the lower  end of the  Share Price Range  and the REIT Share
Price at which the General Partner may withdraw its recommendation and terminate
the Acquisition  Agreement is  approximately  equal to  the amount  the  General
Partner  estimates would  be the Partnership's  cost to negotiate  and present a
revised merger proposal to Unitholders if the Merger were not consummated on its
currently contemplated terms  and (v) under  certain circumstances,  Unitholders
may receive REIT Shares with a value in excess of the Net Asset Value per Unit.
 
    REAL  ESTATE PORTFOLIO  APPRAISAL.  The  General Partner has  relied in part
upon the Appraisal prepared by  Stanger, an independent appraiser, to  establish
the fair market value of the Partnership's real estate assets, and the Appraised
Value  was  utilized  in determining  whether  the  Offer Price  and  the Merger
Consideration constitute  fair  consideration in  exchange  for the  Units.  See
"Appraisal; Opinions of Financial Advisors."
 
    STANGER  FAIRNESS OPINIONS.  The General Partner has relied in part upon the
Stanger Fairness Opinions to support its conclusion that the Offer Price and the
Merger Consideration constitute  fair consideration to  the Unitholders for  the
Units.  Subject to the assumptions, qualifications  and limitations set forth in
the Stanger Fairness  Opinions, Stanger concluded  that, as of  the date of  the
Stanger  Fairness Opinions,  the Offer Price  and the  Merger Consideration were
fair to the  Unitholders from a  financial point of  view. The Stanger  Fairness
Opinions do not address the fairness of any Offer or Merger terms other than the
Offer  Price and  the Merger  Consideration. The  Stanger Fairness  Opinion with
respect to the Merger does not address the fairness of the Merger  Consideration
if  the  REIT Share  Price  is less  than  $22.25. See  "Appraisal;  Opinions of
Financial Advisors."
 
    FAIRNESS IN VIEW OF CONFLICTS OF  INTEREST.  Charles K. Barbo, the  Chairman
of  the Board, President  and Chief Executive  Officer and a  stockholder of the
Purchaser, is an individual general partner of the General Partner and the  sole
shareholder  and  director  of  the corporate  general  partner  of  the General
Partner. Arthur  W. Buerk,  a stockholder  of the  Purchaser, is  an  individual
general  partner of the General Partner, and  the Purchaser is a limited partner
of the  General Partner.  The General  Partner  will receive  5% of  the  Merger
Consideration  in  exchange  for its  interest  as  the General  Partner  of the
Partnership. See "Interests of Certain Persons -- General Partner's Interest."
 
    In connection with the merger of Shurgard Incorporated with the Purchaser in
1995, the Purchaser agreed  to deliver REIT  Shares as additional  consideration
for  that merger under certain circumstances  upon the liquidation of the assets
of certain  partnerships  sponsored  by  Shurgard  Incorporated,  including  the
Partnership  and the Other  Partnerships (the "Contingent  Share Agreement"). If
any of the Merger and the  Additional Mergers is consummated, certain  executive
officers  and  other members  of the  Purchaser's  management will  receive REIT
Shares pursuant to  the Contingent  Share Agreement. See  "Interests of  Certain
Persons."
 
    The  General  Partner  did  not engage  independent  representatives  of the
Unitholders to negotiate, review  and approve the terms  of the Transaction  and
the  terms of the Transaction are not  the results of arms' length negotiations.
The  General  Partner   believes  that   its  recommendation   results  from   a
determination  that the Transaction  is more attractive  to Unitholders than any
alternatives considered  by the  General Partner,  and that  this  determination
results  from the  General Partner's  discharge of  its fiduciary  duties to the
Unitholders and is not affected by the conflicts of interest described above.
 
    IPSC CONSENT.  The General Partner considered the fact that IPSC, a  limited
partner  of the General Partner which is  not affiliated with the Purchaser, has
consented to the  Merger based  upon its review  of the  documents, the  General
Partner's  review of  alternatives to the  Transaction and  the Stanger Fairness
Opinions.  IPSC  has   significant  conflicts  of   interest  in  the   proposed
Transaction. See "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
    POTENTIAL  INFLUENCE OF  THE PURCHASER  OVER THE  PARTNERSHIP.   In deciding
whether or not to tender their Units pursuant to this Offer, Unitholders  should
consider that, as a result of this Offer, the Purchaser may hold the largest, or
one  of  the  largest, equity  positions  in  the Partnership.  As  a  result of
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
this interest, the Purchaser may be in a position to influence the policies  and
affairs of the Partnership. The Purchaser intends to vote the Units it holds and
those it acquires through this Offer in favor of the Merger. While the Purchaser
has  agreed that, in the event it is admitted as a substitute limited partner of
the Partnership with respect  to the Units it  acquires through this Offer,  and
the  Merger is not approved,  it will not acquire  any additional Units, propose
any merger or other  business combination involving  the Partnership or  propose
any  other transaction pursuant to which it would acquire any material assets of
the Partnership without the consent of a majority of the general partners of the
General  Partner,  the   Purchaser  may   nonetheless  be   able  to   influence
significantly the policies and affairs of the Partnership without the consent of
the  General Partner.  Specifically, the  Purchaser may  be able  to effectively
block actions that may be subject to a vote of a majority of the Units, such  as
certain  amendments to  the Partnership Agreement,  dissolution the Partnership,
removal of the General Partner, and approval of the sale of substantially all of
the Partnership's assets. While there is a risk that the Purchaser will be  able
to  influence significantly  Partnership actions,  the General  Partner does not
believe that the possibility of that influence renders this Offer unfair to non-
tendering Unitholders, inasmuch  as the Purchaser  is restricted from  acquiring
additional  Units or Partnership assets without the consent of a majority of the
general partners of the General  Partner (discharging their fiduciary duties  on
behalf of the Unitholders) and given that the terms of the Partnership Agreement
in  effect  at the  time the  Unitholders (including  non-tendering Unitholders)
initially invested in the Partnership permitted certain actions to be taken with
the approval of holders of a majority of the Units.
 
    ALLOCATION OF  TRANSACTION  EXPENSES.   The  General  Partner  believes  the
procedures  for allocating  the expenses of  the Transaction  and the Additional
Transactions are fair to the Partnership, inasmuch as the Partnership will  bear
its  Individual Transaction Expenses (as defined in "The Acquisition Agreement")
and its pro rata portion of the Shared Transaction Expenses (as defined in  "The
Acquisition  Agreement") based  on its relative  Net Asset  Value if Unitholders
approve the Merger, and will bear its Individual Transaction Expenses and only a
percentage of its pro rata portion  of the Shared Transaction Expenses equal  to
the  percentage of Unitholders voting  in favor of the  Merger if Unitholders do
not approve the Merger and if certain  other events have not occurred. See  "The
Acquisition Agreement -- Fees and Expenses."
 
    IMPACT  OF  MERGER  ON  EXPECTED  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  UNITHOLDERS  WHO BECOME
STOCKHOLDERS OF THE PURCHASER.   The Merger is expected  to affect the level  of
distributions  made  to Unitholders  who become  stockholders of  the Purchaser.
Depending upon the REIT Share Price used to determine the number of REIT  Shares
to  be issued  in the  Merger, the  level of  distributions after  the Merger to
Unitholders who become stockholders of the Purchaser may be higher or lower than
the level of  distributions received with  respect to their  Units prior to  the
Merger.  Assuming the  current quarterly distribution  rates continue  to be the
same for the  Purchaser ($.47  per REIT Share)  and the  Partnership ($4.84  per
Unit),  based on a  REIT Share Price of  $22.25 and rounding  the number of REIT
Shares to be received to the nearest whole REIT Share, Unitholders would receive
approximately $.80  (17%) more  in quarterly  distributions per  Unit after  the
Merger  than before the  Merger, and based on  a REIT Share  Price of $27.75 and
rounding the number  of REIT Shares  to be  received to the  nearest whole  REIT
Share,  Unitholders  would receive  approximately $.61  (13%) less  in quarterly
distributions per Unit  after the  Merger than  before the  Merger. The  General
Partner  believes that  any differences  between the  level of  distributions to
Unitholders who become stockholders is justifiable when taking into account cash
distribution policies,  principal  and interest  payments  on debt  and  capital
expenditure  levels. These factors  may not continue  to affect distributions in
precisely the same fashion following the Merger.
 
    IMPACT OF  MERGER  ON  TIMING  OF PARTNERSHIP  DISTRIBUTIONS.    The  Merger
Consideration  to be received by Unitholders is based primarily on the Net Asset
Value of  the  Partnership.  Recognizing  that  there  may  be  changes  in  the
Partnership's  value between  March 31,  1996 (the date  on which  the Net Asset
Value is based) and the closing of the  Merger (the "Closing") and that it is  a
condition  to the  Closing that  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset Value (as
defined in "The Acquisition Agreement --
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Conduct of Business Pending the Effective Time")  is no less than its Net  Asset
Value, the General Partner may delay cash distributions if it deems it advisable
to  do so. As soon as  practicable following the Closing, pre-Merger Unitholders
and the General Partner will receive a cash distribution in an aggregate  amount
equal  to the amount, if any, by which the Partnership's Closing Net Asset Value
as of the  Closing exceeds  its Net  Asset Value.  If the  Partnership does  not
participate  in the Merger, the proposed  Merger may only temporarily delay, but
is not otherwise  expected to  affect or  reduce (except  for the  Partnership's
portion  of the Transaction expenses) the distributions made by the Partnership.
The General Partner does not consider  this delay or reduction in  distributions
due  to payment of Transaction expenses to affect materially the fairness of the
Transaction with respect to Unitholders.
 
    COMPARISON OF  CERTAIN  BENEFITS  AND  DETRIMENTS  OF  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE
TRANSACTION.   Prior  to concluding that  the Transaction should  be proposed to
Unitholders, the General Partner considered several alternatives, including  the
liquidation  of the Partnership, continuation of the Partnership, support of the
secondary market for Units and reorganization  of the Partnership as a  separate
REIT.  To determine whether the Transaction or  one of its alternatives would be
more attractive to the Unitholders,  the General Partner compared the  potential
benefits  and  detriments of  the Transaction  with  the potential  benefits and
detriments of the alternatives. Based upon this comparison, the General  Partner
has  concluded  that  the  Transaction  is  more  attractive  than  any  of  its
alternatives. The following is a brief discussion of the benefits and detriments
of, and  the  General  Partner's  conclusions  regarding,  alternatives  to  the
Transaction that could have been pursued by the General Partner.
 
        LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP.  An alternative to the Transaction would
be  liquidating the assets of the  Partnership, distributing the net liquidation
proceeds  to  the  General  Partner  and  Unitholders  in  accordance  with  the
Partnership  Agreement, and thereafter dissolving  the Partnership. Through such
liquidation, the Unitholders' investment in the Partnership would be  concluded.
All  Unitholders would  be at  liberty to use  the net  liquidation proceeds for
investment, business, personal or other purposes.
 
    In recent  years,  operating  results  with  respect  to  the  Partnership's
properties  have improved, there has been  increased sales activity with respect
to self storage facilities and the capitalization rates at which facilities have
been selling have become more favorable to sellers, resulting in higher  prices.
The General Partner anticipates that net operating income from the Partnership's
facilities  will continue to improve although at a slower rate than in the past.
If performance  improvements  continue,  the  value of  the  properties  of  the
Partnership  would be expected  to increase, so long  as capitalization rates at
which self storage facilities  are sold do not  increase and sufficient  capital
remains  available  to  finance  acquisitions.  A  complete  liquidation  of the
Partnership would deprive those Unitholders who do not desire to liquidate their
investment in  self  storage  properties from  participating  in  the  potential
benefits  of  future performance  and possible  property value  improvements. In
addition, liquidation of the Partnership's  properties does not have certain  of
the  other  benefits  of the  Merger,  including (i)  permitting  Unitholders to
liquidate their investment  in real  estate at a  time that  is appropriate  for
their  individual investment strategy,  rather than forcing  divestiture for all
Unitholders through a liquidation  of the Partnership's  portfolio and (ii)  the
opportunity to participate in acquisition and development opportunities existing
in the real estate market through equity ownership in the Purchaser.
 
    The  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  Merger  are  expected  to be
significantly less than those  which would be incurred  in a liquidation of  the
Partnership's  assets.  If  the  Merger  is  consummated,  the  Partnership will
effectively  dispose  of  all  of  its  assets  and  liabilities  in  a   single
transaction,  which will  minimize the liquidation  costs. If the  assets of the
Partnership were  liquidated  over time,  not  only  is it  likely  that  higher
transaction  costs would be incurred, but  distributions to the Unitholders from
the  Partnership's  cash  flow  from   operations  may  be  reduced  since   the
Partnership's  fixed costs, such  as general and  administrative expenses, would
not be  proportionately reduced  with  the liquidation  of  assets on  a  single
transaction or multiple transaction basis.
 
    The   General  Partner  favors  the  Transaction  over  liquidation  of  the
Partnership's assets  because  this  Offer permits  those  Unitholders  desiring
immediate  liquidity to obtain cash,  while permitting the remaining Unitholders
to participate  in  the  Merger  which, if  consummated,  will  enable  them  to
participate  in acquisition and  development opportunities existing  in the real
estate market through
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
equity ownership in the Purchaser. In addition, the estimated transaction  costs
associated with the Transaction are significantly less than those which would be
incurred in a liquidation of the Partnerships' assets.
 
        CONTINUATION   OF  THE  PARTNERSHIP.     A  second  alternative  to  the
Transaction would be  to continue the  Partnership as a  separate legal  entity,
with  its own  assets and  liabilities. While  the disclosure  documents used to
offer the  Units  for  sale  to  the  public  disclosed  the  intention  of  the
Partnership  to liquidate  its assets  within a seven  to nine  year period, the
Partnership has a stated  life of approximately 40  years, the Unitholders  were
advised  that  the  liquidation  of the  Partnership  would  depend  upon market
conditions as  they might  change from  time  to time,  and the  Partnership  is
operating  profitably and does not need to liquidate to satisfy debt obligations
or other current liabilities or to avert defaults, foreclosures or other adverse
business developments.
 
    A number  of  advantages would  be  expected  to arise  from  the  continued
operation  of  the Partnership.  Unitholders would  continue to  receive regular
quarterly distributions of net cash flow arising from operations and the sale or
refinancing of the Partnership's  assets. The General  Partner expects that  net
operating  income from the  properties would continue to  improve, although at a
slower rate than  in the  past, which  would support  continued improvements  in
quarterly  distributions. In addition, the decision to continue the Partnership,
if selected,  means  that  there  would  be no  change  in  the  nature  of  the
Unitholders'  investment.  This option  avoids  whatever disadvantages  might be
inherent in the Merger.
 
    The primary disadvantage with continuing  the Partnership is the failure  of
that   strategy  to  enable  Unitholders  (i)  to  liquidate  immediately  their
investment in the Partnership for  cash consideration which the General  Partner
believes  to be  fair to  Unitholders or (ii)  to acquire  REIT Shares, enabling
Unitholders  to  participate  in  the  Purchaser's  substantially  larger,  more
diversified, investment portfolio and to benefit from the Purchaser's ability to
access  capital  markets  and  take  advantage  of  acquisition  and development
opportunities. If  the Partnership  is continued,  Unitholders may  not have  an
opportunity  for liquidity  in the  near future.  The assets  of the Partnership
might, however, be sold at another time in another transaction that could be  on
terms  more or less  favorable to Unitholders.  Accordingly, the General Partner
has concluded  that continuation  of the  Partnership is  not as  attractive  an
alternative as the Transaction.
 
        SUPPORT  OF SECONDARY MARKET.   Another possible alternative which would
create liquidity for Unitholders desiring to dispose of their investments in the
Partnership is the  creation or support  of the secondary  market for the  Units
through  limited  cash tender  offers or  repurchase  programs sponsored  by the
Partnership. While  the General  Partner believed  that this  alternative  might
provide  liquidity for some Unitholders, the  terms of the Partnership Agreement
and federal  tax law  prohibit  this alternative  from  being available  to  all
Unitholders  in  any 12  month period.  The General  Partner believed  that this
alternative was not sufficiently broad-based  to provide an overall solution  to
the  liquidity problem.  While this  alternative was  considered by  the General
Partner, no detailed financial  analysis was done that  would allow the  General
Partner  to predict  with any  degree of certainty  the possible  impact of this
alternative on the value of the Units.
 
        REORGANIZATION OF  THE PARTNERSHIP  AS  A SEPARATE  REIT.   The  General
Partner  considered  the  advisability  of  reorganizing  the  Partnership  as a
separate corporation taxed as  a REIT, which could  provide Unitholders some  of
the  advantages to be secured through the Merger, such as providing investors in
the reorganized entity  with some liquidity  through the listing  of its  equity
securities,  avoiding  the  effects  of  legislation  requiring  partnerships to
withhold distributions for state income taxes and simplified federal income  tax
reporting.  In addition,  such reorganization  could be  effected on  a tax-free
basis, unlike the Merger,  which will be a  taxable event for Unitholders.  This
reorganization  of the Partnership  would, however, result  in substantial costs
and expenses, and, due to the size of the Partnership, access to capital markets
and the liquidity of the reorganized  entity's securities could be limited.  The
General  Partner  has concluded  that  the Merger  is  more attractive  than the
reorganization of the  Partnership as a  separate REIT because  a separate  REIT
would  not provide,  or would  provide on a  more limited  basis, the advantages
expected from the Merger,  including the elimination  of potential conflicts  of
interest,  simplified  administration,  self-administration,  growth  potential,
asset diversification and improved access to capital markets.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
COMPARISON OF TRANSACTION CONSIDERATION TO ALTERNATIVES
 
    GENERAL.   To assist Unitholders in  evaluating the Transaction, the General
Partner has attempted to  compare the Offer Price  and the Merger  Consideration
against:  (i)  the prices  at which  the Units  have been  sold in  the illiquid
secondary market; (ii)  estimates of  the value of  the Units  on a  liquidation
basis  assuming that the Partnership's assets were sold at their Appraised Value
or net book value and  the net proceeds distributed  to the General Partner  and
Unitholders in accordance with the Partnership Agreement; and (iii) estimates of
the  value of the Units  on a going concern  basis assuming that the Partnership
was continued as an operating business and  its assets sold at the end of  2000.
Due to the uncertainty in establishing these values, the General Partner has, in
instances  it deemed  appropriate, established a  range of  estimated values for
each alternative, representing a high and low estimated value for the  potential
consideration.  The General Partner believes  that analyzing the alternatives in
terms of ranges of estimated  value, established based upon currently  available
market  data and, where appropriate, reasonable  assumptions made in good faith,
establishes a reasonable  framework for comparing  alternatives. The results  of
this comparative analysis are summarized in the table below.
 
    The  estimated values  are based upon  information available  to the General
Partner at  the  time  they  were  computed,  including  historical  information
regarding  the Partnership and current real estate  markets, and there can be no
assurance that the same conditions analyzed  by the General Partner in  arriving
at  the estimates of value would exist at the time of consummation of this Offer
or the  Merger. In  addition,  Unitholders should  consider that  the  estimated
values  assigned to the alternatives are based  on a variety of assumptions that
have been made by the General Partner, which are discussed in more detail below.
 
    The estimated values presented in  the following table are  "forward-looking
statements"  within the meaning of the  Private Securities Litigation Reform Act
of 1995. These estimated values are based upon certain assumptions that  relate,
among  other things, to  (i) the REIT Share  Price as of the  date of the Merger
being within the  Share Price Range,  (ii) projections as  to the  Partnership's
future  revenues, expenses, cash  flow and other  significant financial matters,
(iii) the capitalization rates that will be used by prospective buyers when  the
Partnership's  assets  are  liquidated,  (iv)  selling  costs,  (v)  appropriate
discount rates to apply to expected cash flows in computing the present value of
the cash flows  and (vi)  the manner of  sale of  the Partnership's  properties.
Actual  results may vary from  those set forth below  based on numerous factors,
including interest rate  fluctuations, tax  law changes, supply  and demand  for
self storage facilities, the manner in which the properties are sold and changes
in  availability of capital to finance  acquisitions of self storage properties.
Each Unit in the following table represents an original investment of $250.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ESTIMATED LIQUIDATION
                MERGER                                                      VALUE PER UNIT
             CONSIDERATION       SECONDARY          ESTIMATED GOING      ASSUMING PARTNERSHIP
             PER UNIT (1)       MARKET PRICE         CONCERN VALUE         ASSETS SOLD AT:
             -------------      PER UNIT (2)          PER UNIT (3)      ----------------------
OFFER PRICE                 --------------------  --------------------  APPRAISED    NET BOOK
 PER UNIT                     HIGH        LOW       HIGH        LOW     VALUE (4)   VALUE (5)
- -----------                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>          <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
 $  257        $  257       $  198     $  150     $  251     $  235     $  253      $  175
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Assumes the REIT  Share Price is  within the Share  Price Range. The  Merger
    Consideration is payable in REIT Shares, cash in lieu of any fractional REIT
    Shares  and, in  certain circumstances,  additional cash  consideration. See
    "The Acquisition Agreement -- The Merger."
 
(2) The secondary  market prices  are those reported  to Stanger  for the  first
    calendar quarter of 1996. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
(3)  The going concern  value estimates are  based upon a  number of assumptions
    regarding the  future net  operating income  and cash  distributions of  the
    Partnership  and assume a disposition of the Partnership's assets at the end
    of 2000. See "-- Going Concern Value."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
(4) Estimated Liquidation Value at Appraised  Value is based primarily upon  the
    Appraisal  and adjustments  for non-real  estate assets  and liabilities and
    estimated selling costs. See "-- Liquidation Value."
 
(5) Estimated Liquidation Value at  Net Book Value is  computed as of March  31,
    1996 less selling costs. See "-- Liquidation Value."
 
    SECONDARY  MARKET PRICES OF UNITS.  The data in the table above on secondary
market activity shows  the highest and  lowest secondary market  prices for  the
Units  in the first calendar  quarter of 1996 as  reported to Stanger by certain
secondary market firms  involved in sales  of the Units.  See "Market Prices  of
Units."
 
    Limited  partnerships are  designed as  illiquid, long-term  investments. No
market for  the Units  was ever  expected to  develop and  the secondary  market
transactions  for the Units have  been limited and sporadic.  It is not known to
what extent the transactions in the secondary market are between willing  buyers
and  willing sellers, each  having access to  relevant information regarding the
financial affairs of the  Partnership, the expected  value of the  Partnership's
assets, and the Partnership's prospects for the future. Many transactions in the
secondary  market are believed  to be distressed sales  where sellers are highly
motivated to dispose of  the Units and willing  to accept substantial  discounts
from  what might otherwise by  regarded as the fair  value of the interest being
sold to facilitate the sales. Secondary  market prices generally do not  reflect
the current market value of the Partnership's assets, nor are they indicative of
total  return since  prior cash distributions  and tax benefits  received by the
original  investor  probably  are  not  reflected  in  the  price.  Nonetheless,
notwithstanding these qualifications, the secondary market prices, to the extent
that  the reported data are reliable, are  indicative of the prices at which the
Units trade in the illiquid secondary markets.
 
    GOING CONCERN VALUE.   The General Partner has  estimated the going  concern
value  of the  Partnership by analyzing  the Partnership's  projected cash flows
assuming that the Partnership was operated  as an on-going business through  the
end of 2000 and its assets, net of existing liabilities, sold at that time based
upon  a capitalization of projected property cash flows in 2001. Each Unitholder
would be  entitled  to receive  his  or her  pro  rata share  of  the  quarterly
distributions  from the  Partnership's cash  available for  distribution and the
special distribution  of the  net liquidation  proceeds in  accordance with  the
Partnership Agreement. This analysis is consistent with the expectation that the
Partnership  would  be  a  finite-life investment.  The  assumption  of property
dispositions in 2000 is one year after the anticipated disposition timeframe for
the Partnership.
 
    The General Partner has presented two  estimates of the going concern  value
of  the  Partnership on  a  per Unit  basis, which  estimates  are based  on the
five-year property cash flows beginning in 1996 used by Stanger in preparing the
Appraisal, adjusted for general and  administrative expenses (which are  assumed
to  increase  at  the  rate of  3.5%  per  year). The  going  concern  value was
established by computing the present  value of the projected distributions  with
respect  to  the  Units, discounted  at  the rate  of  13% per  annum  under the
conservative scenario and at the rate of 12% per annum under the more  favorable
scenario.  Under the conservative scenario, the Partnership's assets are sold at
the end of 2000 for an all-cash  purchase price sufficient to yield the buyer  a
10.5%  return based on  projected property cash  flows for 2001.  Under the more
favorable scenario, it is assumed that the Partnership's assets are sold at  the
end  of 2000 for an all-cash purchase price  sufficient to yield the buyer a 10%
return based upon projected property cash flows in 2001.
 
    The going concern analysis assumes  all of the Partnership's properties  are
sold in a single transaction at the end of 2000 with selling expense equal to 4%
of  then-current real estate value. If, instead, the assets were liquidated over
time, even at prices equal to those projected, distributions to the  Unitholders
out  of the Partnership's cash flow from operations might be reduced because the
Partnership's  relatively  fixed  costs,  such  as  general  and  administrative
expenses,  would not be proportionately reduced  with the liquidation of assets.
Accordingly, the General Partner believes the assumption that all the properties
are sold in  a single transaction  results in the  most favorable valuation  for
Unitholders.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    LIQUIDATION  VALUE.  Since one of  the alternatives available to the General
Partner  is  to  proceed  with  a  liquidation  of  the  Partnership,  and   the
corresponding  distribution  of  the  net liquidation  proceeds  to  the General
Partner and Unitholders, the General Partner has estimated the liquidation value
of the Units (i) assuming that  the Partnership's real estate portfolio is  sold
at  its Appraised Value and that non-real estate assets and liabilities are sold
at their book values except for amortizable assets and (ii) assuming that all of
the Partnership's assets are sold at their book value, net of liabilities.  Both
alternatives  assume that the Partnership  incurs selling costs of approximately
4% of  the  real estate  assets'  value and  the  net liquidation  proceeds  are
distributed  among the  General Partner and  Unitholders in  accordance with the
Partnership Agreement.
 
    The liquidation analysis assumes that the Partnership's portfolio is sold in
a single transaction at  its Appraised Value  or net book  value. If the  assets
were   liquidated  over  time,   even  at  prices   equal  to  those  projected,
distributions to  the  Unitholders  out  of the  Partnership's  cash  flow  from
operations  might be reduced  because the Partnership's  relatively fixed costs,
such as general  and administrative  expenses, are  not proportionately  reduced
with  the liquidation of  assets. Accordingly, the  General Partner believes the
assumption that all of the properties  are sold in a single transaction  results
in the most favorable valuation for Unitholders.
 
    Of  the two columns provided for liquidation  values in the table above, the
General Partner believes that liquidation at Appraised Value is more  reflective
of  the amount  that would  actually be  distributed to  the Unitholders  if the
Partnership were to proceed with a liquidation of its assets. The Appraisal sets
forth, subject  to the  specified assumptions,  limitations and  qualifications,
Stanger's  professional opinion as to the market value of the Partnership's real
estate portfolio. While  the price at  which the assets  would sell if  actually
liquidated  could differ materially  from the Appraised  Value, the Appraisal is
intended to estimate the prices  at which the real  estate assets would sell  if
disposed of in an arm's-length transaction between a willing buyer and a willing
seller,  each  having access  to relevant  information regarding  the historical
revenues and  expenses  of  the  properties.  The  Appraisal  assumes  that  the
Partnership's  assets are disposed of  in an orderly manner  and are not sold in
forced or distressed sales where sellers  might be expected to dispose of  their
interests at substantial discounts to their actual fair market value.
 
    In  contrast, the net  book value represents the  value of the Partnership's
equity as of  March 31,  1996, computed in  accordance with  GAAP, less  selling
costs equal to 4% of the book value of the Partnership's real estate assets. The
net  book value computations are not adjusted  for, or intended to be, estimates
of the fair  market value  of the real  estate assets.  Nonetheless, since  book
value is a commonly used accounting principle, and shows the values at which the
assets  are carried on  the Partnership's books,  it does establish  a basis for
comparing the value of the Units to other commonly used measures of value.
 
THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE
 
    The Special  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors of  the  Purchaser  has
reviewed  the terms of the Transaction and believes that the Transaction is fair
to  Unitholders.  In  determining  the  fairness  of  the  Transaction  to   the
Unitholders, the Special Committee considered a number of factors, including the
following,  and  did  not  assign  relative  weights  to  them  in  reaching its
conclusion.
 
    RECOMMENDATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.  The Special Committee considered the
fact that  the General  Partner,  in discharging  its  fiduciary duties  to  the
Unitholders, (i) carefully reviewed the terms of the Transaction, (ii) concluded
that  the Transaction is fair  to the Unitholders and  (iii) recommends that the
Unitholders who desire immediate liquidity  tender their Units pursuant to  this
Offer   and  that  all  other  Unitholders  retain  their  Units  and,  instead,
participate in the Merger. See
"-- Recommendation of the General Partner."
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    CONSENT OF IPSC.   The Special  Committee considered the  fact that IPSC,  a
limited  partner  of  the  General  Partner which  is  not  affiliated  with the
Purchaser, consented to the Merger. The Special Committee noted that pursuant to
the GP Agreement, the consent of IPSC may be required to consummate the Merger.
 
    APPRAISAL.  The Special Committee considered the Appraisal delivered to  the
General  Partner by Stanger  and the fact that  the Net Asset  Value is based in
large part  on the  Appraisal.  A copy  of the  Appraisal,  which sets  forth  a
discussion  of the specific  assumptions, limitations and  qualifications of the
analysis undertaken, is attached  as Schedule II of  this Offer to Purchase  and
should  be read in its entirety by  each Unitholder. See "Appraisal; Opinions of
Financial Advisors."
 
    FAIRNESS OPINIONS.   The Special Committee  considered the Stanger  Fairness
Opinions  delivered to the General  Partner by Stanger that  the Offer Price and
the Merger Consideration are fair to  the Unitholders from a financial point  of
view.  Copies of the Stanger Fairness  Opinions, which set forth the assumptions
made, matters considered and limitations of the review undertaken, are  attached
as  Schedule III to this Offer to Purchase  and should be read in their entirety
by each Unitholder. See "Appraisal; Opinions of Financial Advisors."
 
    PREMIUM OVER RECENT  MARKET PRICES.   The Special  Committee considered  the
fact  that the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration (assuming the REIT Share
Price remains within the  Share Price Range) represents  a premium of more  than
28%  over the highest sales price in the secondary market of a Unit known to the
General Partner since January 1, 1992. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
                   APPRAISAL; OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL BY STANGER
 
    Stanger was engaged by the Partnership to appraise the real estate portfolio
of the Partnership and  has delivered a written  summary of its analysis,  based
upon  the review, analysis,  scope and limitations described  therein, as to the
fair market value of  the Partnership's portfolio as  of December 31, 1995.  The
Partnership  selected Stanger to provide the Appraisal because of its experience
and reputation  in  connection with  partnerships  and real  estate  assets.  In
addition, the General Partner desired to take advantage of the cost efficiencies
associated  with having  the same  party provide  the Appraisal  as provided the
Stanger Fairness Opinions. The  Appraisal, which contains  a description of  the
assumptions  and qualifications made, matters  considered and limitations on the
review and analysis, is set forth as  Schedule II to this Offer to Purchase  and
should   be  read  in  its  entirety.   Certain  of  the  material  assumptions,
qualifications and limitations to the Appraisal are described below.
 
    EXPERIENCE OF STANGER.   Since its  founding in 1978,  Stanger has  provided
information,  research, investment  banking and  consulting services  to clients
throughout the  United States,  including major  member firms  of the  NYSE  and
insurance  companies  and  over  70  companies  engaged  in  the  management and
operation of  partnerships and  real estate  investment trusts.  The  investment
banking  activities of  Stanger include  financial advisory  services, asset and
securities valuations, industry  and company research  and analysis,  litigation
support  and  expert  witness  services,  and  due  diligence  investigations in
connection  with  both  publicly  registered  and  privately  placed  securities
transactions.
 
    Stanger, as part of its investment banking business, is regularly engaged in
the  valuation of  businesses and their  securities in  connection with mergers,
acquisitions and  reorganizations  and  for estate,  tax,  corporate  and  other
purposes.   Stanger's  valuation  practice  principally  involves  partnerships,
partnership securities and the assets typically owned through partnerships, such
as oil and  gas reserves, real  estate, cable television  systems and  equipment
leasing assets.
 
    SUMMARY  OF  METHODOLOGY.    At  the  request  of  the  Partnership, Stanger
evaluated the Partnership's portfolio  of real estate on  a limited scope  basis
utilizing  the income approach  and the sales  comparison approach to valuation.
Appraisers typically use up  to three approaches in  valuing real property:  (i)
the  cost  approach, (ii)  the income  approach and  (iii) the  sales comparison
approach. The type and age of a property, market conditions and the quantity and
quality of  data  affect  the  applicability of  each  approach  in  a  specific
appraisal    situation.   The    value   estimated   by    the   cost   approach
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
incorporates separate estimates  of the  value of  the unimproved  site and  the
value of improvements less observed physical wear and tear and functional and/or
economic  obselescence. The income  approach estimates a  property's capacity to
produce income through an analysis of the rental market, operating expenses  and
net  income. Net income may then be processed into a value through either direct
capitalization or discounted cash flow analysis,  or a combination of these  two
methods.  The sales comparison  approach involves a  comparative analysis of the
subject property with other similar properties  that have sold recently or  that
are  currently  offered for  sale  in the  market.  Stanger considered  the cost
approach to be less  reliable than the income  approach or the sales  comparison
approach  given the  primary criteria  used by  buyers of  the type  of property
appraised in the Appraisal.
 
    While the Appraisal was  prepared for the  Partnership's entire real  estate
portfolio,  Stanger  analyzed  the  individual  properties  in  the  real estate
portfolio of  the  Partnership  by  (i)  reviewing  each  property's  historical
operating  statements,  (ii)  reviewing  and  relying  on  specific  information
regarding prospective changes in rents  and expenses for each property  provided
by the Partnership, (iii) developing information from a variety of sources about
market  conditions  for  each  individual  property  and  (iv)  considering  the
projected cash flow for each property. Representatives of Stanger performed site
inspections on  all properties  in the  Partnership during  March 1996.  In  the
course of these site visits, Stanger inspected the physical facilities, obtained
current  rental  and occupancy  information,  gathered information  on competing
properties and  the  local  market, visited  primary  competing  properties  and
interviewed   each  local  property  manager  or  assistant  manager  concerning
performance of the subject property and other factors.
 
    In conducting  the  Appraisal,  Stanger also  interviewed  and  relied  upon
Partnership  and property management personnel to obtain information relating to
the condition  of each  property, including  any deferred  maintenance,  capital
budgets,   status   of   on-going   or   newly   planned   property   additions,
reconfigurations,  improvements  and  other   factors  affecting  the   physical
condition of the property improvements.
 
    Stanger  also interviewed district or regional property management personnel
responsible for the  properties, who  are employees  of the  Purchaser, and  the
Partnership's  management  personnel,  to discuss  competitive  conditions, area
economic  and  development  trends  affecting  the  properties,  historical  and
budgeted  operating revenues and expenses and occupancies. Stanger also reviewed
historical operating  statements  and 1996  operating  budgets for  the  subject
properties,  and reviewed  surveys of  local self  storage markets  conducted by
local management personnel.
 
    To define the occupancy,  rental rate and expense  escalators to be used  in
developing  property  operating  projections, Stanger  reviewed  the acquisition
criteria and  projection parameters  in use  in the  marketplace by  major  self
storage  investors, owners  and operators.  In addition,  Stanger reviewed other
published  information  concerning  acquisition  criteria  in  use  by  property
investors  at or around December 31,  1995. Further, Stanger interviewed various
sources in local markets to identify recent sales of self storage properties and
derive  certain  valuation   indicators.  Sources  for   data  concerning   such
transactions  included local  appraisers, property owners,  real estate brokers,
tax assessors and real estate research firms.
 
    INCOME APPROACH.   Stanger then  determined the value  of the  Partnership's
portfolio  using the income approach. During the course of the site inspections,
Stanger identified competing properties and obtained data on local market rental
rates and occupancy. Stanger reviewed  historical and budgeted gross income  and
income  from ancillary sources for each  property in the portfolio and conducted
discussions with  the  property  management personnel  concerning  property  and
market  trends and competitive conditions and other pertinent information. After
assessing the above factors, Stanger  estimated each property's effective  gross
income  based  upon unit  configuration, market  rental rates,  market occupancy
rates and  estimates  of ancillary  income.  Expenses were  estimated  based  on
historical  and  budgeted operating  expenses,  discussions with  management and
certain
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
industry expense guidelines. Estimated expenses  were then deducted from  income
to  arrive at each property's estimated  net operating income. Expenses relating
solely to investor reporting and accounting were excluded.
 
    Stanger then employed  both direct capitalization  and discounted cash  flow
analysis to define the overall value of the portfolio. The direct capitalization
rate  used  by Stanger  was  based on  current  acquisition criteria  among self
storage  investors  and   reflected  in  specific   sales  transactions.   Where
appropriate,  the  capitalization  rate  used  for  an  individual  property was
adjusted to reflect valuation  factors unique to the  property, such as  overall
quality,  recent buildouts  and other  unique valuation  factors. Where deferred
maintenance  or  extraordinary  capital  expenditures  were  required,   Stanger
adjusted the capitalized value accordingly. Stanger applied capitalization rates
ranging  from 9.25%  to 10.25%  to the projected  net operating  income from the
Partnership's properties which  were considered  to be  at stabilized  occupancy
during the 12 months ending December 31, 1996.
 
    In  applying discounted cash  flow analysis, projections  of cash flows from
each property (assuming no indebtedness thereon)  were developed for a ten  year
period  ending  December  31,  2005.  Income  and  expense  escalators  used  in
developing the projections were based on projection parameters currently in  use
by property investors, market factors, historical and budgeted financial results
for  each property and inflation rates.  Income escalators generally ranged from
3% to 3.5%. In highly competitive markets or where a property's operations  were
below  stabilized  levels, income  escalators  were adjusted  as  Stanger deemed
appropriate or  until stabilized  operations  were achieved.  Effective  expense
escalators generally ranged from 2.8% to 3.4%.
 
    Stanger  then  capitalized, at  terminal  capitalization rates  ranging from
10.0% to 10.50% the estimated net operating  income of each property for the  12
months ending December 31, 2006, to determine the property's residual value. The
residual  value was discounted  after deducting appropriate  sales expenses to a
present value using the same discount rate applied to the stream of annual  cash
flows.  The discount rates utilized, ranging from  12.0% to 13.0%, were based on
current  acquisition   criteria   among   self   storage   facility   investors,
commercial/industrial  property  investors'  target  rates  for  return  and the
historical spread in rates of return between real estate and other  investments.
Stanger   then  correlated  the  values   resulting  from  each  method  (direct
capitalization and discounted cash  flow) to arrive at  a final income  approach
valuation.
 
    SALES  COMPARISON  APPROACH.   Stanger  compiled transaction  data involving
properties similar  in  type to  the  Partnership's properties  by  interviewing
sources   in  local  markets  to  identify  recent  sales  of  self  storage  or
office/storage  properties,   reviewing   publicly  available   information   on
acquisitions  of  self  storage properties,  reviewing  information  provided by
management, and contacting industry sources. Using this data, Stanger  performed
a  comparable sales analysis based upon price  per square foot. A probable range
of value  per  square  foot  was  estimated  for  each  property  based  on  the
relationship  between observed  sales prices per  square foot  and net operating
income per square foot. Price per square foot as estimated by this analysis  was
multiplied  by  the  rentable  square  footage of  each  property  to  derive an
estimated range of value.
 
    Stanger reconciled the estimated values resulting from the sales  comparison
approach  and the  income approach for  each property, and  the resulting values
were summed  to  determine  the  estimated value  of  the  Partnership's  entire
portfolio. Stanger adjusted the value conclusion for joint venture interests and
to  reflect any deferred  maintenance items associated  with the properties. The
income approach was  given primary consideration  by Stanger because  properties
such  as those owned by  the Partnership are typically  purchased and sold based
upon their income  characteristics. Stanger gave  the sales comparison  approach
secondary consideration.
 
    CONCLUSIONS  AS TO  VALUE.  Based  on the  valuation methodologies described
above, Stanger assigned a value of $40,370,000 to the portfolio of real property
assets of the Partnership.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    ASSUMPTIONS, LIMITATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS OF PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL.  Stanger
utilized certain assumptions to determine  the Appraised Value of the  portfolio
under the income approach and the sales comparison approach. See Schedule II for
a  discussion of the specific assumptions, limitations and qualifications of the
Appraisal.
 
    The Appraisal reflects Stanger's valuation  of the real estate portfolio  of
the  Partnership as  of December  31, 1995,  in the  context of  the information
available on such  date as  well as the  operating information  available as  of
March 31, 1996. Events occurring after December 31, 1995, and before the Closing
could  affect the  properties or  assumptions used  in preparing  the Appraisal.
Stanger has no  obligation to update  the Appraisal on  the basis of  subsequent
events.  In connection with preparing the Appraisal, Stanger was not engaged to,
and consequently  did not,  prepare  any written  report  or compendium  of  its
analysis  for internal or external use beyond the analysis set forth in Schedule
II. Stanger will not deliver any additional written summary of the analysis.
 
    COMPENSATION AND MATERIAL RELATIONSHIPS.  The Partnership paid Stanger a fee
of approximately $35,000 to  prepare the Appraisal. IDS2  and IDS3 also  engaged
Stanger  to appraise  their portfolios and  paid Stanger a  fee of approximately
$23,000  and  approximately  $34,000,  respectively.  In  connection  with   the
preparation  of  the  portfolio appraisals  for  the Partnership  and  the Other
Partnerships, Stanger is  entitled to  reimbursement for  reasonable travel  and
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  making  site  visits  and  preparing  the
valuations and the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, subject to  a maximum of  $35,000
(allocated  among the Partnership and the Other Partnerships based upon relative
net  asset  values),  and  is   entitled  to  indemnification  against   certain
liabilities,  including certain  liabilities under federal  securities laws. The
fees for the Appraisal were negotiated  between the Partnership and Stanger  and
payment  thereof is not dependent upon completion  of the Offer or the Merger or
the value reported.  As noted  in "--  Opinions of  the Partnership's  Financial
Advisor"  below,  certain predecessor  entities  of the  Purchaser  have engaged
Stanger to render other appraisal, consulting  or related services prior to  the
present engagement.
 
OPINIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    Stanger  was also engaged by the Partnership to deliver written summaries of
its determination as  to the  fairness of  the consideration,  from a  financial
point  of view, to be  received by the Unitholders in  the Offer and the Merger.
The full text of the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, which contain a description  of
the  assumptions  made, matters  considered and  limitations  on the  review and
analysis, is set forth in Schedule III  to this Offer to Purchase and should  be
read in its entirety. Certain of the material assumptions and limitations to the
Stanger  Fairness Opinions are described below. The summary set forth below does
not purport to  be a complete  description of  the analyses used  by Stanger  in
rendering  the Stanger  Fairness Opinions. Arriving  at a fairness  opinion is a
complex analytical process  not necessarily susceptible  to partial analysis  or
amenable to summary description.
 
    Except  for  certain  assumptions  described  more  fully  below  which  the
Partnership advised Stanger that it would be reasonable to make, the Partnership
imposed no conditions or limitations on the scope of Stanger's investigation  or
the  methods and  procedures to  be followed  in rendering  the Stanger Fairness
Opinions. The  Partnership  has  agreed to  indemnify  Stanger  against  certain
liabilities  arising  out of  Stanger's engagement  to  prepare and  deliver the
Stanger Fairness Opinions.
 
    SUMMARY OF MATERIALS  CONSIDERED.  In  the course of  Stanger's analysis  to
render  its opinions regarding this Offer  and the Merger, Stanger: (i) reviewed
drafts of this Offer to Purchase, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (as defined  in
"The  Acquisition Agreement") and the Acquisition Agreement in substantially the
forms intended to be finalized and filed with the Commission; (ii) reviewed  the
Partnership's  and the  Purchaser's Annual Reports  on Form 10-K  for the fiscal
years ended December  31, 1993,  1994 and 1995,  and the  Partnership's and  the
Purchaser's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996;
(iii)  reviewed the  Purchaser's pro  forma financial  statements and  pro forma
schedules  prepared  by  the   Partnership's  management  and  the   Purchaser's
management; (iv) performed appraisals of the properties owned by the Partnership
as of December 31,
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
1995;  (v) reviewed  information regarding purchases  and sales  of self storage
properties by the Purchaser or any affiliated entities during the prior year and
other information available  relating to acquisition  criteria for self  storage
properties;  (vi) reviewed internal financial analyses and forecasts prepared by
the Partnership (based in part on the Appraisal) of the current net  liquidation
value  of the Partnership's assets and projections of cash flow from operations,
distributions, and going  concern values  for the  Partnership; (vii)  conducted
discussions  with  senior  management  of  the  Partnership  and  the  Purchaser
regarding the conditions  in self  storage property markets,  conditions in  the
market  for sales or  acquisitions of properties  similar to those  owned by the
Partnership,  current  and  projected  operations  and  performance,   financial
condition  and future  prospects of the  properties and  the Partnership; (viii)
reviewed historical market  prices, trading  volume and dividends  for the  REIT
Shares;   and  (ix)  conducted  such  other  studies,  analyses,  inquiries  and
investigations as Stanger deemed appropriate.
 
    SUMMARY OF ANALYSIS.   The following is a  summary of certain financial  and
comparative  analyses reviewed by  Stanger in connection with  and in support of
its fairness opinions. The summary of  the opinions and analysis of Stanger  set
forth in this Offer to Purchase is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
full text of such opinions.
 
    APPRAISAL.    In preparing  its opinions,  Stanger performed  an independent
appraisal of the Partnership's portfolio of properties. During the course of the
Appraisal, Stanger  performed site  inspections of  each property  owned by  the
Partnership,  conducted inquiries  into local  market conditions  affecting each
property,  reviewed  historical  and  budgeted  operating  statements  for  each
property,   conducted  interviews  with   Partnership  and  property  management
personnel, reviewed the acquisition criteria in use in the marketplace by  major
self  storage property  investors and  owners and  other real  estate investors,
reviewed information concerning transactions involving self storage  properties,
and  estimated the market value of the  portfolio utilizing the income and sales
comparison approaches  to value.  See  "-- Real  Estate Portfolio  Appraisal  by
Stanger." Stanger observed that the Offer Price equals the pro rata interest per
Unit  in the  Appraised Value  as adjusted by  the General  Partner for non-real
estate assets and liabilities of the Partnership, estimated Transaction costs to
be borne by  the Partnership  and the Unitholders'  share of  the resulting  Net
Asset Value according to the provisions of the Partnership Agreement.
 
    REVIEW  OF LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS.   Stanger reviewed  an analysis prepared by
the management of  the Partnership  of the  estimated liquidation  value of  the
Partnership   utilizing  estimates  prepared  by  the  Partnership  of  expenses
associated with such a  liquidation and the appraised  fair market value of  the
properties as determined by the Appraisal.
 
    The  liquidation  analysis  assumed  that  each  of  the  properties  in the
portfolio was sold concurrently to an  independent third party buyer at a  price
equal  to the appraised value of the  portfolio. Costs of such property sales to
independent  third  parties   were  estimated  by   the  Partnership  to   total
approximately  4% of  real estate asset  value and are  comprised of transaction
costs, taxes, commissions and legal and  other closing costs. Such amounts  were
based  on prevailing transfer  tax rates in  the locale of  each property and on
estimates of the Partnership  based on its knowledge  and experience in  similar
real  estate transactions. The  liquidation analysis also  assumed that non-real
estate assets and liabilities except amortizable assets were sold at book  value
and  that  net  proceeds were  distributed  among  the General  Partner  and the
Unitholders in accordance with the Partnership Agreement.
 
    Stanger observed that the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration  exceeded
the estimated liquidation value per Unit by approximately $4.
 
    REVIEW  OF GOING CONCERN ANALYSIS.   Stanger reviewed financial analyses and
projections prepared by the management  of the Partnership concerning  estimated
cash  flows and distributions from continued  operation of the Partnership as an
independent stand-alone entity, and estimated sale proceeds from the liquidation
of the portfolio of properties  owned by the Partnership  in the year 2000.  The
analysis  incorporated  estimates of  cash flow  from operating  the properties,
entity level  general  and  administrative  costs,  and  cash  distributions  to
Unitholders from operations and sale of the
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
properties  owned by the  Partnership during a five  year projection period. The
analysis and projections assumed,  among other things,  that (i) operating  cash
flow  for  the  properties (after  property  tax  adjustments) would  grow  at a
compound annual rate of approximately 3%  over the five year projection  period;
(ii)  general and administrative  expenses would increase at  an average rate of
3.5% per annum over the projection period; (iii) the properties would be sold in
a single transaction at  the end of  the projection period at  a price based  on
property  cash flows  for 2001  capitalized at  a rate  of 10.0%  to 10.5%; (iv)
selling costs equal to 4% of real estate asset value would be incurred; (v) cash
flows were discounted at a rate of 12.0% to 13.0%; and (vi) the net proceeds  of
the  sale plus  other remaining non-real  estate assets less  liabilities of the
Partnership would be distributed according to the provisions of the  Partnership
Agreement.
 
    Stanger  observed that the estimated going concern values resulting from the
above analyses ranged from $251 to $235  per Unit compared with the Offer  Price
of $257 per Unit.
 
    REVIEW  OF TENDER OFFER AND SECONDARY  MARKET PRICES.  Stanger observed that
Units of  the Partnership  have been  purchased in  recent months  both  through
transactions  on the  informal secondary  market for  partnership securities and
through a tender offer.
 
    Stanger observed that Units in the Partnership have been the subject of  one
prior  tender offer.  According to information  provided by  the Partnership, on
February 28, 1996, Everest commenced a tender offer for up to 4.9% of the Units.
Stanger observed that the price offered in  this tender offer was $110 per  Unit
compared  with the Offer Price  of $257 per Unit.  Stanger also observed that on
May 20, 1996, PS  sold 1,824.5 Units  to the Purchaser for  $200 per Unit  (plus
four days' accrued interest) compared with the Offer Price of $257 per Unit.
 
    Stanger  also observed that, based on  prices reported to Stanger by various
firms active in  the informal  secondary market for  partnership interests,  the
highest  selling price reported for Units in the informal secondary market since
January 1, 1995  was $200 per  Unit compared with  the Offer Price  of $257  per
Unit.
 
    CONCLUSIONS.   Stanger concluded that, based upon the foregoing and upon its
analysis and the assumptions, qualifications  and limitations stated below,  and
as  of the  date of the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions, the Offer  Price and Merger
Consideration are fair to the Unitholders from a financial point of view.
 
    ASSUMPTIONS.  In  rendering the Stanger  Fairness Opinions, Stanger  relied,
without  independent  verification,  on  the accuracy  and  completeness  of all
financial and other information contained in this Offer to Purchase or that  was
otherwise  publicly available or furnished or otherwise communicated to Stanger.
Stanger  has  not   made  an   independent  evaluation  or   appraisal  of   the
determinations of the non-real estate assets and liabilities of the Partnership.
Stanger  relied upon the balance sheet  value determinations for the Partnership
and the adjustments  made by the  General Partner to  the real estate  portfolio
appraisals  to  arrive at  the Net  Asset  Value. Stanger  also relied  upon the
assurance of the  Purchaser, the Partnership  and the General  Partner that  the
calculations  made to determine  allocations within the  Partnership between the
General Partner  and  Unitholders are  consistent  with the  provisions  of  the
Partnership  Agreement, that any financial  projections or pro forma statements,
projections, budgets, value  estimates or adjustments  provided to Stanger  were
reasonably  prepared  or adjusted  on  bases consistent  with  actual historical
experience and reflect  the best  currently available estimates  and good  faith
judgments,  that no material  changes have occurred  in the Partnership's values
subsequent to March 31, 1996, or in the real estate portfolio values  subsequent
to  December 31, 1995,  which are not  reflected in the  Partnership's Net Asset
Value, and that the  Partnership and the  General Partner are  not aware of  any
information  or facts regarding the Partnership that would cause the information
supplied to Stanger to be incomplete or misleading.
 
    LIMITATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS OF FAIRNESS OPINIONS.  Stanger was not  asked
to and therefore did not: (i) select the method of determining the consideration
offered  in  this Offer  or the  Merger;  (ii) make  any recommendations  to the
Unitholders   with   respect   to   whether    to   tender   their   Units    or
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
approve  or reject the Merger;  (iii) express any opinion  as to the fairness of
the Merger Consideration if the actual REIT Share Price is less than $22.25;  or
(iv) express any opinion as to the business decision to effect this Offer or the
Merger,  alternatives to  this Offer or  the Merger, tax  factors resulting from
this Offer  or  the  Merger, the  impact  of  this Offer  on  the  non-tendering
Unitholders  of the  Partnership, the  allocation of  expenses relating  to this
Offer and the  Merger between  the Partnership and  the Purchaser  or among  the
Partnership  and the Other Partnerships, or on  any other terms of this Offer or
the Merger other than  the Offer Price and  the Merger Consideration.  Stanger's
opinions  are based on  business, economic, real  estate and securities markets,
and other conditions as of the date of its analysis.
 
    In connection with preparing the fairness opinions, Stanger was not  engaged
to,  and consequently did not,  prepare any written report  or compendium of its
analysis for internal or external use beyond the analysis set forth in  Schedule
III  to this Offer to Purchase. Stanger  will not deliver any additional written
summary of the analysis.
 
    COMPENSATION AND MATERIAL  RELATIONSHIPS.  Stanger  has been paid  a fee  of
$180,000 by the Partnership for preparing the Stanger Fairness Opinions relating
to  this Offer  and the Merger.  IDS2 and  IDS3 also engaged  Stanger to prepare
fairness opinions relating to the  Additional Offers and the Additional  Mergers
and  paid  Stanger  a fee  of  $122,000  and $178,000,  respectively,  for those
opinions. In connection with  its preparation of the  fairness opinions and  the
real estate portfolio appraisals for the Partnership and the Other Partnerships,
Stanger  will be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including
legal fees, up to a maximum of $35,000, allocated among the Partnership and  the
Other  Partnerships (based on  their relative net  asset values) and indemnified
against certain  liabilities, including  certain liabilities  under the  federal
securities  laws.  The  fee for  the  Stanger Fairness  Opinions  was negotiated
between the  Partnership and  Stanger. Payment  of  its fee  to Stanger  is  not
dependent  upon completion of this Offer  or the Merger. Predecessor entities to
the Purchaser retained Stanger to perform  appraisals and to deliver a  fairness
opinion  and special reports  in connection with  the Consolidation. Stanger was
paid approximately  $1,025,000  and  was  reimbursed  for  certain  expenses  in
connection  with those  services. In  addition, the  Purchaser has  paid certain
nominal amounts  to  Stanger  for  subscriptions  to  Stanger-prepared  national
publications. Stanger has also been compensated for preparing the Appraisal. See
"--  Real Estate  Portfolio Appraisal  by Stanger  -- Compensation  and Material
Relationships."
 
OPINION OF THE PURCHASER'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    In March  1996, the  Purchaser  retained Alex.  Brown  to act  as  financial
advisor  to the  Special Committee  in connection  with the  Transaction and the
Additional Transactions,  including  rendering  its  opinion  to  the  Board  of
Directors of the Purchaser as to the fairness to the Purchaser, from a financial
point  of view, of the consideration payable to the limited partners and general
partners of  the  Partnerships.  The  Purchaser  and  Alex.  Brown  subsequently
executed a formal engagement letter on June 20, 1996.
 
    At  the July  1, 1996 meeting  of the Special  Committee, representatives of
Alex. Brown rendered  to the  Board of Directors  of the  Purchaser its  opinion
that,  as of that date, and subject  to the assumptions made, matters considered
and  limitations  set  forth   in  such  opinion   and  summarized  below,   the
consideration  payable by  the Purchaser in  the Transaction  and the Additional
Transactions was fair,  from a  financial point of  view, to  the Purchaser.  No
limitations  were imposed by the Special Committee upon Alex. Brown with respect
to the  investigations  made or  procedures  followed  by it  in  rendering  its
opinion.
 
    THE  FULL TEXT  OF ALEX.  BROWN'S WRITTEN  OPINION DATED  JULY 1,  1996 (THE
"ALEX. BROWN OPINION"), WHICH SETS FORTH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, ASSUMPTIONS  MADE,
MATTERS  CONSIDERED AND  LIMITATIONS ON  THE REVIEW  UNDERTAKEN, IS  ATTACHED AS
SCHEDULE IV TO THIS OFFER TO  PURCHASE AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY  REFERENCE.
THE  ALEX. BROWN  OPINION ADDRESSES  ONLY THE FAIRNESS  TO THE  PURCHASER OF THE
CONSIDERATION PAYABLE BY  THE PURCHASER  IN THE TRANSACTION  AND THE  ADDITIONAL
TRANSACTIONS. THE ALEX. BROWN
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
OPINION  DOES NOT  ADDRESS THE  FAIRNESS OF  THE TRANSACTION  AND THE ADDITIONAL
TRANSACTIONS TO THE LIMITED  PARTNERS OR GENERAL  PARTNERS OF THE  PARTNERSHIPS.
THE DISCUSSION OF THE ALEX. BROWN OPINION IN THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE IS QUALIFIED
IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF THE ALEX. BROWN OPINION.
 
    In  connection with rendering the Alex.  Brown Opinion, Alex. Brown reviewed
certain publicly available financial  information and certain internal  analyses
and other information concerning the Purchaser and the Partnerships furnished to
it  by the Purchaser. Alex. Brown also  held discussions with the members of the
senior management of the Purchaser regarding the businesses and prospects of the
Purchaser and the Partnerships and the joint prospects of a combined entity.  In
addition,  Alex. Brown (i) reviewed the reported prices and trading activity for
REIT Shares and  the equity  units of each  of the  Partnerships, (ii)  compared
certain  financial and stock  market information for  the Purchaser with similar
information for  certain  comparable  companies whose  securities  are  publicly
traded,  (iii)  reviewed  the  financial terms  of  certain  recent  real estate
transactions deemed comparable in whole or  in part, (iv) reviewed the terms  of
the  Acquisition Agreement and certain related  documents and (v) performed such
other studies  and analyses  and  considered such  other  factors as  it  deemed
appropriate.
 
    In  conducting its  review and  arriving at  the Alex.  Brown Opinion, Alex.
Brown assumed and relied upon,  without independent verification, the  accuracy,
completeness  and fairness of the information furnished to or otherwise reviewed
by or  discussed with  it. With  respect  to the  financial projections  of  the
Partnerships  and the Purchaser and other  information relating to the prospects
of the Partnerships and  the Purchaser provided to  Alex. Brown by each  entity,
Alex.  Brown assumed that such projections and other information were reasonably
prepared and reflected the best  currently available judgments and estimates  of
the  respective  managements of  the Partnerships  and the  Purchaser as  to the
likely future financial  performances of  their respective entities  and of  the
combined  entity. Alex. Brown  expressed no view  as to such  projections or the
assumptions on which they  were based. Alex. Brown  did not make an  independent
evaluation  or appraisal of the assets of the Partnerships. However, Alex. Brown
reviewed the Appraisal with respect to  the real estate assets, although it  was
not  permitted  to rely  upon  the Appraisal  for  purposes of  the  Alex. Brown
Opinion. Alex. Brown  assumed that the  Appraisal was prepared  on a  reasonable
basis. The Alex. Brown Opinion is based on market, economic and other conditions
as they existed and could be evaluated as of the date thereof.
 
    The  following is a summary of  the material analyses performed and material
factors considered by Alex. Brown in  connection with rendering the Alex.  Brown
Opinion.
 
    HISTORICAL  FINANCIAL  POSITION.    Alex. Brown  reviewed  and  analyzed for
informational purposes the  historical and  current financial  condition of  the
Purchaser  and  the  Partnerships  which  included:  (i)  an  assessment  of the
Partnerships' recent financial statements; (ii)  an analysis of the  Purchaser's
and  the  Partnerships' revenue,  growth and  operating performance  trends; and
(iii) an assessment of  the Partnerships' leverage, market  share and access  to
markets.
 
    HISTORICAL  STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE.  Alex.  Brown reviewed and analyzed the
daily closing per share market prices, trading volume, and 20 day moving average
stock price for  the REIT  Shares, from  June 25, 1995  to June  25, 1996.  This
information  was  presented to  give  the Special  Committee  background trading
information over the period  indicated. Alex. Brown  also reviewed and  analyzed
information  regarding the market prices and trading volume of the Partnerships'
units, on a quarterly basis from September 1995 to April 1996.
 
    ANALYSIS OF CERTAIN OTHER PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANIES.  This analysis examines
a company's valuation in the public market  as compared to the valuation in  the
public  market of other  selected publicly traded  companies, in each  case as a
multiple of  its  funds  from  operations, defined  as  per  share  net  income,
excluding  extraordinary  gains or  losses, plus  depreciation from  real estate
assets ("Funds  From Operations"),  estimated  for 1996  and 1997.  Alex.  Brown
compared  certain  financial  information  relating  to  the  Purchaser  and the
Partnerships to certain  corresponding information  with respect to  a group  of
four  publicly traded REITs engaged primarily  in the acquisition, operation and
management of storage center properties, namely the following companies: Storage
USA, Inc., Storage Trust
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
Realty,  Sovran  Self  Storage,  Inc.   and  PS  (collectively,  the   "Selected
Companies"). Such financial information included, among other things, (i) common
equity  market  prices,  (ii)  per  share estimated  1996  and  1997  Funds From
Operations and (iii) ratios  of common equity market  prices per share  ("Equity
Values")  to  estimated  Funds From  Operations.  In  the case  of  the Selected
Companies, the  financial information  used  was based  on the  latest  reported
quarterly period as derived from publicly available information and on estimated
Funds  from Operations for  calendar years 1996  and 1997 as  reported by REALTY
STOCK REVIEW. Alex. Brown obtained reference ranges of multiples of Equity Value
to estimated calendar year 1996 Funds From  Operations of 9.9x to 12.5x, with  a
mean  of 11.0x,  and Equity  Value to  estimated calendar  year 1997  Funds From
Operations of 8.8x to 11.3x, with a mean of 10.1x, in each case for the Selected
Companies. Applying such  reference multiple  ranges to  the estimated  calendar
year  1996 and 1997  Funds From Operations  for each of  the Partnerships, Alex.
Brown determined reference valuation ranges from the Partnerships (on a combined
basis) of $105.3 million to $132.0 million, with a mean of $116.6 million, based
upon estimated calendar year 1996 Funds  From Operations, and $108.8 million  to
$136.3  million, with  a mean of  $120.4 million, based  upon estimated calendar
year 1997 Funds From Operations. As a result of the foregoing procedures,  Alex.
Brown  noted  that  the consideration  of  approximately $106.6  million  in the
aggregate to  be  paid  by  the  Purchaser in  the  Transaction  and  the  Other
Transactions  was  at the  lower  end of,  or below,  the  ranges of  the values
obtained with respect to the Selected Companies.
 
    ANALYSIS OF SELECTED  REAL ESTATE  ACQUISITIONS.  Alex.  Brown reviewed  the
financial  terms, to the  extent publicly available, of  15 proposed, pending or
completed real estate transactions in the storage center industry (the "Selected
Transactions"), and  calculated  for  each of  the  Selected  Transactions,  the
Transaction  and the Additional Transactions the capitalization rate, defined as
net operating income (minus capital expenditures) divided by the purchase  price
for  the properties. The Selected Transactions  consisted of (i) the Purchaser's
bid to  acquire four  National  Self Storage  properties, (ii)  the  Purchaser's
September 1, 1994 acquisition of Colonial Self-Storage, (iii) Storage USA Inc.'s
September  12, 1995  acquisition of 13  storage center  properties, (iv) Storage
USA, Inc.'s April  13, 1995  acquisition of  25 storage  center properties,  (v)
Storage  USA, Inc.'s April 13, 1995 acquisition of 16 storage center properties,
(vi) Storage Trust Realty's acquisition  of Balcor/Colonial Storage Income  Fund
- --  86, (vii) Storage Trust  Realty's October 6, 1995  acquisition of 14 storage
center properties, (viii) Sovran Self Storage, Inc.'s June 30, 1995  acquisition
of  12  storage center  properties, (ix)  U-Haul  International, Inc.'s  bid for
Balcor/Colonial Storage Income Fund -- 86, (x) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition of
Prudential-Bache/Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-1, (xi) PS's June 14, 1996 acquisition of
Prudential-Bache/Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-3, (xiii) PS's June 14, 1996  acquisition
of  Prudential-Bache/ Watson & Taylor, Ltd.-4, (xiv) PS's pending acquisition of
Storage Properties, Inc. and (xv) PS's February 29, 1996 acquisition of Southern
Self Storage. Alex. Brown noted that  the capitalization rate based on the  last
reported  annual  net  operating income  prior  to the  transaction  (year ended
December 31, 1995 in the case of the Partnerships) was 8.7% for the Partnerships
(on a combined basis), which was at the lower end of the range of 8.5% to 10.3%,
with a mean of 9.4%, determined for the Selected Transactions. Alex. Brown  also
noted  that the capitalization rate based  on the projected net operating income
for the year in which the acquisition  took place was 9.6% for the  Partnerships
(on a combined basis), falling in the middle of the range of 9.0% to 10.5%, with
a  mean of 9.7% determined for the  Selected Transactions. All multiples for the
Selected Transactions were based on public information available at the time  of
announcement  of such transaction, without  taking into account differing market
and other  conditions during  the  two year  period  during which  the  Selected
Transactions occurred.
 
    DISCOUNTED  CASH FLOW ANALYSIS.   Alex. Brown  obtained reference values for
each of the  Partnerships by  means of a  discounted cash  flow analysis,  which
values  a business based on the current value of the future cash flow that it is
projected to generate. To establish a current value under this approach,  future
cash  flow must be estimated and  an appropriate discount rate determined. Alex.
Brown used projections and other information provided by the managements of  the
Partnerships  to  estimate  free cash  flows,  defined as  total  revenues minus
property operating and maintenance expenses, property management expenses,  real
estate taxes and capital expenditures ("Free Cash
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Flows"),  for the years ended 1996 through  2006, inclusive, with respect to the
assets of the Partnerships, using discount rates ranging from 11.0% to 13.0% and
terminal value capitalization  rates applied  to projected 2006  Free Cash  Flow
ranging  from 9.0% to 11.5%. Alex. Brown arrived at such discount rates based on
its judgement  of the  weighted average  cost of  capital of  the Purchaser  and
arrived   at  such  terminal  values  based   on  its  review  of  the  Selected
Transactions. This analysis indicated  a range of  values for the  Partnerships'
real  estate  of $106,459,161  to $133,081,669  on  a Free  Cash Flow  basis, as
compared to the imputed value of  the Partnerships' real estate of  $121,780,000
under the terms of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions.
 
    Alex.   Brown  also  applied   a  discounted  cash   flow  analysis  to  the
Partnerships'  projected  Funds  From   Operations,  and  funds  available   for
distribution, defined as Funds From Operations less capital expenditures, tenant
improvements   and  commissions  ("Funds  Available  for  Distribution"),  using
discount rates ranging  from 11.0%  to 13.0% and  terminal value  capitalization
rates  applied to Funds From Operations and Funds Available for Distribution, as
the case may be, projected for the year 2006, ranging from 9.0% to 11.5%.  Alex.
Brown  noted that this analysis indicated a range of values for the Partnerships
of $102,002,516 to $127,549,435 based  upon estimated Funds From Operations  and
$98,397,791   to  $123,189,094   based  upon   estimated  Funds   Available  for
Distribution. Based upon  the Appraisal  and certain  balance sheet  adjustments
provided  by management, the  Partnerships' indicated Net  Asset Value, which is
also nominally the amount of  consideration to be paid  by the Purchaser in  the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions, is $106,578,185, which falls at the
lower end of the reference ranges of imputed values derived from the analysis.
 
    PRO  FORMA COMBINED EARNINGS ANALYSIS.  Alex. Brown analyzed the Transaction
and the Additional Transactions with respect to the resulting dilution/accretion
to the Purchaser's estimated Funds From Operations for the years ending 1996 and
1997 (assuming different levels of  cash and stock comprising the  consideration
paid),  after taking into account any potential cost savings and other synergies
but not taking into account nonrecurring  costs relating to the Transaction  and
the  Additional Transactions. Alex.  Brown noted that  after taking into account
potential cost savings and other synergies  for the years ending 1996 and  1997,
respectively, and before nonrecurring costs relating thereto the Transaction and
the  Additional  Transactions would  be  slightly accretive  to  the Purchaser's
estimated Funds From Operations for such years.
 
    REAL ESTATE MARKET AND  ECONOMIC FACTORS.  In  rendering its opinion,  Alex.
Brown  considered, among other factors, the condition of the U.S. stock markets,
particularly in  the real  estate  sector, and  the  current level  of  economic
activity.
 
    ANALYSIS  OF  OFFERS  ABSENT  CONSUMMATION OF  MERGERS.    Alex.  Brown also
examined the financial effects to the  Purchaser of consummating one or more  of
the  Offer or the Additional Offers without also consummating the related Merger
or Additional Merger. Alex.  Brown observed that while  a failure to  consummate
the  Merger or an Additional  Merger would result in  the assets of the relevant
partnership not  being  owned entirely  by  the  Purchaser and  certain  of  the
anticipated  combination synergies not being realized by the Purchaser, the cash
purchase price offered by the Purchaser in each of the Offer and the  Additional
Offers  generally would result  in accretion to  the Purchaser's estimated Funds
From Operations on a per  Unit basis, excluding nonrecurring transaction  costs,
regardless of how many Units were actually purchased.
 
    No  company used in the analysis of  other publicly traded companies nor any
transaction used in the analysis of selected mergers and acquisitions summarized
above is  identical  to  the  Purchaser  or  the  Partnerships  or  any  of  the
Transaction  and the  Additional Transactions.  Accordingly, such  analyses must
take into account differences in the financial and operating characteristics  of
the  Selected Companies and the companies in the Selected Transactions and other
factors that would affect the public trading value and acquisition value of  the
Selected Companies and the Selected Transactions, respectively.
 
    While  the foregoing summary  describes all analyses  and factors that Alex.
Brown deemed  material  in  rendering the  Alex.  Brown  Opinion, it  is  not  a
comprehensive description of all analyses and
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
factors  considered by Alex. Brown.  The preparation of a  fairness opinion is a
complex process that involves various determinations as to the most  appropriate
and  relevant method of financial analysis  and the application of these methods
to the particular circumstances and, therefore, the process of preparing such an
opinion is not readily susceptible to summary description. Alex. Brown  believes
that  its analyses must be considered as  a whole and that selecting portions of
its analyses  and of  the  factors considered  by  it, without  considering  all
analyses  and the factors considered  by it, could create  an incomplete view of
the  evaluation  process  underlying  the  Alex.  Brown  Opinion.  The  analyses
performed  by Alex.  Brown are  not necessarily  indicative of  actual values or
future results, which  may be significantly  more or less  favorable than  those
suggested  by  such  analyses.  Accordingly,  such  analyses  and  estimates are
inherently subject to substantial  uncertainty. Additionally, analyses  relating
to  the value of  a business do not  purport to be appraisals  or to reflect the
prices at which the  business actually may be  sold. Furthermore, no opinion  is
being  expressed as to the  prices at which REIT Shares  may trade at any future
time.
 
    Pursuant to a letter agreement dated June 20, 1996 between the Purchaser and
Alex. Brown,  the fees  payable to  Alex. Brown  for rendering  the Alex.  Brown
Opinion  are $400,000. In addition, the  Purchaser has agreed to reimburse Alex.
Brown for  its reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses  incurred in  connection  with
rendering  financial advisory services, including  fees and disbursements of its
legal counsel.  The  Purchaser has  agreed  to  indemnify Alex.  Brown  and  its
directors,  officers,  agents,  employees and  controlling  persons  for certain
costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages  and liabilities related to or  arising
out of its rendering of services under its engagement as financial advisor.
 
    The  Special Committee retained Alex. Brown to act as its advisor based upon
Alex. Brown having  acted as  managing underwriter of  a past  offering of  REIT
Shares and as financial advisor to a special committee of the Board of Directors
of  the Purchaser regarding its merger with Shurgard Incorporated and based upon
Alex. Brown's qualifications, reputation, experience and expertise. Alex.  Brown
is  an internationally  recognized investment banking  firm and,  as a customary
part of  its  investment  banking  business, is  engaged  in  the  valuation  of
businesses  and their  securities in  connection with  mergers and acquisitions,
negotiated underwritings, private placements and for other purposes. Alex. Brown
may actively trade the  equity securities of the  Purchaser for its own  account
and  for the account of  its customers and, accordingly, may  at any time hold a
long or short position in such securities. Alex. Brown maintains a market in the
REIT Shares and regularly publishes research reports regarding the REIT industry
and the businesses  and securities of  the Purchaser and  other publicly  traded
companies in the REIT industry.
 
                           THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  provisions  of  the Acquisition
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Schedule 14D-1 and  the
Schedule  13E-3 and is  incorporated herein by reference.  This summary does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full
text of the Acquisition Agreement. For purposes of this section, the Partnership
is  sometimes  referred  to  as   "IDS1,"  the  Partnerships  are  referred   to
individually  as  a "Partnership,"  the Merger  and  the Additional  Mergers are
collectively referred to as the "Merger" and the total consideration to be  paid
to  the limited partners and the general partner of each Partnership is referred
to as the "Merger Consideration" with respect to that Partnership.
 
THE TENDER OFFER
 
    The  Acquisition  Agreement  provides  that  the  Purchaser  will  use   its
reasonable  best efforts to  consummate this Offer and  the Additional Offers as
soon as legally permissible and, subject to the terms and conditions this  Offer
and  the Additional Offers, to accept for payment and pay for all Units tendered
promptly following the expiration of this  Offer and the Additional Offers.  The
Purchaser  may not change  the form of  the consideration, reduce  the amount of
consideration offered per Unit or amend any other material term of this Offer or
either of the  Additional Offers in  a manner  adverse to the  interests of  the
limited partners of any of the Partnerships without the prior written consent of
the general partner of the applicable Partnership.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
THE MERGER
 
    Subject  to the  terms and conditions  of the Acquisition  Agreement, at the
effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time") each Partnership as to which
the conditions to closing have been satisfied or waived (each, a  "Participating
Partnership"),  will  be  merged  with  and  into  the  Purchaser,  the separate
existence of the Participating Partnerships  will cease, and the Purchaser  will
continue as the surviving entity of the Merger.
 
    At the Effective Time, for each of the Participating Partnerships, each Unit
(other  than Units owned by the Purchaser) and the GP Interest will be converted
into the right to receive (i) that number of REIT Shares calculated by  dividing
(a) the Net Asset Value of the applicable Partnership that would be allocated to
one  Unit or the GP  Interest, as the case  may be, if the  Net Asset Value were
distributed  in  a  dissolution  of  the  Partnership  in  accordance  with  its
partnership  agreement (a  "Dissolution") by (b)  the REIT Share  Price and (ii)
cash in lieu of a fractional REIT Share and Additional Consideration (as defined
below), if any, that would be allocated to  one Unit or the GP Interest, as  the
case  may be, if such cash payments were distributed in a Dissolution. All Units
owned by the Purchaser  will be cancelled upon  consummation of the Merger.  Net
Asset  Value  for  purposes of  determining  the Merger  Consideration  for each
Partnership was calculated in the same manner as Net Asset Value for purposes of
determining the Offer Price. See "Summary -- Determination of the Offer Price."
 
    Under the Acquisition Agreement, "REIT Share Price" is equal to the  average
of  the  per share  closing prices  on the  NYSE  of REIT  Shares during  the 20
consecutive trading days ending on the fifth  trading day prior to the date  the
general  partner of  the applicable Partnership  actually calls for  the vote to
approve the Merger. If the REIT Share Price, however, is less than $22.25,  then
for  purposes  of calculating  the number  of REIT  Shares to  be issued  in the
Merger, the REIT Share  Price will be  deemed to equal $22.25,  and if the  REIT
Share  Price is greater than $27.75, then for purposes of calculating the number
of REIT Shares to be issued in the  Merger, the REIT Share Price will be  deemed
to equal $27.75.
 
    In  the  event  the  REIT  Share  Price  exceeds  $28.50  for  a  particular
Partnership, the Purchaser has the right to terminate the Acquisition  Agreement
as  to that Partnership. In  the event the REIT Share  Price is less than $21.50
for a  particular  Partnership, the  general  partner of  that  Partnership  may
withdraw  its recommendation in favor of the applicable Merger and terminate the
Acquisition Agreement as to that  Partnership; provided, however, that prior  to
withdrawing  its recommendation or  terminating the Acquisition  Agreement as to
that Partnership, the general partner must adjourn the special meeting for  such
period  or  periods of  time as  the  Purchaser may  reasonably request  and the
general partner may not withdraw its  recommendation if the Purchaser agrees  to
pay  "Additional Consideration." "Additional  Consideration" means, with respect
to each Partnership,  that amount of  cash equal to  the difference between  the
REIT  Share Price calculated without regard to the Share Price Range and $21.50,
multiplied by the  number of  REIT Shares  issuable pursuant  to the  applicable
Merger.
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement  provides that  in the  event the  payment of the
Merger Consideration pursuant to the  Acquisition Agreement would result in  the
issuance by the Purchaser of more than 20% of the REIT Shares, the Purchaser may
elect to pay cash in lieu of REIT Shares in excess of such amount. The Purchaser
currently  does not expect that the number of REIT Shares issued pursuant to the
Acquisition Agreement will exceed 20% of the REIT Shares.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    In the Acquisition Agreement, the Purchaser has made various representations
and warranties  to each  Partnership, including  representations and  warranties
relating to (i) the due organization of the Purchaser and its authority to enter
into  the  Acquisition  Agreement,  (ii)  the absence  of  the  need  (except as
specified) for third-party  or governmental  consents to the  Merger, (iii)  the
Merger's  nonviolation  of laws  and material  agreements, (iv)  the Purchaser's
capitalization, (v) the due authorization of the REIT Shares to be issued in the
Merger,  (vi)  the  accuracy  of  publicly  filed  documents,  (vii)   financial
statements, (viii) full disclosure and (ix) the absence of material litigation.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    In   addition,  each  Partnership  has   made  various  representations  and
warranties  to  the  Purchaser,  including  (i)  the  due  organization  of  the
Partnership,  (ii) its authority to enter  into the Acquisition Agreement, (iii)
the absence of the  need (except as specified)  for third-party or  governmental
consents  to  its Merger  and  its Merger's  nonviolation  of laws  and material
agreements, (iv)  the  accuracy  of  publicly  filed  documents,  (v)  financial
statements,  (vi) full  disclosure, (vii)  the absence  of defaults  of material
agreements, (viii) the absence of material litigation, (ix) title to assets  and
properties and absence of environmental liabilities, and (x) payment of taxes.
 
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE EFFECTIVE TIME
 
    Each Partnership has agreed that, prior to the Effective Time or the earlier
termination  of the Acquisition Agreement, it will  carry on its business in the
ordinary course in  substantially the  same manner as  previously conducted  and
will  use  its  reasonable  efforts  to  preserve  intact  its  present business
organization and  goodwill, maintain  permits, licenses  and authorizations  and
preserve  its relationship with third parties. In addition, each Partnership has
agreed to  use its  best efforts  to  manage its  business, including,  but  not
limited to, suspending cash distributions to its partners if the General Partner
deems  it advisable to do so, so  that the Partnership's Closing Net Asset Value
(as defined below) will not be less  than the Partnership's Net Asset Value.  To
the  extent  the Partnership's  Closing Net  Asset Value  exceeds its  Net Asset
Value, a cash  distribution in the  amount of such  excess will be  made to  the
Partnership's   pre-Merger  partners  in  accordance   with  the  terms  of  the
Partnership Agreement as soon as practicable following the Closing.
 
    "Closing Net Asset Value" means, with  respect to each of the  Partnerships,
(i)  the sum of (a) the  Appraised Value, (b) the cost,  incurred to the date of
Closing, of unit conversions and buildouts,  if any, that were not reflected  in
the  Appraised Value,  and (c)  the book values  of the  non-real estate assets,
except for amortizable  assets, of the  Partnership as of  the date of  Closing,
less  (ii)  the sum  of (x)  such Partnership's  liabilities as  of the  date of
Closing, (y) the estimated cost remaining to be incurred, if any, as of the date
of Closing to complete the buildouts and unit conversions that were included  in
the  Appraised Value, and (z) such Partnership's Individual Transaction Expenses
and allocated portion of Shared Transaction Expenses.
 
S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY STATEMENT
 
    The Acquisition Agreement provides that  the Purchaser and the  Partnerships
will  promptly  prepare  and  file  with  the  Commission  a  preliminary  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, together with a form of proxy, with respect to the special
meetings of the limited partners of the Partnerships at which they will be asked
to vote  upon  and  approve  the  Acquisition  Agreement,  and  as  promptly  as
practicable  thereafter, subject to compliance with  the rules and regulation of
the Commission, will  prepare and file  a definitive Proxy  Statement/Prospectus
and  form of proxy  with respect to  such meeting, and  shall use all reasonable
efforts to  have the  Proxy Statement/Prospectus  cleared by  the Commission  as
promptly   as  practicable,  and  promptly   thereafter  shall  mail  the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus to the limited partners. The Purchaser will, as promptly as
practicable, prepare and file  with the Commission  a Registration Statement  on
Form   S-4   (the   "S-4   Registration   Statement")   containing   the   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, in connection with  the registration under the  Securities
Act of the REIT Shares to be issued in the Merger.
 
MEETING OF LIMITED PARTNERS OF THE PARTNERSHIP; RECOMMENDATION OF GENERAL
PARTNERS
 
    Promptly  after the consummation of this Offer and the Additional Offers and
the declaration  of effectiveness  by  the Commission  of the  S-4  Registration
Statement,  each Partnership will take all  action necessary, in accordance with
the WULPA and  its partnership agreement,  to convene a  special meeting of  its
limited  partners to  consider and vote  upon the Acquisition  Agreement and the
Merger. The Proxy  Statement/Prospectus will contain  the recommendation of  the
general  partners of  the Partnerships  that the  Unitholders vote  to adopt and
approve the Acquisition Agreement. The Purchaser intends to vote any Units owned
by it in favor of the Merger at the special meetings of limited partners.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
IPSC CONSENT
 
    Pursuant to the GP  Agreement, the general partners  of the General  Partner
may  not have  authority to approve  the Merger  without the consent  of IPSC, a
limited partner  of  the  General  Partner which  is  not  affiliated  with  the
Purchaser. IPSC reviewed the Acquisition Agreement and the form of this Offer to
Purchase,  the  registration statement  relating  to the  Merger,  including the
preliminary Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the draft Appraisal and the forms of the
Stanger Fairness Opinions, and retained independent legal counsel. IPSC did  not
conduct  any due diligence review of the  information contained in this Offer to
Purchase  and  has  not  participated  in  the  management  or  control  of  the
Partnership.  Based on its review of  documents, the General Partner's review of
alternatives  to  the  Transaction  and  the  Stanger  Fairness  Opinions,  IPSC
consented  to  the Merger.  IPSC has  significant conflicts  of interest  in the
Transaction and the Additional Transactions  because an affiliate of IPSC  plans
to  tender its Units in this  Offer and to tender its  units of IDS2 and IDS3 in
the Additional Offers and, as a result,  will receive $79,156 for its tender  of
Units,  $136,752 for its tender  of units of IDS2 and  $18,480 for its tender of
units of IDS3. In addition, if  the Mergers are consummated, IPSC would  receive
(based  upon an assumed REIT Share Price of $25.00) approximately 32,050, 21,500
and 52,600 REIT Shares with respect to its limited partnership interests in  the
General  Partner, the general partner  of IDS2 and the  general partner of IDS3,
respectively. See "Interests of Certain Persons."
 
AMENDMENTS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS
 
    The partnership agreements of IDS2 and  IDS3 currently prohibit the sale  of
any  property by those  Partnerships to their general  partners or affiliates of
their  general  partners.  Approval  of   the  Acquisition  Agreement  and   the
transactions  contemplated thereby by the limited partners of IDS2 and IDS3 will
also constitute  approval  of  the  necessary  amendments  to  their  respective
partnership agreements to permit consummation of the Merger.
 
STANDSTILL AGREEMENT
 
    The  Purchaser has agreed  that, upon its admission  as a substitute limited
partner with respect to the Units it purchases in this Offer and the  Additional
Offers,  it will not, directly or  indirectly, without the prior written consent
of a majority of the general partners  of the general partner of the  applicable
Partnership  (i) acquire any  additional Units of  the Partnership, (ii) propose
any merger  or other  business combination  involving the  Partnership or  (iii)
propose  any other transaction pursuant to which it would control or acquire any
of the assets of the  Partnership. This provision is  referred to herein as  the
"Standstill Agreement."
 
NO SOLICITATION OF TRANSACTIONS
 
    Until the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, no Partnership will, nor
will  it permit its  partners (including any  general or limited  partner of its
general  partner),   agents  or   other  representatives   (including,   without
limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or accountant  retained by it) to,
directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit  or encourage, or, except as  required
by  law, including  fiduciary duties required  by law, engage  in discussions or
negotiations with or provide any information to any entity or group (other  than
the  Purchaser  or an  affiliate of  the  Purchaser) concerning  any acquisition
proposal, tender  offer,  exchange  offer,  merger,  consolidation,  sale  of  a
substantial  amount of assets, or sale of  securities or equity interests, or in
connection with a liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving such
Partnership. Subject to fiduciary duty  requirements of their general  partners,
the  Partnerships have  agreed to notify  the Purchaser immediately  if any such
inquiries or proposals are received by, any such information is requested  from,
or  any such negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or continued
with, the Partnerships, and  have agreed to keep  the Purchaser informed of  the
status and terms of any such proposals and any such negotiations or discussions.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    From  and after  the Effective Time,  the Purchaser will  indemnify and hold
harmless the general partner of each  of the Participating Partnerships and  its
general  and limited partners  to the same  extent that such  persons would have
been entitled  to  indemnification  by the  Partnership  under  its  partnership
agreement.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE MERGER
 
    The  consummation of a Merger as to  any Partnership is not conditioned upon
the consummation of a Merger as to any other Partnership. In the event that  the
conditions  to Closing have been satisfied or  waived with respect to one or two
Partnerships, the Merger may be effected with respect to such Partnerships,  and
in the event the conditions to Closing subsequently are satisfied or waived with
respect  to any additional Partnerships,  the Merger may be  effected as to such
Partnerships.
 
    CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS.  The respective obligations of  each
party  to effect the Merger are subject to the fulfillment on or before the date
of Closing of the following conditions: (i) the Acquisition Agreement shall have
been approved by the requisite vote of the limited partners of the Partnerships;
(ii) no injunctions relating to  the Merger or any  of the parties thereto  that
would  have a  material adverse effect  on the  Purchaser or on  the business or
properties of the Partnership, taken as  a whole or individually, or that  would
prevent consummation of the Merger, will have been issued or remain outstanding;
(iii)  the S-4 Registration  Statement will have been  declared effective by the
Commission  under  the  Securities  Act   and  no  stop  order  suspending   the
effectiveness of the S-4 Registration Statement shall have been issued; and (iv)
the  REIT Shares will have been authorized for listing on the NYSE upon official
notice of issuance.
 
    CONDITIONS TO  THE  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE PURCHASER.    In  addition  to  the
foregoing conditions, the obligation of the Purchaser to effect the Merger as to
each  Partnership is further subject to fulfillment or waiver before the date of
Closing of the following  conditions: (i) receipt of  a fairness opinion by  the
Purchaser from Alex. Brown as to the fairness to the Purchaser, from a financial
point  of view, of the Offer Price and the Merger Consideration; (ii) receipt of
a certificate from the General Partner as of the date of Closing certifying that
the Closing Net Asset Value of each  Partnership is not less than the Net  Asset
Value  of the Partnership; (iii) there will have been no material adverse change
in the Partnership's ability to consummate  the Merger, or in the  Partnership's
business,  operations, properties, assets or  condition, financial or otherwise,
since the  date  of the  Acquisition  Agreement; (iv)  the  representations  and
warranties  of the Partnerships will be true  in all material respects as of the
date of Closing;  (v) all necessary  consents and approvals  from third  parties
shall  have been obtained; and (vi) the Purchaser shall have received an opinion
from counsel to the Partnerships.
 
    CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE  PARTNERSHIPS.  The obligation of  each
of the Partnerships to effect the Merger is subject to the fulfillment or waiver
in writing by the applicable Partnership on or before the date of Closing of the
following  conditions: (i)  the Partnership will  have received  an opinion from
Stanger as to the fairness  to the limited partners  of the Partnership, from  a
financial  point of view, of the Offer  Price and the Merger Consideration; (ii)
there has not been any material adverse change in the Purchaser's ability to pay
the  Merger  Consideration,   or  in  the   Purchaser's  business,   operations,
properties,  assets or condition, financial or  otherwise, since the date of the
Acquisition Agreement; (iii) the representations and warranties of the Purchaser
contained in the Acquisition Agreement will be true in all material respects  as
of  the date of  the Acquisition Agreement  and on the  Effective Date; (iv) the
Purchaser will have  performed or  complied with  in all  material respects  all
obligations,  agreements and covenants contained in the Acquisition Agreement to
be performed and complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Date; (v)  all
necessary  consents and approvals  from third parties  shall have been obtained;
and (vi) the  Partnership shall  have received an  opinion from  counsel to  the
Purchaser.
 
TERMINATION
 
    With   respect  to  any  Partnership,   the  Acquisition  Agreement  may  be
terminated, and the  Merger may be  abandoned, at  any time before  the date  of
Closing,  notwithstanding approval of the Merger  by the limited partners of the
applicable Partnership:
 
        (a) by  the mutual  written consent  of the  Board of  Directors of  the
    Purchaser and the general partner of the Partnership;
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
        (b)  by either the  Purchaser or the  Partnership if the  Merger has not
    been consummated by March 31, 1997;
 
        (c) by either the Purchaser or  the Partnership if a court of  competent
    jurisdiction   or  governmental,  regulatory  or  administrative  agency  or
    commission shall have issued a nonappealable final order, decree or  ruling,
    or  taken any  other action  having the  effect of  permanently restraining,
    enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger between the Purchaser and  the
    Partnership;
 
        (d)  by either the Purchaser or the Partnership if the requisite vote of
    the limited partners  of the  Partnership shall  have not  been obtained  by
    March 31, 1997;
 
        (e)  by  the Purchaser  if (i)  the general  partner of  the Partnership
    withdraws or changes its approval of  the Acquisition Agreement in a  manner
    adverse  to the  Purchaser or  has resolved  to do  so; or  (ii) the general
    partner of  the  Partnership  recommends to  the  limited  partners  certain
    alternative  transactions; or (iii) any person  (other than the Purchaser or
    an affiliate of the Purchaser) will  have acquired voting rights to, or  the
    right  to acquire voting rights to, or any group will have been formed which
    has voting rights to, or the right to acquire voting rights to, 20% or  more
    of  the outstanding  Units of  such Partnership; or  (iv) if  the REIT Share
    Price, without taking into account the application of the Share Price Range,
    exceeds $28.50;
 
        (f) by the  Purchaser or the  Partnership if (i)  any representation  or
    warranty of the Partnership or the Purchaser, respectively, set forth in the
    Acquisition  Agreement shall be materially untrue  when made or shall become
    materially untrue or (ii) upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on  the
    part  of the  Partnership or the  Purchaser, respectively, set  forth in the
    Acquisition Agreement, such that certain conditions to the Merger would  not
    be  satisfied  (either  (i) or  (ii)  above being  a  "Terminating Breach");
    provided, however, that if such Terminating Breach is curable prior to March
    31, 1997 by the Purchaser  or the Partnership, as  the case may be,  through
    the exercise of its reasonable best efforts and for so long as the Purchaser
    or  the  Partnership,  as  the  case  may  be,  continues  to  exercise such
    reasonable  best  efforts,  neither  the  Partnership  nor  the   Purchaser,
    respectively, may terminate the Acquisition Agreement;
 
        (g)  by the Partnership or the Purchaser, if the Partnership enters into
    a definitive agreement accepting an alternative transaction; or
 
        (h) by the  Partnership if  the REIT  Share Price,  without taking  into
    account  the application of the  Share Price Range, is  less than $21.50 and
    the Purchaser has not agreed to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    Substantial expenses have been or will be incurred by the Purchaser and  the
Partnerships  in connection with the  Transaction. Those expenses, excluding the
Individual Transaction  Expenses  (as defined  below),  will be  shared  by  the
Purchaser   and  the  Partnerships  (the  "Shared  Transaction  Expenses").  The
"Individual Transaction  Expenses" include  legal fees  and expenses,  fees  and
expenses  of investment bankers  and other financial advisors,  the costs of the
Partnerships' respective  real estate  portfolio  appraisals and  transfer  fees
payable  by the  Purchaser for  the Units  acquired through  this Offer  and the
Additional Offers.  Individual Transaction  Expenses incurred  by the  Purchaser
will  be paid by the Purchaser and Individual Transaction Expenses incurred by a
Partnership will be paid by the Partnership.  The Purchaser will pay 50% of  the
Shared  Transaction Expenses and 50% of  the Shared Transaction Expenses will be
allocated (the "Allocated Transaction Expenses") among the Partnerships pro rata
based upon their relative Net Asset Value and will be paid by the Partnership to
which the expenses  have been  allocated if  the Transaction  is consummated.  A
Partnership's Allocated Transaction Expenses and Individual Transaction Expenses
will  be deducted from the assets of  the Partnership when computing the Closing
Net Asset Value and an estimate of such expenses was deducted from the assets of
the Partnership in computing the Net Asset Value. Since each Partnership will be
entitled  to  make  a  cash  distribution  to  its  pre-Merger  partners  in  an
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
amount  that will reduce the  Closing Net Asset Value to  an amount equal to the
Net Asset Value, the Partnership's Allocated Transaction Expenses and Individual
Transaction Expenses will reduce the amount otherwise available for distribution
to the partners in the Partnership.
 
    Except  as  described  below,  in  the  event  the  limited  partners  of  a
Partnership  fail to approve the Merger of the Partnership, the Partnership will
be required to  pay, in addition  to its Individual  Transaction Expenses,  only
that percentage of its Allocated Transaction Expenses equal to the percentage of
the Units voted in favor of the Merger; the balance of the Allocated Transaction
Expenses will be paid by the Purchaser.
 
    IDS2 and IDS3 will be obligated under the Acquisition Agreement to pay a pro
rata  portion (based  upon the  Partnership's relative  Net Asset  Value) of the
Shared  Transaction  Expenses  and  Individual  Transaction  Expenses  otherwise
payable  by the Purchaser if (i) the  Partnership had provided information to or
entered into discussions  with another  party regarding the  acquisition of  the
Partnership, and prior to the date of the special meeting the general partner of
the  Partnership  does  not  reaffirm  its  approval  of  the  Merger,  and  the
Unitholders fail to approve the Merger by the requisite vote, (ii) the Purchaser
terminates  the  Acquisition  Agreement  because  the  general  partner  of  the
Partnership  withdraws  its approval  of the  Merger, recommends  an alternative
transaction, or third parties obtain voting rights to 20% or more of the  Units,
or  (iii)  if the  Partnership enters  into an  alternative transaction  and the
Partnership or the Purchaser terminates  the Acquisition Agreement. Because  the
provisions  of the IDS1 Partnership Agreement preclude IDS1 from reimbursing the
Purchaser for expenses if the Merger is not consummated, IDS1 will pay only  its
Individual  Transaction  Expenses  plus  its  pro  rata  portion  of  the Shared
Transaction Expenses if the Merger is not consummated for the reasons  described
above.
 
    The  parties  estimate  that  they will  incur  approximately  $1,685,000 in
aggregate Shared  Transaction  Expenses,  of  which 50%  will  be  paid  by  the
Purchaser  and  18.8%, 12.6%  and 18.6%  will be  paid by  IDS1, IDS2  and IDS3,
respectively, assuming  the  Merger is  consummated  with each  Partnership.  In
addition,  the  Purchaser estimates  that it  will  incur and  pay approximately
$1,410,000 in Individual Transaction Expenses  and IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3  estimate
that  they will  incur and  pay approximately  $623,000, $418,000  and $617,000,
respectively, in Individual Transaction Expenses. See "The Offer" -- Section  10
("Fees and Expenses.")
 
EFFECT OF TERMINATION
 
    If  the Acquisition Agreement  is terminated, there will  be no liability or
obligation on  the part  of  any party  thereto  or its  respective  affiliates,
partners, officers, directors or stockholders except (i) with respect to payment
of  fees  and expenses  described  above, (ii)  with  respect to  the Standstill
Agreement and (iii) to the extent that such termination results from the willful
breach of a party thereto of  any of its representations, warranties,  covenants
or agreements made in or pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    Neither  the Acquisition Agreement nor any  provision thereof may be waived,
modified, amended,  discharged or  terminated except  in writing  signed by  the
party  against which  the enforcement  of such  waiver, modification, amendment,
discharge or termination is  sought, and then  only to the  extent set forth  in
such instrument.
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    Units held by limited partners who properly exercise dissenters' rights with
respect  thereto  in  connection  with the  Merger  in  accordance  with Section
25.10.900 et seq. of the WULPA will  not be converted into the right to  receive
the Merger Consideration, but the unitholder will instead be entitled to receive
payment  of the fair value of the Units in accordance with the provisions of the
WULPA unless and until the holder fails to perfect or has effectively  withdrawn
or lost his or her rights to receive fair value under the WULPA.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
GENERAL PARTNER UNDERTAKING
 
    Concurrent  with  the execution  of the  Acquisition Agreement,  the General
Partner entered into the General Partner Undertaking pursuant to which it agreed
to make  the recommendations  to limited  partners contained  in this  Offer  to
Purchase,  and agreed not to withdraw  such recommendations except in accordance
with the exercise of its fiduciary duties and as otherwise required by law.  The
Purchaser  acknowledged  that the  General Partner  is  entitled to  withdraw or
change its recommendation  in the  event that  the REIT  Share Price  calculated
without  regard to the Share  Price Range is less  than $21.50 and the Purchaser
does not elect to pay the Additional Consideration.
 
TITLE INSURANCE
 
    At the  time the  Partnership  acquired its  properties, it  received  title
insurance  policies.  As the  successor to  the Partnership  in the  Merger, the
Purchaser will be the  beneficiary under the  Partnership's title policies.  The
title  insurance policies  generally provide  coverage up  to the  amount of the
original purchase price  of the properties.  In many cases  this amount is  less
than the current value of the properties.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The Merger will be accounted for as a purchase under GAAP.
 
            EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION ON NON-TENDERING UNITHOLDERS
 
EFFECTS OF THE OFFER IF THE MERGER IS NOT CONSUMMATED
 
    CONTROL  OF THE PARTNERSHIP.  After this  Offer, the Purchaser could be in a
position to influence the policies and affairs of the Partnership. See "Fairness
of the Transaction; Position of the General Partner -- Factors Considered by the
General Partner -- Potential Influence of the Purchaser Over the Partnership."
 
    TRADING MARKET.  There is no established trading market for the Units,  and,
therefore,  a reduction in the  number of Unitholders as  a result of this Offer
should  not  materially  further  restrict  the  Unitholders'  ability  to  find
purchasers for their Units. See "Market Prices of Units."
 
    PARTNERSHIP  STATUS.  The  Purchaser believes that its  purchase of Units in
this Offer should  not adversely  affect the Partnership's  classification as  a
partnership  for  federal income  tax purposes  or  the characterization  of the
Partnership's income  or loss  as "passive"  income or  loss. There  is a  risk,
however,  that this Offer may cause the  Partnership to be treated as a publicly
traded partnership, thereby causing income and loss allocated to the Unitholders
to be treated  as "portfolio" income  or loss. See  "Certain Federal Income  Tax
Consequences."
 
    PARTNERSHIP  BUSINESS.  This Offer will  not materially affect the operation
of the properties owned by the  Partnership since such properties will  continue
to be managed by the Purchaser.
 
EFFECTS OF THE TRANSACTION IF THE MERGER IS CONSUMMATED
 
    PARTNERSHIP BUSINESS.  As a result of the Merger, all assets and liabilities
of  the Partnership  would be  deemed to  be transferred  to and  assumed by the
Purchaser. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
    UNITHOLDERS PARTICIPATING IN THE MERGER.  Unitholders who participate in the
Merger will exchange  their Units  for REIT  Shares, which  represent an  equity
interest   in  the   Purchaser,  and,   in  certain   circumstances,  Additional
Consideration. The Merger will  be a taxable event  for Unitholders in which  no
special  distribution of cash will be made to the Unitholders for the payment of
tax. The value of the REIT Shares depends, in part, on the Purchaser's continued
qualification as a REIT.  See "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences." For  a
description  of the business  of the Purchaser, see  "Background and Purposes of
the  Transaction  --  The  Purchaser."  Certain  other  information  about   the
Purchaser,  including information  concerning the  Purchaser's operating results
and financial
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
condition and descriptions of the  Purchaser's Common Stock and Preferred  Share
Purchase  Rights, has been incorporated by reference into this Offer to Purchase
and is  available to  Unitholders upon  request. See  "Incorporation of  Certain
Documents by Reference."
 
    UNITHOLDERS   EXERCISING  DISSENTERS'  RIGHTS.    Unitholders  who  properly
exercise dissenters'  rights available  under the  WULPA with  respect to  their
Units  in connection with the Merger  will not receive the Merger Consideration,
but will instead be entitled to receive  payment of the fair value of the  Units
in   accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  WULPA.  Unitholders  exercising
dissenters' rights will recognize taxable income or loss equal to the difference
between the amount  of cash  received by the  Unitholders and  the adjusted  tax
basis in their Units. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
                             MARKET PRICES OF UNITS
 
VOLUME OF SALES
 
    The  Units are not listed  on any national securities  exchange or quoted in
the over the counter market, and  there is no established public trading  market
for  the Units.  Secondary sales  activity for  the Units  has been  limited and
sporadic. The General Partner  monitors transfers of the  Units (i) because  the
admission  of the transferee as a  substitute Unitholder requires the consent of
the General Partner under the Partnership  Agreement and (ii) in order to  track
compliance  with safe harbor provisions to avoid treatment as a "publicly traded
partnership"  for  tax  purposes.  While  the  General  Partner  receives   some
information  regarding the  prices at which  secondary sale  transactions in the
Units have  been effectuated,  it  does not  receive or  maintain  comprehensive
information  regarding the activities of all  broker/dealers and others known to
facilitate  secondary  sales  of  the  Units.  It  should  be  noted  that  some
transactions may not be reflected on the records of the Partnership.
 
    The  General Partner estimates, based solely  on the transfer records of the
Partnership,  that  the  number  of   Units  transferred  in  secondary   market
transactions  (i.e.,  excluding  transactions  believed  to  be  between related
parties, family members or the same beneficial owner) was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NO. OF UNITS   % OF TOTAL UNITS        NO. OF
PERIOD                                              TRANSFERRED      OUTSTANDING       TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>                <C>
1992.............................................          821            .554%                 13
1993.............................................          248            .167                   8
1994.............................................        2,244           1.514                  35
1995.............................................        1,204            .812                  33
Three months ended March 31, 1996................          347            .234                  11
</TABLE>
 
SECONDARY MARKET INFORMATION
 
    Set forth  in the  following  table is  certain information  regarding  sale
transactions  in Units of  the Partnership, which was  obtained by the Purchaser
and the Partnership from Stanger. Stanger summarizes secondary market prices for
the Units based on  actual transactions during the  reporting periods listed  on
the  table below. The transactions reflected in the table represent only some of
the sale transactions in the Units. The following secondary market firms provide
price data  to  Stanger:  2nd  Market  Capital  Services;  American  Partnership
Services;   Bigelow  Management,  Inc.;  Chicago  Partnership  Board;  Cuyler  &
Associates; DCC  Securities  Corp.; Empire  Securities;  EquityLine  Properties;
Equity   Resources   Group;  Fox   &  Henry,   Inc.;  Frain   Asset  Management;
MacKenzie-Patterson  Securities;  Murillo  &  Company;  Nationwide   Partnership
Marketplace;   New  York   Partnership  Exchange;   Pacific  Partnership  Group;
Partnership Service Network; Raymond James & Associates; Secondary Income Funds;
Securities Planners,  Inc.;  SunPoint  Securities,  Inc.;  and  The  Partnership
Marketing Company.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    The information from Stanger set forth below is also reported in The Stanger
Report,  a  monthly  trade  publication. The  following  legend  accompanies the
secondary  market  information   included  in  The   Stanger  Report:   "Limited
partnerships  are designed as  illiquid, long-term investments. Secondary-market
prices generally do not reflect the current value of partnership assets, nor are
they indicative of total return since prior cash distributions and tax  benefits
received  by the original  investor are not reflected  in the price. Transaction
prices are not verified by Robert A. Stanger & Company."
 
    Because no assurances can  be given that the  prices reflected in the  table
below  represent the  true value  of the Units,  such information  should not be
relied upon as indicative of the ability of the Unitholders to sell their  Units
in  secondary sale transactions or  as to the prices at  which such Units may be
sold. Therefore, the information presented should not necessarily be relied upon
by a Unitholder in determining whether to tender Units.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  TRANSACTION PRICE(1)
                                                                                  --------------------   NUMBER OF
REPORTING PERIOD                                                                     LOW       HIGH        UNITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
1992
  Quarter 1 (2).................................................................     --         --          --
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $   95.63  $  142.86         328
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  100.00  $  126.26         161
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  125.00  $  125.00          35
1993
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  119.00  $  129.00          65
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  129.00  $  139.00         136
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  129.60  $  150.00          74
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  152.00  $  152.00         260
1994
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  145.00  $  175.00         954
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  150.00  $  170.00         359
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  160.00  $  180.00         287
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  155.00  $  175.00         512
1995
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  168.00  $  190.00         586
  Quarter 2.....................................................................  $  175.00  $  180.25         198
  Quarter 3.....................................................................  $  163.75  $  198.53         257
  Quarter 4.....................................................................  $  180.00  $  200.00         153
1996
  Quarter 1.....................................................................  $  150.00  $  198.00         413
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The Transaction Price is given on a per Unit basis. The General Partner does
    not  know  whether  the  transaction  prices  shown  are  before  or   after
    commissions.  However, the  secondary-market firms  providing information to
    Stanger are instructed that, if they act as "principals," the reported price
    per Unit  should include  any mark-ups  and  if they  act as  "agents,"  the
    reported price per Unit should include any commissions, unless the firm acts
    as  a  retail  broker.  The  firms are  further  instructed  not  to include
    commissions paid by retail buyers or sellers to their retail brokers.
 
(2) No trade was reported to Stanger during this quarter.
 
                          INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS
 
    In considering the recommendation of the General Partner with respect to the
Transaction, Unitholders should be  aware that certain  partners of the  General
Partner  have  interests referred  to herein  that present  them with  actual or
potential conflicts of interest in connection with the Transaction.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
OVERLAPS BETWEEN AFFILIATES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF
THE PURCHASER
 
    Charles K. Barbo, the Chairman of  the Board, President and Chief  Executive
Officer  of  the Purchaser,  is  an individual  general  partner of  the General
Partner and the sole shareholder and director of Shurgard General Partner,  Inc.
("SGPI"),  the corporate general partner of the  General Partner. As such, he is
able to control decisions made by  the general partners of the General  Partner.
In  addition, several executive  officers of the Purchaser  serve as officers of
SGPI. Specifically,  Harrell L.  Beck, Senior  Vice President,  Chief  Financial
Officer  and Treasurer of the Purchaser, serves as Treasurer of SGPI; Kristin H.
Stred, Senior Vice President,  General Counsel and  Secretary of the  Purchaser,
serves  as Secretary of SGPI;  and Michael Rowe, Chief  Operating Officer of the
Purchaser, serves as Vice President of SGPI.
 
OWNERSHIP OF UNITS BY THE PARTNERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    The  Purchaser,  which  is  a  limited  partner  of  the  General   Partner,
beneficially  owns  1,824.5 of  the outstanding  Units (approximately  1.2%). An
affiliate of IPSC, also a limited  partner of the General Partner,  beneficially
owns 308 of the outstanding Units (less than 1%), 616 units of IDS2 and 60 units
of  IDS3. Due  to the IPSC  affiliate's internal policy  regarding investment in
equity securities, the IPSC affiliate intends to tender its Units in this  Offer
and  to tender  its units of  IDS2 and IDS3  in the Additional  Offers. The IPSC
affiliate will receive $79,156 for its tender of Units, $136,752 for its  tender
of  units of IDS2 and $18,480 for its tender of units of IDS3. The Purchaser and
the IPSC affiliate participate in Partnership distributions on the same terms as
other Unitholders in respect  of Units owned  by them. No  other partner of  the
General Partner beneficially owns any Units.
 
GENERAL PARTNER'S INTEREST
 
    Pursuant  to the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner is entitled to a
percentage of  the Partnership's  cash distributions  based upon  the amount  of
distributions  made to the Unitholders.  Initially, the General Partner receives
5% of all  Partnership distributions  until such  time as  the Unitholders  have
received  a  cumulative  amount  of  Partnership  distributions  equal  to their
collective capital contributions  plus a cumulative  noncompounded return of  9%
per  annum on their adjusted capital contributions (such cumulative amount being
referred to  as  the  "Unitholders'  Preference").  Once  the  Unitholders  have
received  distributions  equal  to their  Unitholders'  Preference,  the General
Partner receives 20% of all further cash  distributions. As of the date of  this
Offer, the Unitholders have not received Partnership cash distributions equal to
the  Unitholders' Preference. Accordingly, the  General Partner has been limited
to receiving 5% of  Partnership cash distributions resulting  in the receipt  of
such distributions by the General Partner of $118,219, $132,846 and $149,909 for
the  years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $37,782 for
the three months ended  March 31, 1996. The  Purchaser (or its predecessor)  and
IPSC  each received 40% of these amounts.  Messrs. Barbo and Buerk each received
9.9%, and  SGPI  received  .2%, of  these  amounts  in accordance  with  the  GP
Agreement.
 
    The  General Partner's percentage interest  in the Merger Consideration will
be based upon the above distribution principles.  As of the date of this  Offer,
the  Net Asset Value of the Partnership is  not expected to exceed the amount of
its undistributed Unitholders' Preference. Accordingly, the General Partner will
only be entitled to 5% of the Merger Consideration paid for the Partnership. See
Schedule X  ("Calculation  of  Net  Asset  Value")  for  additional  information
regarding  the portion of the  Net Asset Value allocated  to the General Partner
and upon which the  Merger Consideration to be  received by the General  Partner
will be based.
 
IPSC'S INTEREST
 
    An   affiliate  of  IPSC  owns  Units  in  the  Partnership  and  the  Other
Partnerships as  indicated in  "-- Ownership  of Units  by the  Partners of  the
General  Partner" above. For its limited partner interest in the General Partner
and in the general partners  of IDS2 and IDS3,  if the Mergers are  consummated,
IPSC  would  receive  (based  upon  an  assumed  REIT  Share  Price  of  $25.00)
approximately 32,050, 21,500 and 52,600 REIT Shares, respectively.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
    The Partnership's  properties are  managed by  the Purchaser  pursuant to  a
Management Services Agreement under which the Purchaser, as compensation for its
management  services, receives a monthly  fee of 6% of  gross revenues, plus $75
per month per facility for rendering  advertising services. For the years  ended
December  31, 1993, 1994 and  1995, the Purchaser (or  the predecessor under the
Management  Services  Agreement)  received  $310,106,  $337,816  and   $361,778,
respectively,  and $90,977 for the  three months ended March  31, 1996, from the
Partnership in  payment of  such property  management and  advertising fees.  In
addition,  the Purchaser  is reimbursed at  cost by the  Partnership for certain
expenses it incurs as property manager.
 
PAYMENTS FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
 
    In connection with  the Consolidation,  the Purchaser paid  an affiliate  of
IPSC  a quarterly fee  of $12,000 for  each quarter commencing  July 1, 1994 and
ending June  30, 1996  for expenses  in connection  with certain  administrative
services.  In addition, the Purchaser will  reimburse the IPSC affiliate for its
expenses  incurred  for  similar  services  provided  in  connection  with   the
Transaction  and the Additional Transactions.  The IPSC affiliate estimates that
such expenses will not exceed $50,000.
 
OWNERSHIP OF PURCHASER COMMON STOCK BY AFFILIATES OF GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Charles K. Barbo and Arthur W. Buerk, each an individual general partner  of
the  General Partner, are  stockholders of the  Purchaser. As of  March 1, 1996,
Messrs.  Barbo  and   Buerk  beneficially   owned  approximately   3%  and   2%,
respectively, of the Purchaser's outstanding Common Stock.
 
CONTINGENT SHARE AGREEMENT
 
    Pursuant  to the  Contingent Share  Agreement, Charles  K. Barbo,  Arthur W.
Buerk and certain executive officers of  the Purchaser will receive REIT  Shares
if  any of the Mergers are consummated.  Assuming the REIT Share Price is $25.00
and that the Merger and the  Additional Mergers are consummated, Mr. Barbo,  Mr.
Buerk  and the executive officers will  receive approximately 19,025, 11,575 and
4,450 REIT Shares, respectively, as a result of such Contingent Share Agreement.
 
                           SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
 
    The Purchaser  estimates  that the  funds  required to  purchase  all  Units
validly tendered pursuant to this Offer up to the maximum number of Units it may
acquire  pursuant to this Offer will be approximately $16.7 million and that the
funds required to purchase all validly tendered limited partnership units in the
Other Partnerships up  to the  maximum number  of units  it may  acquire in  the
Additional  Offers  will  be  approximately $26.9  million.  The  Purchaser also
estimates that the other  costs and expenses allocable  to the Purchaser of  the
Transaction  and  the Additional  Transactions  and will  be  approximately $2.3
million. The Purchaser expects to  obtain approximately $46 million required  to
finance  the Transaction and  the Additional Transactions  from the borrowing of
funds pursuant  to two  revolving credit  facilities (the  "Credit  Facilities")
under  which it  is authorized to  borrow up to  $100 million, on  the terms and
conditions provided in (i) the Loan Agreement among the Purchaser, Seattle-First
National Bank, Key Bank of  Washington and West One  Bank dated August 19,  1994
(the  "First Loan  Agreement") and (ii)  the Revolving Loan  Agreement among the
Purchaser, SSC Acquisitions  Inc. and  Nomura Asset  Capital Corp.  dated as  of
December  23, 1994  (the "Second Loan  Agreement," and, together  with the First
Loan  Agreement,  the  "Loan  Agreements").  Neither  the  Transaction  nor  the
Additional Transactions are subject to any financing contingency and neither the
Purchaser  nor  any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of  the  Purchaser  must  secure
additional financing  in  connection  with the  Transaction  or  the  Additional
Transactions.
 
    The  First  Loan Agreement  provides  for financing  of  up to  $50 million,
secured by certain real estate assets, bearing  interest at a rate per annum  of
either  the lender's prime or LIBOR plus  175 basis points and matures on August
18, 1996. The Purchaser  is currently engaged in  negotiations to refinance  its
obligations  under the First Loan Agreement.  The Second Loan Agreement provides
for financing of  $50 million, secured  by certain real  estate assets,  bearing
interest  at a rate per annum of either LIBOR plus 175 basis points or the prime
rate of Citibank, N.A. minus  50 basis points, requires a  draw fee of 25  basis
points  of  the amount  drawn,  and matures  on  December 30,  1996.  The amount
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
available under each  of the Credit  Facilities is a  function of the  quarterly
income performance of the properties securing the respective Credit Facility and
the quarterly debt service payments for such Credit Facility.
 
    Copies  of the Loan  Agreements have been  filed with the  Commission by the
Purchaser as  exhibits  to  the  Schedule 13E-3  and  the  Schedule  14D-1.  The
foregoing  summary  of the  Credit Facilities  is qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to the Loan Agreements.
 
                         ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN OR LOSS
 
    To assist a Unitholder in estimating the federal income tax consequences  of
this  Offer and the Merger with respect solely to the Partnership, the following
table, prepared by the  General Partner, sets forth  the estimated gain or  loss
that may be recognized by a Unitholder either participating in this Offer or the
Merger. These estimates assume that the fair market value of the REIT Shares and
amount  of cash paid as  Additional Consideration or in  lieu of fractional REIT
Shares in the Merger will equal the amount of cash paid per Unit in this  Offer.
The  Merger  Consideration  and  the  Offer  Price  may  not  be  the  same and,
accordingly, the resulting taxable  gain or loss for  these transactions may  be
different. In addition to the effect that the value of the REIT Shares will have
on  the amount of gain or loss, other factors will also affect the actual amount
and timing of gain or loss recognized by each Unitholder, including the adjusted
tax basis of the Partnership's  assets as of the date  of Closing of the  Merger
and  the adjusted tax basis of the  Unitholder's Units when they are sold. These
estimates assume that the Unitholder acquired  his or her Units in the  original
offering  and not through the secondary market. In connection with this Offer, a
purchaser of Units on the secondary market will recognize a different amount  of
gain  or loss depending upon the difference between his or her adjusted basis in
the Units  and  the amount  estimated  below.  In connection  with  the  Merger,
however,  a purchaser of Units on  the secondary market may recognize additional
gain to the extent that the fair market  value of the REIT Shares and amount  of
cash  received as Additional Consideration or  in lieu of fractional REIT Shares
exceeds such Unitholder's adjusted  tax basis in his  or her Units (adjusted  to
reflect his or her allocable share of Partnership gain or loss recognized in the
Merger).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TAX BASIS
CONSIDERATION     PER      ESTIMATED TAXABLE GAIN
PER UNIT (1)    UNIT (2)        PER UNIT (3)
- -------------  ----------  ----------------------
<S>            <C>         <C>
      $257          $214              $43
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) With respect to this Offer, the "Consideration Per Unit" is equal to the net
    cash  price per Unit paid by the  Purchaser. With respect to the Merger, the
    "Consideration Per Unit"  is computed by  dividing that portion  of the  Net
    Asset  Value allocable to the Unitholders by the number of outstanding Units
    in the Partnership and assumes that the REIT Share Price is within the Share
    Price Range.
 
(2) "Tax Basis Per Unit" is computed  by dividing the adjusted tax basis of  the
    Partnership's assets net of the Partnership's liabilities as of December 31,
    1995 that is allocable to the Unitholders by the number of outstanding Units
    in  the Partnership. The  adjusted tax basis  per Unit will  differ from the
    above amounts depending upon the timing of this Offer and the Merger.
 
(3) "Estimated Taxable Gain Per Unit"  is computed by subtracting the tax  basis
    per Unit from the Offer Price or the Merger Consideration per Unit.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The  following summary is a general discussion of certain federal income tax
consequences to  Unitholders  as a  result  of the  sale  of the  Units  to  the
Purchaser pursuant to this Offer, as well as a summary of certain federal income
tax  consequences  associated with  the Merger.  The summary  is based  upon the
Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"), Treasury  Regulations
thereunder,  rulings and the pronouncements, and decisions now in effect, all of
which are subject to change.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    The following discussion is  limited to the material  income tax aspects  of
this  Offer or the Merger  for a holder of Units  who (except as mentioned under
"--Information Return and  Filing Requirements  Relating to  Withholding") is  a
citizen  or resident of the United States and  who holds the Units as a "capital
asset" (generally, property held for the investment) within the meaning of  Code
Section  1221.  The  summary does  not  discuss  all aspects  of  federal income
taxation that may be relevant  to a person disposing of  Units in this Offer  or
participating  in  the  Merger in  light  of such  person's  personal investment
circumstances or to certain types of persons subject to special treatment  under
the  federal income  tax laws  (for example,  trusts, life  insurance companies,
financial institutions, S  corporations, foreign  corporations or  partnerships,
and,  except to the limited extent described below, tax-exempt organizations and
persons who are  not citizens of  the United  States) and does  not discuss  any
aspects of state, local or foreign tax laws.
 
RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    A  Unitholder selling his or her Units  pursuant to the Offer will recognize
taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized by  the
Unitholder  from  such sale  and the  Unitholder's adjusted  tax basis  for such
Units. The amount realized by a Unitholder on a sale of his or her Units  equals
the  amount of cash  received in this  Offer plus the  Unitholder's share of the
Partnership's liabilities  as  determined  pursuant to  Code  Section  752.  The
Unitholder's  adjusted  tax basis  of  his or  her  Units used  for  purposes of
calculating such  gain or  loss will  be adjusted  to reflect  the  Unitholder's
allocable  share of  Partnership taxable  income or  loss for  the fiscal period
ending on the  effective date  of the purchase  as provided  in the  Partnership
Agreement.  Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement,  assignments of Units will be
recognized and  effective on  and as  of the  first day  of the  first  calendar
quarter  following the closing date of this Offer. Prior to this effective date,
pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the tendering Unitholder will continue to
be allocated his or her share of Partnership taxable income and loss, including,
without limitation, any gain or loss realized by the Partnership attributable to
the Merger if the Merger closes prior  to the effective date of the transfer  of
Units pursuant to this Offer. Any income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to a
tendering  Unitholder for periods after the closing date will, however, increase
the Unitholder's  adjusted  tax basis  in  his  or her  tendered  Units  thereby
offsetting  and  reducing the  gain  or increasing  the  loss recognized  by the
Unitholder  tendering  his  or  her  Units  pursuant  to  this  Offer.  If   the
Unitholder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in  his  or  her  Units  is  less  than such
Unitholder's allocable share of Partnership liabilities (e.g., as a result of  a
Unitholder  being allocated Partnership net losses (in excess of Partnership net
income) and receiving Partnership distributions in  excess of the cost basis  of
his or her Units), the Unitholder's gain would exceed the cash proceeds realized
upon  the sale of  Units. Assuming that  the Partnership assets  are held by the
Partnership for trade or business purposes and not for sale to customers in  the
ordinary  course of a trade  or business, a tax-exempt  Unitholder that does not
hold an  interest in  the Partnership  either  as a  dealer under  Code  Section
512(b)(5)(B)  or as "debt-financed property" within  the meaning of Code Section
514, and is  not an  organization described  in Code  Section 501(c)(7)  (social
clubs),  501(c)(9)  (voluntary  employee  beneficiary  associations), 501(c)(17)
(supplemental unemployment benefit trusts) or 501(c)(20) (qualified group  legal
services  plans)  should  not  recognize unrelated  business  taxable  income in
tendering its  Units. The  four classes  of exempt  organizations noted  in  the
previous  sentence may recognize a material amount  of gain or loss by tendering
their Units.
 
CHARACTERIZATION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    Generally, gain or loss  recognized by a  Unitholder on the  sale of a  Unit
held  for more than 12 months will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss.
However, a Unitholder will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount  equal
to  the  difference  between (i)  the  portion  of the  amount  realized  by the
Unitholder that  is  attributable to  his  or  her share  of  the  Partnership's
"unrealized   receivables"  and  "substantially   appreciated  inventory  items"
(including depreciation recapture), as  such terms are  defined in Code  Section
751, and (ii) the portion of the Unitholder's tax basis in his or her Units that
is attributable to such Section 751 property of the Partnership. The Partnership
believes   that  an  insignificant  portion  of   its  property  is  subject  to
depreciation recapture and  that substantially all  of the gain  or loss on  the
sale  of the Units should be treated as capital gain or loss, although there can
be no assurance  that other  assets of the  Partnership will  not be  considered
Section 751 property.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
TAX BASIS IN UNITS
 
    The  Internal Revenue Service (the  "IRS") has ruled that  a partner has one
tax basis for his or  her entire interest in a  partnership even if the  partner
bought partnership interests in different transactions. Upon a sale of a portion
of  such aggregate interest  (e.g., in a  partial tender of  Units caused by the
tender of more Units  than offered to  be purchased pursuant  to this Offer),  a
Unitholder  would be required to allocate his or her aggregate tax basis between
the Units sold and  the Units retained by  some equitable apportionment  method,
such as the relative fair market value of such Units on the date of sale.
 
TAXATION OF CAPITAL GAINS/CAPITAL LOSSES AND ORDINARY INCOME
 
    As  described above, any  gain or loss  recognized on the  sale of the Units
should be characterized as  capital gain or  loss (except to  the extent of  any
gain  or  loss  associated with  Section  751 property).  The  maximum long-term
capital gains tax rate for  individual Unitholders (or individuals owning  their
Units  through pass-through entities such as partnerships, limited partnerships,
or limited liability companies)  is currently 28%.  The maximum ordinary  income
tax   rate  for  such  individual  Unitholders,  however,  is  39.6%.  Corporate
Unitholders do not currently  have a capital  gain preferred rate.  Accordingly,
the  maximum corporate rate  for both capital  gains and ordinary  income tax is
35%. Legislative changes  to the  tax rates  for both  individual and  corporate
taxpayers  have recently  been proposed  to Congress  and there  is currently no
certainty with respect  to the  tax rates  that may  be applied  to this  Offer.
Unitholders  are encouraged to consult their  tax advisers to discuss the status
of any proposed tax legislation and the effect that such legislation may have on
this Offer.
 
    Capital losses generally are deductible only to the extent of capital  gains
plus,  in the case of noncorporate Unitholders,  up to $3,000 of ordinary income
($1,500 in the case of married  individuals filing separate returns). Losses  in
excess  of  these amounts  may be  carried  forward by  noncorporate Unitholders
indefinitely. In  general,  corporate  Unitholders  may  carry  back  unutilized
capital losses for three years and carry over such losses for five years.
 
EFFECT OF PASSIVE LOSS RULES
 
    Upon  the sale by a Unitholder  of all of his or  her Units pursuant to this
Offer, any net losses of the  Partnership that were suspended under the  passive
loss  rules of the Code may be used to offset income and gain on such sale. If a
Unitholder's suspended passive losses exceed the gain on the sale of Units, such
loss may be applied against  any passive income or  gain of the Partnership  for
the  current  year  and thereafter  may  be  applied against  any  other passive
activity income of  such Unitholder  in the  current year.  Finally, any  excess
suspended  losses from prior years  will be available to  offset income and gain
from any other sources. If the Unitholder does not sell all of his or her  Units
in  this Offer, however, suspended passive losses remain suspended to the extent
such losses exceed the gain recognized  on the partial tender and any  allocable
income from the Partnership for the year of tender.
 
PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP CHARACTERIZATION
 
    A  partnership will be characterized as a publicly traded partnership if its
interests are  readily  tradable  on  a  secondary  market  or  the  substantial
equivalent  thereof.  If a  partnership is  characterized  as a  publicly traded
partnership, it  will be  taxed as  a corporation  unless at  least 90%  of  the
partnership's  gross income is  attributable to passive  sources, including real
estate rentals. If a publicly  traded partnership satisfies this passive  income
requirement,  however, allocations of partnership income and loss would be taxed
as "portfolio" income or loss for passive income and loss purposes. A  secondary
market  is generally indicated  by the existence  of a person  standing ready to
make a  market  in the  partnership  interest.  A substantial  equivalent  of  a
secondary  market exists if there is not an identifiable market maker but either
(a) the  holder of  an interest  has a  readily available,  regular and  ongoing
opportunity  to  sell  or exchange  such  interests  through a  public  means of
obtaining or providing information of offers to buy, sell or exchange  interests
or  (b)  buyers  and sellers  have  the  opportunity to  buy,  sell  or exchange
interests in a timeframe and with a regularity and continuity that the existence
of a market  maker would provide.  When determining whether  a secondary  market
exists, however, the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
IRS provides safe harbors that permit partnerships to disregard certain private,
incidental  or occasional transfers. Although failing to meet a safe harbor does
not presume the existence  of a secondary market,  if a partnership satisfies  a
safe  harbor it will not be considered to  be publicly traded. As of the date of
this Offer, there is no established or regular trading market for the Units, nor
is there a reliable  standard for determining the  value of the Units.  Although
several  secondary market firms  maintain price data with  respect to the Units,
prior trading of Units has been monitored and limited by the General Partner  to
comply  with the  IRS safe harbors.  See "Market Prices  of Units." Furthermore,
although this Offer does not come within one of these specified safe harbors, it
does not, in and  of itself, create an  ongoing secondary market or  substantial
equivalent  thereof on which Units may  be traded. The General Partner therefore
believes that the Units have not been and are not being readily traded, pursuant
to this Offer or  otherwise, on a secondary  market or a substantial  equivalent
thereof.  Accordingly, the Partnership should not be characterized as a publicly
traded partnership. Because the determination of whether this Offer  constitutes
the creation of a secondary market or its substantial equivalent is based upon a
variety of factors, there can be no certainty with respect to this issue. If the
Partnership were characterized as a publicly traded partnership, the Partnership
will  continue to be taxed  as a partnership because more  than 90% of its gross
income is attributable to real estate rentals. Nonetheless, if so characterized,
allocations of Partnership  income or loss  to Unitholders would  be treated  as
"portfolio"  income or loss for passive  income or loss purposes. Accordingly, a
Unitholder would be  unable to shelter  his or her  share of Partnership  income
with  losses  from  other  passive activities  and  such  Unitholder's  share of
Partnership losses  could not  be  used to  shelter  passive income  from  other
passive activities.
 
INFORMATION RETURN AND FILING REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO WITHHOLDING
 
    No  reporting  requirements apply  with respect  to  a sale  of Units  by an
individual who is a  U.S. citizen and  who effects such  sale through a  broker,
dealer,  commercial bank, trust company or other nominee. A Unitholder who sells
Units pursuant to  this Offer other  than through a  broker, dealer,  commercial
bank,  trust company or other nominee or who  is not a U.S. citizen is, however,
required to notify the  Partnership in writing of  such sale. Completion of  the
Letter  of Transmittal  will constitute such  notice for  Unitholders who tender
their Units in this Offer.  In turn, the Partnership  is required to notify  the
IRS of such sale and to furnish the transferor with certain information.
 
    The tender of Units pursuant to this Offer constitutes a sale of a U.S. real
property  interest under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980
("FIRPTA"). Under FIRPTA,  any foreign Unitholder  selling his or  her Units  in
this Offer will be subject to U.S. taxation at regular U.S. rates on the gain on
the  sale of such Units. A foreign Unitholder  should consult his or her own tax
advisors as  to the  treatment  of this  Offer and  the  Merger under  the  laws
applicable  to him or her. Furthermore, the  Purchaser is required to deduct and
withhold 10%  from the  amount paid  to any  tendering Unitholder  who fails  to
provide  a nonforeign  affidavit to the  Purchaser. The amount  withheld will be
advanced to the IRS and may be applied against the income tax otherwise owed  by
the foreign Unitholder on the sale of his or her Units.
 
NO CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
    Under  Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), the Partnership will be considered to have
been terminated if within a 12-month period  there is a sale or exchange of  50%
or  more of the total interest in  Partnership capital and profits. Because this
Offer is  limited  to  less than  45%  of  the Units  of  the  Partnership,  the
Partnership  believes  that any  sales  of Units  pursuant  to this  Offer, when
combined with other  sales and  exchanges of Units  during the  past 12  months,
should not result in the termination of the Partnership.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER
 
    If a Unitholder does not tender his or her Units pursuant to this Offer, the
Unitholder  will  need  to consider  the  tax  consequences of  the  Merger when
deciding whether to approve the Merger. Accordingly, the tax consequences of the
Merger should  be considered  by  Unitholders prior  to determining  whether  to
tender their Units. The Merger involves numerous federal income tax consequences
to the
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
Unitholders.  Although  a  complete  analysis of  the  federal  tax consequences
associated with the Merger is  beyond the scope of  this Offer to Purchase,  set
forth  below is a summary  of the material tax  consequences associated with the
Merger.
 
    MERGER AS A TAXABLE EVENT.  All Unitholders participating in the Merger  who
are subject to income tax will be involved in a taxable transaction resulting in
the   recognition  of  either  taxable  income  or  loss  and  no  special  cash
distribution will be made for the payment of any tax. Solely for federal  income
tax  purposes, the Merger will be treated  as if the Partnership transferred its
assets to the Purchaser in exchange for the Merger Consideration and immediately
thereafter distributed the  Merger Consideration among  the General Partner  and
Unitholders  in  liquidation of  the Partnership.  Accordingly, the  Merger will
result in  the recognition  of gain  or loss  to the  Partnership based  on  the
difference  between (i) the sum of the fair  market value of REIT Shares and the
amount of any cash paid by the Purchaser as Additional Consideration or in  lieu
of  fractional  REIT Shares  and the  amount of  liabilities of  the Partnership
assumed or pertaining  to properties  deemed acquired  by the  Purchaser in  the
Merger  and (ii)  the Partnership's adjusted  tax basis in  its assets exchanged
therefor. Each Unitholder (except certain tax-exempt Unitholders) generally will
recognize his or her allocable share of such gain or loss in accordance with the
terms of the Partnership  Agreement. Any gain or  loss realized from the  Merger
generally  will be treated as arising from the sale of assets used in a trade or
business and will be characterized as capital gain or loss or ordinary income or
loss depending  on  the  amount  of  the  Unitholder's  other  gains  or  losses
attributable  to any sales of  assets used in a  trade or business. Furthermore,
such Unitholder  will recognize  gain on  the deemed  distribution of  the  REIT
Shares  or cash to the Unitholder to the extent of the excess of the fair market
value of the REIT Shares  and the amount of cash  received by the Unitholder  in
the  Merger over such  Unitholder's adjusted tax  basis in his  or her Units (as
adjusted after taking into account such Unitholder's allocable share of gain  or
loss  recognized by the Partnership  in the Merger). Any  gain recognized on the
deemed distribution of the REIT Shares or cash will be treated substantially  as
capital  gain. Gain or loss  recognized by the Unitholders  should be treated as
passive income  or  loss. It  is  uncertain, however,  whether  the  Unitholders
receiving  REIT  Shares  will be  treated  as  having disposed  of  their entire
interest in the Partnership's  activity for purposes  of "freeing up"  suspended
passive  losses from such activity, and,  thus, Unitholders may not be permitted
to deduct suspended Partnership losses in connection with the Merger.
 
    QUALIFICATION OF  PURCHASER AS  A REIT.   Unitholders  participating in  the
Merger will own REIT Shares. The Purchaser has made an election to be taxed as a
REIT under Code Sections 856 through 860, commencing with its taxable year ended
December 31, 1994. The Purchaser believes that, commencing with its taxable year
ended December 31, 1994, it has been organized and has operated in such a manner
as  to qualify for taxation  as a REIT under the  Code. The Purchaser intends to
continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurance can be given that it will
operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified.
 
    Qualification as a  REIT involves  the application of  highly technical  and
complex   Code  provisions  for  which  there   are  only  limited  judicial  or
administrative interpretations. The determination of various factual matters and
circumstances not entirely within the Purchaser's control may affect its ability
to qualify as  a REIT. If  the Purchaser qualifies  for taxation as  a REIT,  it
generally  will not  be subject  to federal  corporate income  taxes on  its net
income  that   is  currently   distributed  to   stockholders.  This   treatment
substantially eliminates the "double taxation" (at the corporate and stockholder
levels)   of  income  that  generally  results  from  investment  in  a  regular
corporation. The Purchaser, however, will  be subject to various federal  income
and  excise  taxes  generally  designed  to  enforce  compliance  with  the REIT
qualification tests. For any taxable year that the Purchaser fails to qualify as
a REIT, it will be taxed as a corporation. Consequently, because it would not be
entitled to a deduction  for dividends paid to  its stockholders in  calculating
its   taxable  income,  assets  of  the   Purchaser  and  distributions  to  the
stockholders would be substantially reduced or perhaps eliminated to the  extent
necessary to pay any resulting tax liability of the Purchaser.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    TAX  TREATMENT OF REIT DISTRIBUTIONS.  As long as the Purchaser qualifies as
a REIT,  distributions  made to  the  Purchaser's taxable  stockholders  out  of
current  or accumulated earnings and profits (and not designated as capital gain
dividends) will be taken into account by them as ordinary income and will not be
eligible for the  dividends received deduction  for corporations.  Distributions
that are designated as capital gain dividends will be taxed as long-term capital
gain  (to the extent they do not  exceed the Purchaser's actual net capital gain
for the taxable year) without regard to the period for which the stockholder has
held its shares. However, corporate stockholders may be required to treat up  to
20%  of  certain capital  gain dividends  as  ordinary income.  Distributions in
excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to  a
stockholder  to the  extent that they  do not  exceed the adjusted  basis of the
stockholder's shares, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such  shares.
To   the  extent  that  such  distributions  exceed  the  adjusted  basis  of  a
stockholder's shares they will be included  in income as long-term capital  gain
(or  short-term capital gain if the shares have  been held for one year or less)
assuming the shares are a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder.  Unlike
partnerships,  taxable losses  generated by  a REIT do  not pass  through to its
stockholders.
 
    CHARACTERIZATION OF REIT DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions paid to  stockholders
will  constitute  portfolio  income (i.e.,  income  from dividends  that  is not
derived in the  ordinary course of  a trade  or business) for  purposes of  Code
Section  469 and  not passive  activity income. The  IRS has  ruled that amounts
distributed as  dividends  by  a  qualified REIT  do  not  constitute  unrelated
business taxable income ("UBTI") when received by a tax-exempt entity.
 
    DISPOSITION OF REIT SHARES.  Gain or loss recognized by a stockholder who is
not  a dealer in securities on  the sale of shares that  have been held for more
than one  year will  generally be  taxable as  long-term capital  gain or  loss.
Furthermore, if a stockholder sells shares that were held for six months or less
(after  applying  certain holding  period  rules) and  with  respect to  which a
capital gain distribution was received, any loss on the sale up to the amount of
the capital  gain  distribution  will  be treated  as  long-term  capital  loss.
Finally,  income from the  sale of shares  will not constitute  UBTI unless such
tax-exempt stockholder has held such  shares as "debt-financed property"  within
the meaning of Code Section 514 or is a dealer under Code Section 512(b)(5)(B).
 
    UNITHOLDERS  ARE ADVISED  TO CONSULT  THEIR OWN  TAX ADVISORS  REGARDING THE
SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM RESULTING FROM THE TRANSACTION, INCLUDING  THE
CONSEQUENCES  UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY POTENTIAL
CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                                   THE OFFER
 
    1.  TERMS OF  THE OFFER.  Upon  the terms and subject  to the conditions  of
this  Offer, the  Purchaser will  accept for payment  and purchase  up to 65,000
Units which are validly tendered prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the
following sentence) and not properly withdrawn in accordance with "The Offer" --
Section 5 ("Withdrawal Rights").  The term "Expiration  Date" means 11:59  p.m.,
New York City time, on Wednesday, July 31, 1996, unless and until the Purchaser,
in  its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which this Offer is
open, in which event the term "Expiration  Date" means the latest time and  date
at  which this Offer, as so extended  by the Purchaser, expires. See "The Offer"
- -- Section 6 ("Extension of the Offer Period; Termination and Amendment") for  a
description  of the Purchaser's rights to extend the period of time during which
this Offer is open and to terminate this Offer.
 
    If more than 65,000 Units are validly tendered prior to the Expiration  Date
and  not withdrawn,  Units so  tendered and not  withdrawn will  be accepted for
payment on a pro rata  basis according to the  number of Units validly  tendered
and  not  withdrawn in  accordance with  "The Offer"  -- Section  5 ("Withdrawal
Rights") by  the Expiration  Date. If  proration would  result in  a  Unitholder
owning  fewer Units than the  applicable "minimum subscription requirement", the
Purchaser will not accept any Units  tendered by such Unitholder in this  Offer.
The minimum subscription requirement is 20
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
Units  or, in the case of tax-exempt  Unitholders, four Units. In the event that
proration of tendered Units is required, the Purchaser will determine the  final
proration factor as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
 
    In  the  event that  proration  is required,  because  of the  difficulty of
determining the precise number of Units validly tendered and not withdrawn,  the
Purchaser  does not expect to announce the  final results of proration or to pay
for any Units until at least five  NYSE trading days after the Expiration  Date.
Preliminary  results of proration will be announced  by press release as soon as
practicable after the Expiration Date.  Unitholders may obtain such  preliminary
information  from  the  Information  Agent  and  may  be  able  to  obtain  such
information from their brokers.
 
    Unitholders may tender  all or any  portion of their  Units, provided  that,
after  giving effect  to partial  tenders, a  Unitholder will  own at  least the
number of Units constituting the applicable "minimum subscription requirement."
 
    The Partnership will provide the Purchaser with the Partnership's Unitholder
list, a  nonobjecting beneficial  owners  list, if  any, and  security  position
listings  for the purpose of disseminating this Offer to Unitholders. This Offer
to Purchase  and  the  related Letter  of  Transmittal  will be  mailed  by  the
Purchaser to record holders of Units and will be furnished to beneficial owners,
brokers,  dealers, commercial banks,  trust companies and  similar persons whose
names, or the names  of whose nominees, appear  on the Partnership's  Unitholder
list  or, if applicable, who  are listed as participants  in a clearing agency's
security position listing,  for subsequent transmittal  to beneficial owners  of
Units.
 
    2.   ACCEPTANCE FOR PAYMENT  AND PAYMENT OF PURCHASE  PRICE.  Upon the terms
and subject  to  the conditions  of  this Offer  (including,  if this  Offer  is
extended  or  amended,  the  terms  and  conditions  of  any  such  extension or
amendment), the  Purchaser will  accept for  payment, and  will pay  for, up  to
65,000  Units validly  tendered prior  to the  Expiration Date  and not properly
withdrawn promptly after the later to occur of (i) the Expiration Date and  (ii)
the  satisfaction or waiver  of the conditions  to this Offer  set forth in "The
Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    For purposes of this Offer, the  Purchaser shall be deemed to have  accepted
for payment (and thereby purchased) all Units properly tendered to the Purchaser
and  not withdrawn if, as and when the Purchaser gives oral or written notice to
the Depositary of the Purchaser's acceptance of those Units for payment pursuant
to this Offer.  Payment for Units  accepted for payment  pursuant to this  Offer
will  be made through the Depositary, which  will act as agent for the tendering
Unitholders for  the  purpose  of  receiving  payment  from  the  Purchaser  and
transmitting payments to tendering Unitholders.
 
    UNDER  NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL INTEREST  BE PAID ON THE  PURCHASE PRICE OF THE
UNITS TO BE PAID BY  THE PURCHASER, REGARDLESS OF  ANY DELAY IN MAKING  PAYMENT.
UPON THE DEPOSIT OF FUNDS WITH THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAKING PAYMENTS
TO  TENDERING UNITHOLDERS, THE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION  TO MAKE PAYMENTS SHALL BE
SATISFIED  AND  TENDERING  UNITHOLDERS  MUST  THEREAFTER  LOOK  SOLELY  TO   THE
DEPOSITARY  FOR PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS OWED TO  THEM BY REASON OF THE ACCEPTANCE FOR
PAYMENT OF UNITS PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER.
 
    If any tendered Units are not accepted for payment pursuant to the terms and
conditions of this Offer,  the Letter of Transmittal  with respect to Units  not
purchased  will be destroyed  by the Depositary. If,  for any reason whatsoever,
acceptance for payment of, or payment  for, any Units tendered pursuant to  this
Offer  is delayed or the Purchaser is  unable to accept for payment, purchase or
pay for Units tendered  pursuant to this Offer,  then, without prejudice to  the
Purchaser's  rights  under  this  Offer (but  subject  to  compliance  with Rule
14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act), the Depositary may, nevertheless, on behalf of
the Purchaser, retain tendered Units,  subject to any limitations of  applicable
law, and such Units may not be withdrawn except to the extent that the tendering
Unitholders are entitled to withdrawal rights as described in this Offer.
 
    If,  on  or  prior  to  the Expiration  Date,  the  Purchaser  increases the
consideration offered  to  Unitholders pursuant  to  this Offer,  the  increased
consideration  will be  paid to  all Unitholders  that are  accepted for payment
pursuant to this Offer.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    The Purchaser reserves the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part,
to one or more affiliates or  direct or indirect subsidiaries of the  Purchaser,
the  right to purchase Units tendered pursuant to this Offer, but no transfer or
assignment will relieve  the Purchaser of  its obligations under  this Offer  or
prejudice  the  rights of  tendering Unitholders  to  receive payment  for Units
validly tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to this Offer.
 
    3.  PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTING THE OFFER  AND TENDERING UNITS.  In order for  a
Unitholder  to  validly  tender Units  pursuant  to  this Offer,  the  Letter of
Transmittal, properly  completed  and duly  executed,  together with  any  other
documents  required  by  the Letter  of  Transmittal,  must be  received  by the
Depositary at its address set forth on the back cover of this Offer to  Purchase
on  or prior to the Expiration Date, which is 11:59 p.m., New York City Time, on
July 31, 1996 (unless extended).
 
    The signature(s)  on the  Letter of  Transmittal must  be guaranteed  by  an
eligible   guarantor  institution   (a  bank,  stockbroker,   savings  and  loan
association or credit union with  membership in an approved signature  guarantee
Medallion program).
 
    THE  METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING UNITHOLDER. IF DELIVERY  IS
BY   MAIL,  REGISTERED  MAIL  WITH  RETURN  RECEIPT  REQUESTED  IS  RECOMMENDED.
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO  ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY TO THE  DEPOSITARY.
EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE  PROVIDED IN  THE  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL,  THE DELIVERIES
REFERRED TO  ABOVE  WILL BE  DEEMED  MADE ONLY  WHEN  ACTUALLY RECEIVED  BY  THE
DEPOSITARY.
 
    By  executing  the Letter  of Transmittal  as set  forth above,  a tendering
Unitholder irrevocably appoints designees of  the Purchaser as the  Unitholder's
attorneys-in-fact  and proxies,  each with  full power  of substitution,  in the
manner set  forth in  the Letter  of Transmittal,  to the  full extent  of  such
Unitholder's  rights with  respect to the  Units tendered by  the Unitholder and
accepted for payment by the Purchaser. All powers of attorney and proxies  shall
be  considered coupled with  an interest in the  tendered Units. The appointment
will be effective when, and only to  the extent that, the Purchaser accepts  the
Units for payment. Upon acceptance for payment, all prior powers of attorney and
proxies  given by  such Unitholder  with respect  to the  Units will  be revoked
without further action,  and no  subsequent proxies nor  any subsequent  written
consent  executed by the Unitholder  with respect thereto may  be given (and, if
given or executed, will  not be deemed  to be effective).  The designees of  the
Purchaser  will,  with  respect  to  the  Units  for  which  the  appointment is
effective, be  empowered  to  exercise  all  voting  and  other  rights  of  the
Unitholder  as they in their  sole discretion may deem  proper at any meeting of
the Partnership's Unitholders, by written consent in lieu of any such meeting or
otherwise.
 
    A tender of  Units pursuant to  any of the  procedures described above  will
constitute  a tendering Unitholder's  acceptance of the  terms and conditions of
this Offer and  a binding  agreement between  the tendering  Unitholder and  the
Purchaser upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Offer.
 
    UNDER  THE BACKUP  WITHHOLDING PROVISIONS  OF THE  FEDERAL INCOME  TAX LAWS,
UNLESS  AN  EXCEPTION  APPLIES  UNDER  APPLICABLE  LAWS  AND  REGULATIONS,   THE
DEPOSITARY  WILL BE REQUIRED TO WITHHOLD 31%  OF THE AMOUNT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE
TO UNITHOLDERS PURSUANT  TO THIS  OFFER. TO  PREVENT FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  BACKUP
WITHHOLDING  WITH RESPECT  TO PAYMENT OF  THE PURCHASE PRICE  OF UNITS PURCHASED
PURSUANT TO  THIS OFFER,  A  UNITHOLDER MUST  PROVIDE  THE DEPOSITARY  WITH  THE
UNITHOLDER'S  CORRECT  TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER  AND  CERTIFY  THAT  THE
UNITHOLDER IS NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING BY COMPLETING
THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 IN THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL. SEE INSTRUCTION 8 OF  THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
    4.   DETERMINATION OF VALIDITY; REJECTION OF  UNITS; WAIVER OF DEFECTS.  All
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt)  and
acceptance  for  payment  of any  tender  of  Units will  be  determined  by the
Purchaser in  its  sole  discretion,  which determination  shall  be  final  and
binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance for payment of which
may, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. The Purchaser also reserves the
absolute  right  to  waive  any  condition  of  this  Offer,  or  any  defect or
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
irregularity in  the tender  of any  Units  of any  Unitholder, whether  or  not
similar  defects or irregularities are waived  in the case of other Unitholders.
No tender of Units will  be deemed to have been  validly made until all  defects
and  irregularities  have  been cured  or  waived.  None of  the  Purchaser, the
Depositary, the Information Agent or any other person will be under any duty  to
give  notification  of any  defects or  irregularities in  tenders or  incur any
liability  for  failure   to  give  any   such  notification.  The   Purchaser's
interpretation  of the terms and conditions  of this Offer (including the Letter
of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be final and binding.
 
    5.  WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.   Tenders of  Units made pursuant  to this Offer  are
irrevocable,  except that the  Units may be  withdrawn at any  time prior to the
Expiration Date and, unless  theretofore accepted for  payment by the  Purchaser
pursuant to this Offer, may also be withdrawn at any time after August 31, 1996.
If the Purchaser extends this Offer, is delayed in its acceptance for payment of
Units  or is unable to  accept Units for payment pursuant  to this Offer for any
reason, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights under this Offer,  the
Depositary  may nevertheless, on behalf of the Purchaser, retain tendered Units,
and the  Units  may  not  be  withdrawn except  to  the  extent  that  tendering
Unitholders  are entitled to  withdrawal rights as described  in this Section 5,
subject to  Rule  14e-1(c)  under the  Exchange  Act.  Any such  delay  will  be
accompanied by an extension of this Offer to the extent required by law.
 
    For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice
of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at its address set forth
on  the back cover page of this Offer to Purchase. Any such notice of withdrawal
must specify  the  name(s)  of  the  person(s) who  tendered  the  Units  to  be
withdrawn, the number of Units to be withdrawn and the name(s) of the registered
holder(s)  of such Units, if  different from that of  the person(s) who tendered
such Units. The signature(s) on the  notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed  by
an  eligible  guarantor  institution  (a  bank,  stockbroker,  savings  and loan
association or credit union with  membership in an approved signature  guarantee
Medallion program).
 
    All questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any
notice  of  withdrawal  will  be  determined  by  the  Purchaser,  in  its  sole
discretion,  whose  determination  will  be  final  and  binding.  None  of  the
Purchaser,  the Depositary,  the Information Agent  or any other  person will be
under any duty  to give  notification of any  defects or  irregularities in  any
notice  of  withdrawal or  incur  any liability  for  failure to  give  any such
notification.
 
    Any Units properly  withdrawn will  thereafter be  deemed not  to have  been
validly  tendered for  purposes of this  Offer. However, withdrawn  Units may be
re-tendered at any time prior to the Expiration Date by following the procedures
described in "The Offer"  -- Section 3 ("Procedure  for Accepting the Offer  and
Tendering Units").
 
    6.  EXTENSION OF THE OFFER PERIOD; TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.  The Purchaser
expressly  reserves  the  right  (but  will  not  be  obligated),  in  its  sole
discretion, at any  time or  from time  to time, to  extend the  period of  time
during  which  this Offer  is  open by  giving oral  or  written notice  of such
extension to  the  Depositary  and  by making  a  public  announcement  of  such
extension.  During any  such extension,  all Units  previously tendered  and not
accepted for payment or withdrawn will remain  subject to this Offer and may  be
accepted for payment by the Purchaser at the conclusion of this Offer, except to
the  extent such Units may be withdrawn as set forth in "The Offer" -- Section 5
("Withdrawal Rights").  There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  Purchaser  will
exercise  its  right  to extend  this  Offer.  In addition,  this  Offer  may be
extended, amended or terminated  upon the occurrence of  any event described  in
"The Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    If  the Purchaser decides, in its sole discretion, to decrease the number of
Units being sought  or to increase  the consideration offered  in this Offer  to
Unitholders  and, at the time that notice  of such decrease or increase is first
published, sent or  given to  Unitholders in  the manner  specified below,  this
Offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the expiration of a period
ending  on the tenth business  day following, and including,  the date that such
notice is first so published,  sent or given, then  this Offer will be  extended
until the expiration of such period of ten business days.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    The  Purchaser also expressly reserves the right (i) to terminate this Offer
and not accept for  payment or pay  for any Units  not theretofore accepted  for
payment  or paid for or to delay the  acceptance for payment of, or payment for,
any Units validly tendered and not withdrawn, upon the occurrence of any of  the
conditions  specified in  "The Offer" --  Section 7 ("Certain  Conditions of the
Offer"), by giving oral or  written notice of such  termination or delay to  the
Depositary  and (ii) at any time,  or from time to time,  to amend this Offer in
any respect. Any extension, delay in  payment, termination or amendment will  be
followed  as  promptly  as  practicable  by  public  announcement  thereof, such
announcement in the case of an extension  to be issued no later than 9:00  a.m.,
New  York City  time, on  the next business  day after  the previously scheduled
Expiration Date in accordance with the public announcement requirements of  Rule
14d-4(c)  and  Rule  14d-6(d)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Without  limiting the
obligations of  the  Purchaser under  such  rules or  the  manner in  which  the
Purchaser  may choose to  make any public  announcement, the Purchaser currently
intends to make announcements by issuing a release to the Dow Jones New  Service
and making any appropriate filing with the Commission.
 
    If  the Purchaser extends this  Offer or if the  Purchaser is delayed in its
acceptance for payment  of, or payment  for, Units  or is unable  to accept  for
payment  or pay for Units  pursuant to this Offer  for any reason, then, without
prejudice to the Purchaser's  rights pursuant to  this Offer (including  without
limitation,  as set forth in  "The Offer" -- Section  6 ("Extension of the Offer
Period; Termination and Amendment")  and Section 7  ("Certain Conditions of  the
Offer"),  the Depositary  may nevertheless, on  behalf of  the Purchaser, retain
tendered Units  subject to  withdrawal rights  as described  in "The  Offer"  --
Section  5 ("Withdrawal Rights"). The ability  of the Purchaser to delay payment
for Units which it has  accepted for payment is  limited by Rule 14e-1(c)  under
the  Exchange Act, which  requires any person  making a tender  offer to pay the
consideration offered  or  return the  tendered  securities promptly  after  the
termination or withdrawal of a tender offer.
 
    7.   CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF THE  OFFER.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Offer and subject to the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the Purchaser will not be required to accept for purchase any Units,
may postpone the acceptance for purchase of Units tendered and may terminate  or
amend  this Offer if prior to the time of  purchase of any such Units any of the
following shall occur or the Purchaser  shall have learned of the occurrence  of
any such events:
 
    (a)  There  shall  be  threatened,  instituted  or  pending  any  action  or
proceeding before any domestic or foreign court or governmental agency or  other
regulatory   or  administrative   agency  or  commission   (i)  challenging  the
acquisition by the Purchaser of the  Units, seeking to restrain or prohibit  the
making  or consummation of this Offer, seeking to obtain any material damages or
otherwise directly or  indirectly relating to  the transactions contemplated  by
this  Offer, (ii) seeking  to prohibit or restrict  the Purchaser's ownership or
operation of any material portion of  the Purchaser's business or assets, or  to
compel  the Purchaser to dispose of or hold separate all or any material portion
of its business or assets as a result  of this Offer, (iii) seeking to make  the
purchase  of, or payment for, some or all  of the Units illegal or invalid, (iv)
resulting in a delay in  the ability of the Purchaser  to accept for payment  or
pay  for some or all of the Units, (v) seeking to impose material limitations on
the ability of the Purchaser effectively to acquire or hold or to exercise  full
rights  of ownership of  the Units, including, without  limitation, the right to
vote the Units purchased by the  Purchaser on all matters properly presented  to
the  Unitholders of the  Partnership, (vi) which  could materially and adversely
affect the treatment of this Offer for federal income tax purposes, (vii)  which
otherwise is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the Partnership or
value  of the Units or (viii)  which imposes any material condition unacceptable
to the Purchaser;
 
    (b) Any statute, rule,  regulation or order  shall be enacted,  promulgated,
entered or deemed applicable to this Offer, any legislation shall be pending, or
any  other action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any domestic
government or governmental authority or by any court, domestic or foreign, which
is likely, directly or indirectly, to result in any of the consequences referred
to in paragraph (a) above; or
 
    (c) There shall have occurred (i)  any general suspension of, or  limitation
on  prices for,  trading in securities  on the  NYSE, (ii) the  declaration of a
banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
respect of banks in the  United States, (iii) the  commencement of a war,  armed
hostilities or other international or national calamity materially affecting the
United  States, (iv) any  limitation by any governmental  authority or any other
event which is reasonably likely to affect  the extension of credit by banks  or
other  lending institutions  in the United  States, (v) any  material decline in
security prices on the NYSE or (vi) in the case of any of the foregoing existing
at the time of this Offer, any material worsening thereof;
 
which, in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, acting in good faith, with respect
to each and every matter referred to above, and regardless of the  circumstances
(including  any action  or inaction  by the Purchaser)  giving rise  to any such
condition makes  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  this  Offer  or  with  such
acceptance for purchase.
 
    The  foregoing conditions are for the sole  benefit of the Purchaser and may
be asserted by the Purchaser regardless of the circumstances giving rise to  any
such  conditions (including any action  or inaction by the  Purchaser) or may be
waived by the Purchaser in whole or in part. The failure by the Purchaser at any
time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any
such right, and  each right  shall be  deemed a  continuing right  which may  be
asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
    8.   CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS AND REGULATORY APPROVALS.  Except as described in
this Section 8, the Purchaser  is not aware of  any license or other  regulatory
permit  which appears to be material to  the business of the Partnership and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole  and which is likely  to be adversely affected  by
the  Purchaser's acquisition of Units pursuant to  this Offer or of any approval
or other action by any domestic or foreign governmental or administrative agency
that would  be required  prior to  the  acquisition of  Units by  the  Purchaser
pursuant  to this Offer.  Should any approval  or other action  be required, the
Purchaser presently intends to seek such approval or take such action (except as
described below under "State Takeover  Laws"). The Purchaser does not  presently
intend  to delay the purchase  of Units tendered pursuant  to this Offer pending
the outcome of  any such  action or  receipt of  such approval  (subject to  the
Purchaser's  right to decline to purchase Units if any of the conditions in "The
Offer" -- Section 7  ("Certain Conditions of the  Offer") shall have  occurred).
There  can be no assurance that any such approval or action, if needed, would be
obtained, or,  if  obtained,  that  it  will  be  obtained  without  substantial
conditions.  The Purchaser's obligations under this Offer are subject to certain
conditions, among them conditions which might  not be satisfied if there were  a
failure  to obtain regulatory approval and  such failure were material. See "The
Offer" -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    STATE TAKEOVER  LAWS.   The Partnership  conducts business  in a  number  of
states  throughout the United States, some  of which have enacted takeover laws.
The Purchaser does  not know whether  any of  these laws will,  by their  terms,
apply to this Offer. Should any person seek to apply any state takeover law, the
Purchaser  will take  such action as  then appears desirable,  which may include
challenging the validity  or applicability  of any such  statute in  appropriate
court  proceedings. In the event it is  asserted that one or more state takeover
laws is applicable to  this Offer, and an  appropriate court does not  determine
that it is inapplicable or invalid as applied to this Offer, the Purchaser might
be  required to  file certain information  with, or receive  approvals from, the
relevant state authorities.  In addition,  if enjoined, the  Purchaser might  be
unable  to accept for payment  any Units tendered pursuant  to this Offer, or be
delayed in continuing or  consummating this Offer. In  such case, the  Purchaser
may  not be obligated to accept for  payment any Units tendered. See "The Offer"
- -- Section 7 ("Certain Conditions of the Offer").
 
    ANTITRUST.  Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of  1986,
as  amended (the "HSR Act") and the  rules that have been promulgated thereunder
by the Federal  Trade Commission (the  "FTC"), certain acquisition  transactions
may  not be consummated  unless information has been  furnished to the Antitrust
Division  of  the  Department  of  Justice  and  the  FTC  and  waiting   period
requirements  have been satisfied. The Purchaser believes that this Offer is not
subject to the HSR Act and that this Offer will not violate the antitrust  laws.
However, there can be no assurance that a
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
challenge  to this  Offer on antitrust  grounds will not  be made, or  if such a
challenge is  made, what  the  result will  be. See  "The  Offer" --  Section  7
("Certain  Conditions  of  the Offer")  for  certain conditions  of  this Offer,
including  conditions  with  respect  to  litigation  and  certain  governmental
actions.
 
    MARGIN  REQUIREMENTS.    The Units  are  not "margin  securities"  under the
regulations of  the  Board of  Governors  of  the Federal  Reserve  System  and,
accordingly, such regulations generally are not applicable to this Offer.
 
    9.    DISSENTERS'  RIGHTS  AND  INVESTOR  LISTS.    Neither  the Partnership
Agreement nor Washington law  provides any right for  Unitholders to have  their
respective Units appraised or redeemed in connection with or as a result of this
Offer.  Each Unitholder  has the opportunity  to make an  individual decision on
whether or not  to tender in  this Offer. Under  the Partnership Agreement,  any
Unitholder  is entitled to inspect  the books and records  of the Partnership at
reasonable times and upon five business days' notice to the General Partner. Any
Unitholder, upon paying the  cost of duplicating and  mailing, is entitled to  a
copy  of the  list of  names and  addresses of  Unitholders of  the Partnership,
including the number of Units held by each of them.
 
    10. FEES AND EXPENSES.   Except as set forth  below, the Purchaser will  not
pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person for soliciting
tenders  of Units pursuant to this  Offer. The Purchaser will reimburse brokers,
dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for customary handling and mailing
expenses incurred in forwarding this Offer to Purchase to their customers.
 
    The costs  and  fees listed  below  are  estimates of  the  aggregate  costs
expected  to  be  incurred  by  the Purchaser,  the  Partnership  and  the Other
Partnerships as a result of the Transaction and the Additional Transactions. The
"Shared Transaction Costs"  listed below will  be shared by  the Purchaser,  the
Partnership,  and  the Other  Partnerships  in accordance  with  the Acquisition
Agreement. The "Individual Transaction Costs" listed below will be borne by  the
entity that incurred the expense. See "The Acquisition Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Shared Transaction Costs:
  Printing and Mailing.................................................  $  500,000
  Accounting Fees......................................................     255,000
  Real Estate Transaction Costs........................................     165,000
  Information Agent/Inspector of Elections.............................     425,000
  Other................................................................     340,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                          1,685,000
Individual Transaction Costs:
  Legal Fees...........................................................  $1,811,000
  Investment Banking Fees..............................................     955,000
  Partnership Transfer Fees for Tendered Units.........................     210,000
  Appraisal Fee........................................................      92,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                          3,068,000
                                                                         ----------
Total Transaction Costs................................................  $4,753,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    If  the Merger and the Additional Mergers are consummated, of the Individual
Transaction Costs,  approximately $623,000  will be  borne by  the  Partnership,
approximately  $418,000 will  be borne by  IDS2, approximately  $617,000 will be
borne by IDS3 and  approximately $1,410,000 will be  borne by the Purchaser.  If
the  Merger and the Additional Mergers are consummated, the Purchaser expects to
incur total costs of approximately $2.3  million and the Partnership expects  to
incur  total costs of approximately $940,000.  The remaining costs and fees will
be incurred by the Other Partnerships.
 
    The Purchaser has retained D.F. King &  Co., Inc. to act as the  Information
Agent  and  Gemisys Corporation  to act  as Depositary  in connection  with this
Offer. The Information Agent  may contact holders of  Units by mail,  telephone,
telex,  telegraph and  personal interview and  may request  brokers, dealers and
other nominee  Unitholders  to  forward  materials relating  to  this  Offer  to
beneficial  owners of the  Units. The Information Agent  and the Depositary each
will receive reasonable and customary
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
compensation  for  their  services  in  connection  with  this  Offer,  will  be
reimbursed  for their reasonable out-of-pocket  expenses and will be indemnified
against  certain  liabilities  and  expenses  in  connection  with  this  Offer,
including certain liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
    11.  MISCELLANEOUS.    This Offer  is  being  made to  all  Unitholders. The
Purchaser is not aware of any state where the making of this Offer is prohibited
by administrative  or  judicial action  pursuant  to  a state  statute.  If  the
Purchaser  becomes  aware of  any state  where the  making of  this Offer  is so
prohibited, the Purchaser will make a good faith effort to comply with any  such
statute  or seek to have  such statute declared inapplicable  to this Offer. If,
after such good faith  effort, the Purchaser cannot  comply with any  applicable
statute, this Offer will not be made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on
behalf of) the Unitholders in such state.
 
    No  person  has  been  authorized  to  give  any  information  or  make  any
representation on behalf of the Purchaser  not contained in this Offer, and,  if
given  or made, such  information or representation  must not be  relied upon as
having been authorized.  In those  jurisdictions where securities,  blue sky  or
other  laws require this Offer  to be made by a  licensed broker or dealer, this
Offer shall be  deemed to  be made on  behalf of  the Purchaser by  one or  more
registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
                         SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE I
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                       OF SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  name,  business  address, principal
occupation or employment at the present time and during the last five years, and
the  name,  principal  business  and   address  of  any  corporation  or   other
organization  in which such occupation or employment is or was conducted, of the
directors and executive officers of the  Purchaser, all of whom are citizens  of
the  United  States.  Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  address  of  each such
corporation or  organization listed  and  the business  address of  each  person
listed  is the address of the Purchaser, 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle,
Washington 98101.  Except as  otherwise noted,  the principal  business of  each
corporation  or organization  listed is real  estate investment  and each person
listed has had the principal occupation  or employment listed for more than  the
past five years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY/ADDRESS/
        NAME                     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                      OFFICE AND DATE OF ELECTION
- --------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>                                            <C>
Charles K. Barbo      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1995-present);
                                                                     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                                                     Executive Officer (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Chairman of the Board;
                                                                     President (1992-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                                                     Officer (1972-1995)
Harrell L. Beck       Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1993-present);
                                                                     President (1993-1995);
                                                                     Chief Financial Officer,
                                                                     Treasurer (1993-present);
                                                                     Senior Vice President (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Treasurer (1992-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Chief Financial Officer (1990-1995)
Michael Rowe          Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Executive Vice President
                                                                     (1993-present);
                                                                     Chief Operating Officer
                                                                     (March 19, 1996-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Vice President (1994-present);
                                                                     Treasurer (1991-1992)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Director of Storage Operations (1987-1993)
Kristin H. Stred      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Secretary (1993-present);
                                                                     Senior Vice President (1995-present)
                      Shurgard General Partner, Inc.                 Secretary (1993-present)
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Secretary and General Counsel (1992-1995)
                      The Boeing Company                             Attorney (1991-1992)
                      (aerospace and defense)
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule I - Page 1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY/ADDRESS/
        NAME                     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                      OFFICE AND DATE OF ELECTION
- --------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------
David K. Grant        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Executive Vice President
                                                                     (1993-present);
                                                                     Director of European Operations (May 14,
                                                                     1996-present)
<S>                   <C>                                            <C>
                      Shurgard Incorporated                          Director of Real Estate Investments
                                                                     (1985-1995)
Donald W. Lusk        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1994-present)
                      Lusk Consulting Group                          President
                      P.O. Box 3235
                      Redmond, WA 98087
                      (general management consulting)
Wendell J. Smith      Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1994-present)
                      W.J.S. & Associates                            Founder
                      1301 Gary Way
                      Carmichael, CA 95608
                      (advisory and consulting services)
Howard Johnson        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1996-present)
                      Howard Johnson & Company                       Chairman, President and Chief Executive
                      375 Park Avenue                                Officer
                      New York, NY 10152
                      (independent consulting)
Greenlaw Grupe        Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.                 Director (1996-present)
                      The Grupe Company                              Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                      3255 W. March Lane, 4th Floor
                      Stockton, CA 95219
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule I - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE II
 
                       SUMMARY PORTFOLIO APPRAISAL REPORT
                    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 1
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Letter of Transmittal......................................................................................           3
Identification of Subject Portfolio........................................................................           5
Property Ownership and History.............................................................................           5
Purpose of Appraisal.......................................................................................           5
Function of Appraisal......................................................................................           5
Scope of Appraisal.........................................................................................           5
Date of Valuation..........................................................................................           6
Value Definition...........................................................................................           6
Valuation Methodology......................................................................................           7
  Site Inspections and Data Gathering......................................................................           7
  Income and Expense Analysis..............................................................................           8
  Income Approach Analysis.................................................................................           9
  Sales Comparison Analysis................................................................................           9
  Reconciliation...........................................................................................          10
Portfolio Value Conclusion ................................................................................          10
Portfolio Summary..........................................................................................          11
Assumptions and Limiting Conditions........................................................................          12
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule II - Page 2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   June 26, 1996
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
 
    IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners L.P.  (the "Partnership")  has engaged
Robert A. Stanger & Co.,  Inc. ("Stanger") to estimate  the market value of  the
portfolio of self-storage facilities (the "Portfolio") owned by the Partnership.
Such  appraisals reflect the estimated market  value of the fee simple interests
in the Portfolio as of December 31, 1995, assuming the Portfolio to be free  and
clear of any existing debt or other encumbrances (the "Portfolio Valuation").
 
    This  summary appraisal report  is prepared in  accordance with an agreement
between Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.  and the Partnership dated March 8,  1996.
In  accordance  with the  agreement,  Stanger has  been  engaged to  perform the
appraisal on a limited scope basis  in conformity with the departure  provisions
of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the standards of
the  Appraisal Institute as  they relate to limited  scope appraisal reports. We
have relied upon the Income Approach and Sales Comparison Approach to value  and
have  been engaged to deliver to the Partnership a summary appraisal report that
is not  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Title  XI  of  the  Financial
Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA").
 
    The  Portfolio Valuation is based in part upon information supplied to us by
the Partnership  and  the  property  manager, including,  but  not  limited  to:
descriptions  of the subject properties  (the "Properties"), unit mix, operating
statements of the  Properties, property  tax bills,  expense details,  occupancy
reports, rent rolls and other supporting data. We have also received information
from interviews of property and Partnership management personnel. We have relied
upon such information and have assumed that the information provided is accurate
and complete. We have not attempted to independently verify such information.
 
    We  are advised by the  Partnership that the purpose  of the appraisal is to
estimate the value of the fee interests in the Portfolio under market conditions
as of the appraisal date, and that  the Portfolio Valuation will be used  solely
in  connection with a proposed tender offer for Partnership interests and merger
of the  Partnership  with  Shurgard  Storage  Centers,  Inc.  ("SSCI").  Stanger
understands  that the Portfolio  Valuation will be reviewed  and utilized by the
Partnership in connection with the above transactions, and Stanger agrees to the
use of  the  Portfolio Valuation  for  this purpose  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  of the agreements related thereto.  For these purposes, this summary
appraisal report  was prepared  stating our  opinion as  to the  aggregate  fair
market  value of the Partnership's interests in the Portfolio as of December 31,
1995. Portions  of this  report may  be  summarized and  referenced in  a  proxy
statement  or other offering materials relating  to the transactions, subject to
prior review by Stanger. However,  the attached summary appraisal report  should
be  reviewed in  its entirety  and is  subject to  the assumptions  and limiting
conditions contained  herein. Background  information  and analysis  upon  which
value conclusions are based has been retained in our files.
 
    Our  review was undertaken solely for the purpose of providing an opinion of
market value, and we make  no representation as to  the adequacy of such  review
for any other purpose. Our opinion is
 
                              Schedule II - Page 3
<PAGE>
expressed  with  respect to  the total  market value  of the  Portfolio. Neither
Stanger nor the undersigned have any present or contemplated future financial or
ownership interest in the Properties, the Partnership or SSCI.
 
    The Portfolio  Valuation has  been  prepared on  a  limited scope  basis  in
conformity   with  the  departure   provisions  of  the   Uniform  Standards  of
Professional Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal Institute, in accordance  with
an  agreement between Robert  A. Stanger &  Co., Inc. and  the Partnership dated
March 8, 1996. Pursuant  to that agreement, Stanger  has relied upon the  Income
Approach  and Sales  Comparison Approach  to value and  did not  employ the Cost
Approach.
 
    The appraisal is  only an estimate  of the  market value of  the fee  simple
interests  in the Portfolio as of the date of valuation and should not be relied
upon as being the equivalent of the price that would necessarily be received  in
the  event of a sale or other disposition of the Portfolio. Changes in corporate
financing rates or changes in real estate property markets may result in  higher
or lower values of real property. The use of other valuation methodologies might
produce  a higher or lower value. Our  opinion is subject to the assumptions and
limiting conditions  set forth  herein.  We have  used methods  and  assumptions
deemed  appropriate  in our  professional judgment;  however, future  events may
demonstrate that the assumptions were incorrect or that other, different methods
or assumptions may have been more appropriate.
 
    This summary appraisal report provides our value conclusion with respect  to
the  Portfolio, definitions of  value, discussions of  the valuation methodology
employed, assumptions, and  limiting conditions.  The attached  exhibits are  an
integral part of this report.
 
    Based  upon the review described  herein, it is our  opinion that the market
value of  the fee  simple interests  in  the Portfolio  of Properties  owned  by
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. as of December 31, 1995 is:
 
           FORTY MILLION, THREE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
                                  $40,370,000
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                          Sincerely,
                                          Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
                                          Shrewsbury, New Jersey
 
                              Schedule II - Page 4
<PAGE>
                      IDENTIFICATION OF SUBJECT PORTFOLIO
 
    The  subject  of this  summary  appraisal report  is  the portfolio  of real
properties (the "Portfolio") in which  IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners  L.P.
own  interests. The  Portfolio is  comprised of  twelve self-storage properties,
aggregating approximately 684,000  square feet  (as adjusted  for certain  joint
venture  interests),  located  in  six states.  (A  summary  description  of the
Portfolio is provided elsewhere in this report.)
 
                         PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND HISTORY
 
    All the properties in the Portfolio are owned by IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth
Partners  L.P., with the  exception of four properties  located in Michigan (the
"JV Properties") which are owned by Shurgard Joint Partners II, a joint  venture
in  which  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P. owns  a 70%  interest. The
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners  L.P. Properties  were  purchased  by  the
Partnership and/or the Joint Venture between 1988 and 1990.
 
                              PURPOSE OF APPRAISAL
 
    The  purpose of  the appraisal is  to estimate  the market value  of the fee
simple interests or, where  appropriate, leased fee  interests in the  Portfolio
under market conditions as of December 31, 1995.
 
                             FUNCTION OF APPRAISAL
 
    The  function of the  appraisal is to  provide a current  estimate of market
value of  the fee  simple  interests in  the Portfolio  for  use solely  by  the
Partnership  in connection  with a  proposed tender  offer for  interests in the
Partnership and merger of the Partnership with Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. No
representation is  made as  to the  adequacy  of this  appraisal for  any  other
purpose.
 
                               SCOPE OF APPRAISAL
 
    The  Portfolio  Valuation has  been  prepared on  a  limited scope  basis in
conformity  with  the   departure  provisions  of   the  Uniform  Standards   of
Professional  Appraisal Practice of the  Appraisal Institute, in accordance with
an agreement between  Robert A. Stanger  & Co., Inc.  and the Partnership  dated
March  8, 1996. Pursuant to  that agreement, Stanger has  relied upon the Income
Approach and Sales  Comparison Approach  to value and  did not  employ the  Cost
Approach (as described below).
 
    In  estimating the value of a  property, appraisers typically consider three
approaches to value: the  Cost Approach, the Sales  Comparison Approach and  the
Income  Approach. The  type and  age of  a property,  market conditions  and the
quantity and quality  of data  affect the applicability  of each  approach in  a
specific   appraisal  situation.  The  value  estimated  by  the  Cost  Approach
incorporates separate estimates of  the value of the  unimproved site under  its
highest  and best use and  the value of the  improvements, less observed accrued
depreciation resulting  from  physical  wear  and  tear  and  functional  and/or
economic  obsolescence. The Market Data or  Sales Comparison Approach involves a
comparative analysis of the subject property with other similar properties  that
have  sold recently or  that are currently  offered for sale  in the market. The
Income Approach  involves an  economic analysis  of the  property based  on  its
potential to provide future net annual income.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  terms  of our  engagement,  the  Portfolio  Valuation was
performed using  the Income  Approach  and Sales  Comparison Approach.  Since  a
primary  buyer group for the type of property appraised herein is investors, the
Income Approach and Sales Comparison Approach were deemed appropriate  valuation
methodologies. Further, given the primary criteria used by buyers of the type of
property  appraised herein, the Cost Approach  was considered less reliable than
either of the Income Approach or Sales Comparison Approach.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 5
<PAGE>
    Changes in corporate financing  rates generally or  in real estate  property
markets  may result in higher or lower values of real property. The use of other
valuation methodologies might produce  a higher or lower  value. Our opinion  is
subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions set forth herein.
 
    DEPARTURES  -- UNIFORM STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE -- With respect to
the limited  appraisal, the  departure provisions  of the  Uniform Standards  of
Professional  Appraisal Practice permit departures  from the specific guidelines
of Standard 1. In this report the following departures were taken:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>
Standard Rule 1-4 (b)  Details  relating  to  comparable  sales  and  rental  data   and
                       reconciliations  of value for each  property are not specifically
                       described or set forth in this  report but have been retained  in
                       our files.
</TABLE>
 
                               DATE OF VALUATION
 
    The date of valuation for the Portfolio is December 31, 1995.
 
                                VALUE DEFINITION
 
    Market value, as used in this report and defined by the Appraisal Institute,
is  the most probable price as of a specified date, in cash, in terms equivalent
to cash, or in other precisely revealed terms, for which the specified  property
rights  should sell after reasonable exposure  in a competitive market under all
conditions requisite  to a  fair sale,  with the  buyer and  seller each  acting
prudently,  knowledgeably and  for self-interest,  and assuming  that neither is
under undue duress.
 
    Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a  specified
date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
 
    (a) buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
    (b)  both parties  are well  informed or  well advised,  and each  acts in a
       manner he considers in his own best interest;
 
    (c) a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
    (d) payment  is made  in  terms of  cash  in U.S.  dollars  or in  terms  of
       financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
    (e)  the price  represents the  normal consideration  for the  property sold
       unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions  granted
       by anyone associated with the sale.
 
(Source: THE APPRAISAL OF REAL ESTATE, Tenth Edition.)
 
    The  property  rights  appraised  in  this  report  consist  of  fee  simple
interests. Due  to  the  generally  short-term,  month  to  month  tenancies  in
self-storage  facilities, a fee simple interest  was deemed appropriate for such
facilities. Fee simple interest is defined as absolute ownership unencumbered by
any other interest or estate subject only to the limitations of eminent  domain,
escheat, police power and taxation.
 
    In  the case  of the  JV Properties, the  property rights  appraised are fee
simple interests and the values reported  herein reflect a pro-rata interest  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners L.P. in  such fee simple value based solely
on its 70% interest in the joint venture.
 
    The appraisal includes the value of land, land improvements such as  paving,
fencing,  on-site sewer and  water lines, and  the buildings as  of December 31,
1995. The appraisal does not  include supplies, materials on hand,  inventories,
furniture,  equipment or other personal property, company records, or current or
intangible  assets  that  may  exist.  The  appraisal  pertains  only  to  items
considered as real estate.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 6
<PAGE>
                             VALUATION METHODOLOGY
 
    Pursuant to the terms of this engagement, Stanger has estimated the value of
the  fee  simple interests  in the  Portfolio's Properties  based on  the Income
Approach and Sales Comparison Approach  to valuation. (Appraisers typically  use
up  to three approaches in valuing real  property: the Cost Approach, the Income
Approach, and the  Sales Comparison Approach.  The type and  age of a  property,
market  conditions and the quantity and quality of data affect the applicability
of each approach in a specific appraisal situation.)
 
    The Income Approach is based on the assumption that the value of a  property
or  portfolio  of properties  is dependent  upon  the property's  or portfolio's
ability to produce income. The  Income Approach estimates a property's  capacity
to  produce income through an analysis  of the rental market, operating expenses
and net operating income.  Net income may then  be processed into value  through
either  (or a combination  of) two methods:  direct capitalization or discounted
cash flow  analysis.  In  this  Portfolio  Valuation,  a  direct  capitalization
analysis  and a discounted cash flow ("DCF")  analysis are used to determine the
value of the fee simple interests or, where appropriate, leased fee interests in
each Property. The indicated value by the Income Approach represents the  amount
an  investor may pay for the expectation of receiving the net cash flow from the
Properties and proceeds from the ultimate sale of the Properties.
 
    The direct capitalization analysis is based upon the estimated net operating
income of each Property capitalized at an appropriate capitalization rate  based
upon  property characteristics and competitive position and market conditions as
of the date of the appraisal.
 
    In applying  the DCF  analysis,  Stanger utilized  pro forma  statements  of
operations for each Portfolio Property including revenues and expenses projected
over a ten-year period. Each Portfolio Property is assumed to be sold at the end
of  the ten-year holding period. The  reversion value of each Portfolio Property
which can be realized  upon sale at  the end of the  ten-year holding period  is
estimated based on capitalization of the estimated net income of the property in
the year of sale, utilizing a capitalization rate deemed appropriate in light of
the  age,  anticipated  functional  and  economic  obsolescence  and competitive
position of  the property  at  the time  of sale.  Net  proceeds to  owners  are
determined  by deducting appropriate  costs of sale.  The discount rate selected
for the DCF analysis is based upon  estimated target rates of return for  buyers
of  self-storage properties. Total estimated  value for the Portfolio Properties
is arrived at by summing  the discounted present value  of the cash flow  stream
from operations and net proceeds from sale for each property.
 
    The  Sales Comparison Approach utilizes indices of value derived from actual
or proposed  sales  of  comparable  properties to  estimate  the  value  of  the
Portfolio  Property. Price  per square  foot --  a unit  of comparison typically
analyzed for  self-storage facilities  --  was utilized  in applying  the  Sales
Comparison Approach to the Portfolio Properties.
 
    The  following  describes more  fully the  steps  involved in  the valuation
methodology utilized.
 
SITE INSPECTIONS & DATA GATHERING
 
    In conducting the Portfolio Valuation, representatives of Stanger  performed
a site inspection of each Portfolio Property during March 1996. In the course of
these  site visits,  the physical  facilities of  each property  were inspected,
current rental and occupancy information for the property was obtained,  current
market   rental  rates  for  competing  properties  were  investigated,  primary
competing properties were visited, information on the local market was gathered,
and the  on-site manager  or assistant  manager was  interviewed concerning  the
property  and other factors. Information gathered during the site inspection was
supplemented  by  a  review   of  published  information  concerning   economic,
demographic and real estate trends in local or regional and national markets.
 
    In  conducting  the  appraisal,  Stanger also  interviewed  and  relied upon
Partnership and property management personnel to obtain information relating  to
the condition of each property, including any
 
                              Schedule II - Page 7
<PAGE>
deferred maintenance, capital budgets, known environmental conditions, status of
on-going  or newly  planned property  additions, reconfigurations, improvements,
and other factors affecting the physical condition of the property improvements.
 
    In addition, Stanger  interviewed district and/or  regional managers of  the
Portfolio  Properties,  SSCI  management  personnel  and  Partnership management
personnel. Such  interviews included  discussions of  competitive conditions  in
local  markets,  area  economic  and development  trends  affecting  the subject
properties,  historical  and  budgeted  operating  revenues  and  expenses   and
occupancies.  Stanger  also reviewed  historical  operating statements  and 1996
operating budgets for  each Portfolio  Property, and reviewed  surveys of  local
self-storage markets conducted by property management personnel.
 
    To  define the occupancy, rental  rate and expense escalators  to be used in
developing operating projections, Stanger reviewed the acquisition criteria  and
projection parameters in use in the marketplace by major self-storage investors,
owners  and operators. In addition, Stanger reviewed other published information
concerning acquisition criteria in  use by property investors  at or around  the
valuation date. Further, Stanger interviewed various sources in local markets to
identify recent sales of self-storage properties and to derive certain valuation
indicators.  Sources for  transaction data  included local  appraisers, property
owners, real estate brokers, tax assessors, and real estate research firms.
 
    In addition, Stanger reviewed the  acquisition criteria and parameters  used
by  self-storage real  estate investors. Such  review included a  search of real
estate data sources  and publications concerning  real estate buyer's  criteria,
and   direct  telephonic  interviews  with  major  national  investors,  owners,
managers,  brokers  and  appraisers  of  self-storage  property  portfolios   to
investigate the interaction of such factors as required rates of return, initial
capitalization rate requirements, and property type or geographical preferences.
 
    Stanger  also compiled  data on  actual transactions  involving self-storage
properties from  which  acquisition  criteria  and  parameters  were  extracted.
Stanger  reviewed publicly available information on acquisitions of self-storage
properties by certain publicly owned real estate companies and contacted various
industry sources for relevant data.
 
INCOME AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS
 
    During the  course  of  the  site  inspections,  competing  properties  were
identified  and data on  local market rental rates  and occupancy were obtained.
Such data  was compared  to national  averages for  self-storage properties  and
posted  rental  rates, the  rent  roll and  occupancy  reports for  each subject
property, as  available.  Historical and  budgeted  effective gross  income  and
income  from ancillary sources  was also reviewed for  each subject property. In
addition, discussions  were conducted  with  relevant Partnership  and  property
management  personnel  concerning  property and  market  trends  and competitive
conditions. After  assessing  the  above  factors,  an  effective  gross  income
estimate  was  prepared for  each property  based  upon the  unit configuration,
market rental rates, market occupancy rate and estimates of ancillary income.
 
    Historical and budgeted data on expenses were obtained from the  Partnership
for  each  property.  In addition,  property  tax  bills were  obtained  and tax
assessments  were  confirmed  with  local  municipalities.  Expenses  for   each
individual  property were estimated  based on historical  and budgeted operating
expenses, discussions with management and certain industry expense guidelines.
 
    Estimated expenses  were  then  deducted  from  estimated  income  for  each
property  to arrive at each properties' estimated net operating income. Expenses
relating solely to investor reporting and accounting were excluded.
 
    During the  course of  the site  inspections, any  deferred maintenance  was
observed.  Historical  and  budgeted  capital  expenditures  were  reviewed  and
discussed with management, and appropriate capital expenditures were  considered
in the analysis.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 8
<PAGE>
INCOME APPROACH ANALYSIS
 
    Stanger  then employed both  direct capitalization and  discounted cash flow
analysis  to  estimate  the  value   of  the  subject  properties.  The   direct
capitalization  rate  used  was  based  on  current  acquisition  criteria among
self-storage investors  and  reflected  in specific  sales  transactions.  Where
appropriate,  the  capitalization  rate  used  for  an  individual  property was
adjusted to reflect valuation  factors unique to the  property, such as  overall
quality,  recent  buildouts,  and  other unique  valuation  facts  affecting the
individual properties.  Where  deferred  maintenance  or  extraordinary  capital
expenditures were required the capitalized value was adjusted accordingly.
 
  -    DIRECT CAPITALIZATION  ANALYSIS --  Based upon  the net  operating income
estimated in accordance with the analyses of effective gross income and expenses
described above, an estimate of value was derived for each Portfolio Property by
capitalizing the  estimated  net  operating  income  at  a  rate  determined  in
accordance  with surveys of buyers of self-storage properties, as confirmed by a
review of  comparable  sales  transactions, and  deemed  appropriate  given  the
characteristics  of each  property. Capitalization  rates ranging  from 9.25% to
10.25% were  applied to  the projected  net operating  income from  each of  the
Portfolio  Properties which were considered to be at stabilized occupancy during
the twelve-month period following the valuation date.
 
  -  DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS -- In applying discounted cash flow analysis,
projections of cash flows from each property (assuming no indebtedness  thereon)
for  a ten-year period  ending December 31,  2005 were developed.  The base year
projection of  net operating  income  was prepared  consistent with  the  direct
capitalization  analysis based upon  the analysis of  effective gross income and
expenses described above. Income and  expense escalators used in developing  the
projections  were based on projection parameters in use as of the Valuation Date
by property investors, market factors, historical and budgeted financial results
for each property, and inflation rates. Income escalators generally ranged  from
3%  to 3.5%. In highly competitive markets or where a property's operations were
below stabilized levels, income escalators  were adjusted as deemed  appropriate
or  until  stabilized  operations were  achieved.  Effective  expense escalators
generally ranged from 2.8% to 3.4%.
 
    To determine  the  residual  value for  each  property  at the  end  of  the
projection  period, the estimated  net operating income of  the property for the
twelve months ending December 2006 was capitalized at a rate deemed  appropriate
for  the property. Terminal capitalization rates  generally ranged from 10.0% to
10.5%. The residual  value was  discounted to  a present  value after  deducting
appropriate sales expenses using the same discount rate applied to the stream of
annual  cash flows. The discount rate  employed was based on current acquisition
criteria among self-storage investors, commercial/industrial property investors'
target rates of  return, and the  historical spread in  rates of return  between
real  estate and other investments. Discount rates utilized ranged from 12.0% to
12.5%.
 
    The results  of each  analysis (direct  capitalization and  discounted  cash
flow)  then  were  correlated  to  arrive  at  a  final  income  approach  value
determination.
 
SALES COMPARISON ANALYSIS
 
    In the course of performing  the Portfolio Valuation, Stanger compiled  data
on  actual transactions  involving properties similar  in type  to the Portfolio
Properties. To gather such  data, Stanger interviewed  various sources in  local
markets  to identify recent sales  of self-storage or office/storage properties,
reviewed  publicly  available  information   on  acquisitions  of   self-storage
properties by certain publicly owned real estate companies, reviewed information
provided by management, and contacted various industry sources for data.
 
    For each Portfolio Property, the data was grouped into local and/or regional
transactions.  Where  local  transactions  sample  sizes  were  small  or dated,
regional and/or national data was relied upon.
 
                              Schedule II - Page 9
<PAGE>
    Utilizing such data,  an index  of value was  derived based  upon price  per
square  foot. The index of value was applied to each property to estimate value.
Price per square foot as estimated by reference to comparable sales transactions
was multiplied by  the rentable  square footage of  each property  to derive  an
estimated range of value.
 
    In  addition,  Stanger  conducted  a  statistical  analysis  of self-storage
property transaction data  to determine  value indicators  reflective of  recent
market  conditions. Due to  the relatively low number  of recent transactions in
any specific local or regional market from which to extract reliable statistical
indicators, Stanger  utilized  a  sample  of  recent  national  transactions.  A
regression  analysis  was performed  to determine  the relationship  between the
price per square foot paid in  recent transactions and the net operating  income
of  the property acquired. Based on this analysis, a probable range of value per
square foot was derived for each  property. The resulting indicated values  were
reconciled.
 
SALES COMPARISON APPROACH AND INCOME APPROACH RECONCILIATION
 
    The  estimated  values resulting  from  the Sales  Comparison  Approach were
reconciled with the values estimated resulting from the Income Approach  (direct
capitalization  and discounted cash flow  analyses) for each Portfolio Property,
and the resulting  values were summed  to determine the  estimated value of  the
Portfolio.
 
    The  Income  Approach  reflects  the quality,  durability  and  risk  of the
estimated income stream. Properties such as the subject Portfolio Properties are
typically purchased and sold based upon their income characteristics. The Income
Approach was given primary consideration based upon the income producing  nature
of  the Portfolio Properties and their appeal to investors. The Sales Comparison
Approach was given secondary consideration.
 
    Where necessary, Stanger  adjusted the value  conclusion for each  Portfolio
Property  to reflect any deferred maintenance items, excess land associated with
the Property, and joint venture interests, if any.
 
                           PORTFOLIO VALUE CONCLUSION
 
    Based upon the review as described above, it is our opinion that the  market
value  of the fee simple interests in the Portfolio owned by IDS/Shurgard Income
Growth Partners L.P. as of December 31, 1995 is:
 
           FORTY MILLION, THREE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
                                  $40,370,000
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             Schedule II - Page 10
<PAGE>
                               PORTFOLIO SUMMARY
                    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         RENTABLE
                                                                                                          SQUARE
 NUMBER                                 PROPERTY ADDRESS                                    TYPE         FOOTAGE
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  ------------
<S>        <C>                                                                         <C>             <C>
1-1        Shurgard of Ontario                                                           Self-Storage     56,900
           2249 South Grove Ave., Ontario, CA
1-2        Shurgard of Walnut                                                            Self-Storage     95,500
           21035 East Washington St., Walnut, CA
1-3        Shurgard of Margate                                                           Self-Storage     75,300
           5150 West Copans Road, Margate, FL
1-4        Shurgard Morgan Falls                                                         Self-Storage     75,700
           7760 Roswell Road, Dunwoody, GA
1-5        Shurgard of Burke                                                             Self-Storage     31,900
           5609 Guinea Road, Fairfax, VA
1-6        Shurgard of Midlothian Turnpike                                               Self-Storage     43,500
           10110 Midlothian Turnpike, Richmond, VA
1-7        Shurgard of S. Military Hwy                                                   Self-Storage     48,300
           788 South Military Hwy., Virginia Beach, VA
1-8        Shurgard of Factoria Square                                                   Self-Storage     70,200
           4041 124th Avenue SE., Bellevue, WA
JP2-1      Shurgard of Canton                                                            Self-Storage     40,800(1)
           2101 Haggerty Road, Canton, MI
JP2-2      Shurgard of Fraser                                                            Self-Storage     50,900(1)
           32775 Groesbeck Road, Fraser, MI
JP2-3      Shurgard of Livonia                                                           Self-Storage     47,000(1)
           30300 Plymouth Road, Livonia, MI
JP2-4      Shurgard of Warren                                                            Self-Storage     47,700(1)
           2498 10 Mile Road, Warren, MI
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Rentable square  footage  of the  property  reflects the  Partnership's  70%
    interest in the joint venture which owns the property.
 
                             Schedule II - Page 11
<PAGE>
                      ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS
 
    This  summary appraisal  report is subject  to the  assumptions and limiting
conditions as set forth below.
 
    1.  No responsibility is assumed for matters of a legal nature affecting the
Portfolio Properties or the titles thereto. Titles to the properties are assumed
to be good and marketable and the  properties are assumed free and clear of  all
liens unless otherwise stated.
 
    2.   The Portfolio Valuation assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent
management of the properties; (b) there  are no hidden or unapparent  conditions
of the properties' subsoil or structures that render the properties more or less
valuable  (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for
engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full  compliance
with  all applicable federal,  state and local  zoning, access and environmental
regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and considered  in
the  Appraisal; and  (d) all  required licenses,  certificates of  occupancy and
other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use
on which the value estimate contained in the Portfolio Valuation is based.
 
    3.  The Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony or appear in court
because of  having  made  the  appraisal with  reference  to  the  portfolio  in
question, unless arrangements have been previously made therefore.
 
    4.   The information contained in the  Portfolio Valuation or upon which the
Portfolio Valuation  is based  has been  provided by  or gathered  from  sources
assumed  to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information has been provided
by the owner of the properties. The  Appraiser shall not be responsible for  the
accuracy  or  completeness of  such  information, including  the  correctness of
estimates,  opinions,  dimensions,  exhibits  and  other  factual  matters.  The
Portfolio  Valuation and the opinion  of value stated herein  are as of the date
stated in the Portfolio Valuation. Changes since that date in property, external
and market factors can significantly affect portfolio value.
 
    5.  Disclosure of the  contents of the appraisal  report is governed by  the
Bylaws and Regulations of the professional appraisal organization with which the
Appraiser is affiliated.
 
    6.   Neither all, nor any part of the content of the report, or copy thereof
(including conclusions  as  to  the  portfolio's  value,  the  identity  of  the
Appraiser,  professional designations,  reference to  any professional appraisal
organizations, or the firm with which the Appraiser is connected) shall be  used
for  any  purpose by  anyone  other than  the  client specified  in  the report,
including, but not limited  to, the mortgagee or  its successors and  assignees,
mortgage  insurers, consultants, professional appraisal organizations, any state
or  federally  approved  financial   institution,  any  department,  agency   or
instrumentality without the previous written consent of the Appraiser; nor shall
it  be conveyed by  anyone to the public  through advertising, public relations,
news sales  or other  media, without  the written  consent and  approval of  the
Appraiser.
 
    7.   On  all appraisals subject  to completion, repairs  or alterations, the
appraisal report and  value conclusions  are contingent upon  completion of  the
improvements in a workmanlike manner.
 
    8.   The physical condition of  the improvements considered by the Portfolio
Valuation  is   based  on   visual  inspection   by  the   Appraiser  or   other
representatives  of Stanger and on representations by the owner. Stanger assumes
no responsibility for the soundness of  structural members or for the  condition
of  mechanical equipment, plumbing  or electrical components.  The Appraiser has
made no surveys of the Portfolio Properties.
 
    9.  The  projections of  income and  expenses and  the valuation  parameters
utilized  are not  predictions of the  future. Rather, they  are the Appraiser's
best estimate of current market thinking relating to future income and expenses.
The Appraiser makes no warranty  or representations that these projections  will
materialize.  The real estate market is  constantly fluctuating and changing. It
is not the Appraiser's task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a
future real estate market;  the Appraiser can only  reflect what the  investment
community, as of the date of the Appraisal,
 
                             Schedule II - Page 12
<PAGE>
envisions  for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and demand.
We have  used methods  and assumptions  deemed appropriate  in our  professional
judgment;  however,  future events  may  demonstrate that  the  assumptions were
incorrect or that  other different  methods or  assumptions may  have been  more
appropriate.
 
    10.   The  Portfolio  Valuation  represents  normal  consideration  for  the
Portfolio's Properties based on a cash purchase and unaffected by special terms,
services, fees, costs, or credits incurred in the transaction.
 
    11. Unless  otherwise  stated in  the  report, the  existence  of  hazardous
materials,  which may or may not be present on the Portfolio Properties, was not
disclosed to the Appraiser by the owner.  The Appraiser has no knowledge of  the
existence  of such  materials on  or in  the Portfolio  Properties. However, the
Appraiser is not qualified to detect such substances. The presence of substances
such as  asbestos,  ureaformaldehyde  foam  insulation,  oil  spills,  or  other
potentially  hazardous  materials may  affect the  value  of the  Portfolio. The
Portfolio Value estimate is predicated on  the assumption that there is no  such
material  on or in the Portfolio Properties that would cause a loss of value. No
responsibility  is  assumed  for  such  conditions,  or  for  any  expertise  or
engineering  knowledge required to discover them.  The client is urged to retain
an expert in this field, if desired.
 
    12. For purposes of this report, it is assumed that each Portfolio  Property
is  free  of  any  negative  impact with  regard  to  the  Environmental Cleanup
Responsibility Act (ECRA) or any other environmental problems or with respect to
non-compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). No  investigation
has  been made by the  Appraiser with respect to  any potential environmental or
ADA problems. Environmental and ADA compliance studies are not within the  scope
of this report.
 
    13.  Pursuant to the Engagement Agreement,  the Portfolio Valuation has been
prepared on a limited  scope basis using a  summary report format in  conformity
with the departure provisions of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal
Practice  and the Standards of Professional  Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal
Institute, relying  on the  income  approach and  sales comparison  approach  to
value.  Further, the engagement calls for delivery of a summary appraisal report
in which the content has  been limited to that  data presented herein. As  such,
the  summary appraisal report is not designed  to meet the requirements of Title
XI of the Federal Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989. Therefore, federally regulated institutions should not rely on this report
for financing purposes.
 
    14. The Portfolio Valuation reported herein  may not reflect the premium  or
discount a potential buyer may assign to an assembled portfolio of properties or
to   a  group  of  properties  in  a  particular  local  market  which  provides
opportunities for enhanced market presence  and penetration. In addition,  where
properties  are owned  jointly with other  entities affiliated  with the general
partner, minority interest discounts were not applied.
 
    15. The appraisal is solely for the purpose of providing our opinion of  the
value of the Portfolio, and we make no representation as to the adequacy of such
review  for  any  other  purpose.  The owner  has  directed  that  the Portfolio
Properties be valued assuming the properties are free and clear of any debt. The
use of other valuation methodologies might produce a higher or lower value.
 
    16. In addition to  these general assumptions  and limiting conditions,  any
assumptions  or conditions applicable to  specific properties have been retained
in our files.
 
                             Schedule II - Page 13
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
 
    We have  been informed  by  IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P.  (the
"Partnership")  that  the Partnership  is contemplating  a transaction  in which
Shurgard Storage Centers,  Inc. ("SSCI"),  an affiliated,  publicly traded  real
estate  investment trust  which currently  manages the  properties owned  by the
Partnership, is offering  to purchase up  to 65,000 of  the outstanding  limited
partnership interests in the Partnership (the "Offer"). In the Offer the limited
partners  of the Partnership (the "Limited Partners") will be offered cash equal
to the Partnership's estimated net asset  value per unit of limited  partnership
interest  as  of March  31, 1996  as determined  by the  general partner  of the
Partnership (the "General Partner") in accordance with the Partnership Agreement
and based in part on an independent  appraisal of the value of the portfolio  of
properties   owned   by  the   Partnership  as   of   December  31,   1995  (the
"Consideration"). We have been further advised that the Consideration to be paid
in the Offer will be $257 per unit.
 
    The General  Partner  has requested  that  Robert  A. Stanger  &  Co.,  Inc.
("Stanger") provide its opinion as to the fairness to the Limited Partners, from
a financial point of view, of the Consideration to be paid in the Offer.
 
    In  the course of  our review to  render this opinion,  we have, among other
things:
 
    - Reviewed a draft of (i) the Offer to Purchase statement to be included  in
      Form  14(d)-1 related  to the  Offer, and  (ii) the  Acquisition Agreement
      between the Partnership, IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II,  and
      IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners L.P. III  (the "Other Partnerships")
      and SSCI relating to the Offer and a subsequent merger of the  Partnership
      with  and  into  SSCI,  which drafts  management  of  the  Partnership has
      indicated to be  in substantially the  form intended to  be finalized  and
      filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC");
 
    - Reviewed  the Partnership's annual reports filed with the SEC on Form 10-K
      for the  fiscal  years  ending  December 31,  1993,  1994  and  1995,  and
      quarterly  reports filed with the  SEC on Form 10-Q  for the period ending
      March 31, 1996;
 
    - Performed an  appraisal  of  the  portfolio of  properties  owned  by  the
      Partnership  as of December 31,  1995 (the "Portfolio Valuation") pursuant
      to a  separate  engagement agreement  to  perform such  services  for  the
      Partnership;
 
    - Reviewed   information  regarding  purchases  and  sales  of  self-storage
      properties by SSCI or  any affiliated entities  during the prior  12-month
      period  and other  information available relating  to acquisition criteria
      for self-storage properties;
 
    - Reviewed  internal  financial  analyses  and  forecasts  prepared  by  the
      Partnership  of the current  net liquidation value  of the Partnership and
      projections of cash flow from operations and going-concern values for  the
      Partnership, which were based in part on the Portfolio Valuation;
 
                             Schedule III - Page 1
<PAGE>
    - Discussed  with members of  senior management of  the Partnership and SSCI
      conditions in self-storage property markets, conditions in the market  for
      sales/acquisitions   of  properties   similar  to   those  owned   by  the
      Partnership, current and projected  operations and performance,  financial
      condition and future prospects of the properties and the Partnership; and
 
    - Conducted  other  studies, analyses,  inquiries  and investigations  as we
      deemed appropriate.
 
    In rendering this fairness opinion, we have relied upon and assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness in all material respects
of all financial  and other information  contained in the  Offer to Purchase  or
that  was furnished or otherwise communicated to us by the Partnership and SSCI.
We have not performed an independent appraisal of the non-real estate assets and
liabilities of the  Partnership and  have relied  upon the  balance sheet  value
determinations  and  the  adjustments thereto  made  by the  General  Partner to
determine the net asset  value of the  Partnership. We have  also relied on  the
assurance  of the Partnership  and SSCI that the  calculations made to determine
allocations within  the  Partnership between  the  General Partner  and  Limited
Partners  are consistent with the provisions  of the Partnership Agreement; that
any  pro  forma  financial   statements,  projections,  budgets,  estimates   of
environmental  liability,  or value  estimates or  adjustments contained  in the
Offer to Purchase or  otherwise provided or comunicated  to us, were  reasonably
prepared  on bases consistent with actual  historical experience and reflect the
best currently available estimates  and good faith  judgments; that no  material
changes  have  occurred  in  the  appraised  value  of  the  properties  or  the
information reviewed between the date of the Portfolio Valuation or the date  of
the  other  information provided  and  the date  of  this letter;  and  that the
Partnership and SSCI are not aware of any information or facts that would  cause
the  information supplied to us  to be incomplete or  misleading in any material
respect.
 
    We have not been requested to, and therefore did not: (i) select the  method
of  determining  the  Consideration to  be  paid  in the  Offer;  (ii)  make any
recommendation to the  Limited Partners  with respect  to whether  to accept  or
reject the Offer; or (iii) express any opinion as to the business decisions made
by  the Partnership in response  to the Offer or  alternatives to the Offer, tax
factors resulting from the  Offer, the impact of  the Offer on Limited  Partners
who  do not accept the  Offer, the allocation of  expenses relating to the Offer
and subsequent merger  between the  Partnership and SSCI,  or any  terms of  the
Offer  other than the Consideration. Our opinion is based on business, economic,
real estate and securities markets, and other  conditions as of the date of  our
analysis  and addresses the Offer in the  context of information available as of
the date of our analysis. Events occurring after that date may materially affect
the assumptions used in preparing the opinion.
 
    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is  our
opinion that as of the date of this letter the Consideration to be paid per unit
of  limited partnership interest  in the Offer  is fair to  the Limited Partners
from a financial point of view.
 
    The preparation  of a  fairness opinion  is  a complex  process and  is  not
necessarily  susceptible  to partial  analysis or  summary description.  We have
advised the Partnership that our entire  analysis must be considered as a  whole
and  that selecting portions of  our analysis and the  factors considered by us,
without considering all analyses and facts,  could create an incomplete view  of
the evaluation process underlying this opinion.
 
Yours truly,
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Shrewsbury, NJ
July 1, 1996
 
                             Schedule III - Page 2
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1129 Broad Street
                                                       Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4314
ROBERT A. STANGER & CO., INC.
                                                                  (908) 389-3600
                                                             FAX: (908) 389-1751
 FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS
                                                                  (908) 544-0779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200
Seattle, Washington 98101
Gentlemen:
 
    We  have  been  advised  that  IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth Partners  L.P. II,  and IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P.  III  (collectively,  the  "Partnerships")  are  contemplating  a
transaction (the "Merger")  in which  one or more  of the  Partnerships will  be
merged  with and  into Shurgard Storage  Centers, Inc.  ("SSCI"), an affiliated,
publicly traded  real  estate  investment  trust,  pursuant  to  an  acquisition
agreement  (the "Acquisition Agreement")  between the Partnerships  and SSCI. In
the Merger, the limited  partners of the  Partnerships (the "Limited  Partners")
will  be  asked to  approve the  Merger with  SSCI pursuant  to which  they will
receive as consideration newly issued shares of SSCI Class A Common Stock (  the
"Shares")  and, in  the case  of fractional shares,  cash. We  have been further
advised that the Consideration to be received  in the Merger by the partners  of
each  Partnership will be  that number of  Shares and cash  such that the market
value of  the Shares  and cash  will be  equal to  $40,066,700 for  IDS/Shurgard
Income Growth Partners L.P., $26,861,846 for IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners
L.P. II, and $39,649,643 for IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. III, which
amounts  represent the estimated net asset value of each Partnership as of March
31, 1996 (collectively, the "Consideration"). To the extent a Partnership's  net
asset  value as of  the closing date of  the Merger exceeds  the net asset value
indicated above, the Partnership will distribute  such excess amount in cash  to
the  partners of such Partnership as soon  as practicable after the closing date
of the Merger. For the purposes of determining the number of Shares to be issued
to each Partnership in the Merger, we have been advised that the market value of
the Shares (the "Share Value")  will be based on  the average per share  closing
prices  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  of  the  Shares  during  the twenty
consecutive trading days ending on the fifth trading day prior to the day of the
meeting of  limited partners  of the  applicable Partnership  on which  day  the
general  partner of such Partnership actually calls  for the vote of the Limited
Partners to approve the Merger, subject  to the condition that such Share  Value
falls within the range of $22.25 to $27.75 per Share (the "Share Value Range").
 
    The  general  partners of  the Partnerships  have  requested that  Robert A.
Stanger & Co., Inc. ("Stanger")  provide its opinion as  to the fairness to  the
Limited  Partners of each  Partnership, from a  financial point of  view, of the
Consideration to be received in the Merger by each respective Partnership.
 
    In the course of  our review to  render this opinion,  we have, among  other
things:
 
    - Reviewed  a draft of (i) the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) Offer to Purchase
      for each Partnership related  to a tender offer  by SSCI for interests  in
      each  Partnership, and (iii) the Proxy Statement/Prospectus related to the
      Merger, which drafts management of the Partnerships has indicated to be in
      substantially the  form  intended  to  be finalized  and  filed  with  the
      Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC");
 
    - Reviewed the Partnerships' and SSCI's annual reports filed with the SEC on
      Form  10-K for the fiscal  years ending December 31,  1993, 1994 and 1995,
      and quarterly  reports filed  with the  SEC on  Form 10-Q  for the  period
      ending March 31, 1996;
 
                             Schedule III - Page 3
<PAGE>
    - Reviewed  the SSCI pro forma financial  statements and pro forma schedules
      prepared by the Partnerships' management and SSCI's management;
 
    - Performed appraisals  of  the  portfolios  of  properties  owned  by  each
      Partnership  as of December 31, 1995 (the "Portfolio Valuations") pursuant
      to a  separate  engagement agreement  to  perform such  services  for  the
      Partnerships;
 
    - Reviewed   information  regarding  purchases  and  sales  of  self-storage
      properties by SSCI or  any affiliated entities  during the prior  12-month
      period  and other  information available relating  to acquisition criteria
      for self-storage properties;
 
    - Reviewed  internal  financial  analyses  and  forecasts  prepared  by  the
      Partnerships  of the current net liquidation value of each Partnership and
      projections of going-concern values for each Partnership, which were based
      in part on the Portfolio Valuations;
 
    - Discussed with members of senior  management of the Partnerships and  SSCI
      conditions  in self-storage property markets, conditions in the market for
      sales/acquisitions  of   properties  similar   to  those   owned  by   the
      Partnerships,  current and  projected operations and  performance, and the
      financial condition and future  prospects of the  properties owned by  the
      Partnerships, the Partnerships and SSCI;
 
    - Reviewed  historical market prices, trading  volume and dividends for SSCI
      Common Stock; and
 
    - Conducted other  studies, analyses,  inquiries  and investigations  as  we
      deemed appropriate.
 
    In rendering this fairness opinion, we have relied upon and assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy and completeness in all material respects
of  all financial and other information contained  in each Offer to Purchase and
the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or that  was furnished or otherwise  communicated
to  us  by the  Partnerships  and SSCI.  We  have not  performed  an independent
appraisal of the non-real estate assets and liabilities of the Partnerships, and
we have relied upon the balance  sheet value determinations and the  adjustments
thereto  made by the general  partners to determine the  net asset value of each
Partnership. We have also relied on  the assurance of the Partnerships and  SSCI
that  the allocation  of the Consideration  within each  Partnership between the
general partner and Limited  Partners is consistent with  the provisions of  the
Partnership  Agreements; that  any pro forma  financial statements, projections,
budgets, estimates of environmental liability, or value estimates or adjustments
contained in  the  Offers to  Purchase  and the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  or
otherwise  provided or  communicated to  us, were  reasonably prepared  on bases
consistent with  actual historical  experience and  reflect the  best  currently
available  estimates and  good faith  judgments; that  no material  changes have
occurred in the appraised  value of the properties  or the information  reviewed
between  the  date  of  the  Portfolio  Valuations  or  the  date  of  the other
information provided and the date of this letter; and that the Partnerships  and
SSCI  are not aware of any information or facts that would cause the information
supplied to us to be incomplete or misleading in any material respect.
 
    We have not been requested to, and therefore did not: (i) select the  method
of   determining  the  Consideration  offered  in  the  Merger;  (ii)  make  any
recommendation to  the Limited  Partners  of the  Partnerships with  respect  to
whether  to approve or reject  the Merger, or whether  to select the cash tender
offer made by SSCI  or the Shares  offered in the Merger;  or (iii) express  any
opinion  as to the business  decision to effect the  Merger, alternatives to the
Merger, tax factors resulting from the Merger, the fairness of the Consideration
to be received in  the Merger at  a Share Value  outside of the  low end of  the
Share  Value Range,  the allocation of  expenses associated with  the Merger and
related tender offers between and among the Partnerships and SSCI, or any  terms
of  the Merger other than  the Consideration. Our opinion  is based on business,
economic, real estate  and securities markets,  and other conditions  as of  the
date  of our  analysis and  addresses the Merger  in the  context of information
available as of the date of our  analysis. Events occurring after that date  may
materially affect the assumptions used in preparing the opinion.
 
                             Schedule III - Page 4
<PAGE>
    Based  upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is our
opinion that as of the date of  this letter the Consideration to be received  in
the  Merger by  the Limited  Partners is  fair to  the Limited  Partners of each
respective Partnership from a financial point of view.
 
    The preparation  of a  fairness opinion  is  a complex  process and  is  not
necessarily  susceptible  to partial  analysis or  summary description.  We have
advised each of the Partnerships that our entire analysis must be considered  as
a  whole and that selecting portions of  our analysis and the factors considered
by us, without considering  all analyses and facts,  could create an  incomplete
view of the evaluation process underlying this opinion.
 
Yours truly,
Robert A. Stanger & Co., Inc.
Shrewsbury, NJ
July 1, 1996
 
                             Schedule III - Page 5
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE IV
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                          JULY 1, 1996
 
Special Committee of the Board of Directors
  of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
c/o Latham & Watkins
650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626-1925
 
Dear Sirs:
 
    We  understand that Shurgard  Storage Centers, Inc.  (the "Company") and IDS
Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners L.P.  ("IDS  I"), IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P. II ("IDS II")  and IDS/ Shurgard Income  Growth Partners L.P. III
("IDS III"; each of IDS I, IDS II and IDS III may be referred to separately as a
"Partnership" or collectively  as the  "Partnerships") intend to  enter into  an
Acquisition  Agreement  (the "Agreement")  pursuant  to which  the  Company will
commence a cash tender offer  for (i) up to 65,000  of the outstanding units  of
limited  partnership of  IDS I, (ii)  up to  49,000 of the  outstanding units of
limited partnership of IDS II, and (iii)  up to 52,000 of the outstanding  units
of  limited partnership  of IDS  III (collectively,  the "Tender  Offers"). Upon
completion of the Tender Offers and if certain conditions have been satisfied or
waived, including the receipt  of requisite approval by  the holders of  limited
partnership  units of each Partnership, each Partnership will be merged with and
into the  Company  (the  "Mergers")  and the  general  and  limited  partnership
interests  in each  of the  Partnerships will be  converted into  that number of
shares of Class A Common Stock, par  value $.001 per share ("Common Stock"),  of
the  Company obtained  by dividing (i)  the Net  Asset Value (as  defined in the
Agreement) of the respective Partnerships allocable to such interests by (ii)  a
20  trading day average of the per share  closing prices for the Common Stock on
the New York  Stock Exchange (subject  to a  minimum and maximum  of $22.25  and
$27.75, respectively). You have requested our opinion, as investment bankers, as
to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the consideration to be paid
in connection with the Tender Offers and the Mergers.
 
    Alex.  Brown & Sons Incorporated ("Alex. Brown"), as a customary part of its
investment banking business, is engaged in the valuation of businesses and their
securities   in   connection   with   mergers   and   acquisitions,   negotiated
underwritings, private placements and valuations for estate, corporate and other
purposes.  We have acted  as financial advisor  to the Special  Committee of the
Board of Directors in connection with the Tender Offers and the Mergers and have
received a fee for our services. We have also acted as a managing underwriter of
a past offering of the Common Stock and advised a special committee of the Board
of Directors of  the Company  regarding its merger  with Shurgard  Incorporated.
Alex.  Brown regularly publishes research reports  regarding the real estate and
real estate investment  trust industries  and the businesses  and securities  of
publicly  owned companies  in those  industries. In  the ordinary  course of our
business, we may  actively trade the  Common Stock  of the Company  for our  own
account  and for the account of our  customers and, accordingly, may at any time
hold a long or short position in the Company's Common Stock.
 
    In connection with our  opinion, we have reviewed  drafts of the  Agreement,
the  Offer to Purchase and the Registration Statement of the Company on Form S-4
(the "Registration  Statement")  with  respect  to the  Tender  Offers  and  the
Mergers,    as   well   as   certain    publicly   available   information   and
 
                              Schedule IV - Page 1
<PAGE>
certain internal financial and other information furnished to us by the  Company
and  the Partnerships. We have also held  discussions with members of the senior
management of the Company  and a general partner  of each Partnership's  general
partner   regarding  the  business   and  prospects  of   the  Company  and  the
Partnerships. In addition, we have (i)  reviewed the reported price and  trading
activity  for the Common Stock and each Partnership's limited partnership units,
(ii) compared certain financial  and stock market  information for certain  real
estate  companies  whose  securities  are publicly  traded,  (iii)  reviewed the
financial terms  of  certain  recent acquisitions  in  the  public  self-storage
industry  and (iv) performed such other studies and analyses and considered such
other factors as we deemed appropriate.
 
    In conducting our review and in rendering our opinion, we have assumed  that
the definitive Agreement, Offer to Purchase and Registration Statement will not,
when  executed or filed, as the case may be, differ in any material respect from
the drafts thereof which  we have reviewed. We  have not independently  verified
the  information described above  and for purposes of  this opinion have assumed
the accuracy, completeness  and fairness  thereof. With  respect to  information
relating  to the prospects of the Company  and the Partnerships, we have assumed
that such  information  reflects  the best  currently  available  estimates  and
judgments  of the Company's management  and of a general  partner of each of the
Partnership's general partner as to  the likely future financial performance  of
the  Company and the Partnerships. In addition,  we have not made or obtained an
independent evaluation  of  the  assets  of  the  Company,  the  assets  of  the
Partnerships  or  reviewed environmental  issues  relating to  the  Company, the
Partnerships, the Tender Offers or the Mergers. Our opinion is based on  market,
economic  and other conditions as they exist and can be evaluated as of the date
of this letter.
 
    Based upon and  subject to the  foregoing, it is  our opinion as  investment
bankers that, as of the date of this letter, the consideration to be paid by the
Company  in each of the Tender Offers and  the Mergers is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the Company.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
 
                              Schedule IV - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE V
                      CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                    IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                        1995            1994
                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents......................................  $      702,060  $      668,672  $    1,877,311
  Storage centers, net...........................................      28,500,759      28,760,097      29,770,641
  Other assets...................................................         386,226         294,954         280,497
  Amortizable assets, less accumulated amortization of
   $1,155,366, $1,154,322 and $1,150,148.........................          13,913          14,957          19,131
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Assets...............................................  $   29,602,958  $   29,738,680  $   31,947,580
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
 
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
  Liabilities:
    Accounts payable.............................................          36,644         105,669          59,496
    Other accrued expenses.......................................         115,680          44,953          40,790
    Due to affiliates............................................          39,694          39,082          40,208
    Unearned rent and tenant deposits............................         168,288         174,935         172,231
    Note payable.................................................              --              --       1,451,399
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Liabilities..........................................         360,306         364,639       1,764,124
 
  Minority interest in joint partnership.........................       2,472,065       2,481,862       2,795,612
 
  Partners' equity (deficit):
    Limited partners.............................................      27,070,728      27,186,240      27,657,121
    General partner..............................................        (300,141)       (294,061)       (269,277)
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Partners' Equity.....................................      26,770,587      26,892,179      27,387,844
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
      Total Liabilities and Partners' Equity.....................  $   29,602,958  $   29,738,680  $   31,947,580
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 1
<PAGE>
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 MARCH 31,                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ----------------------------  -------------------------------------------
                                            1996           1995           1995           1994           1993
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUE:
  Rental..............................  $   1,622,101  $   1,540,861  $   6,465,170  $   5,995,824  $   5,462,738
  Interest income.....................         10,257         22,022        107,234         60,204         28,570
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Revenue.....................      1,632,358      1,562,883      6,572,404      6,056,028      5,491,308
 
EXPENSES:
  Operating...........................        394,413        379,324      1,493,285      1,383,594      1,325,571
  Property management fees............         97,345         92,396        387,904        359,655        327,766
  Depreciation and amortization.......        260,382        285,866      1,113,748      1,126,049      1,119,109
  Real estate taxes...................        126,550        119,936        465,662        490,913        502,219
  Interest............................                        33,091        130,022         96,731         94,915
  Administrative......................         54,421         62,597        215,529        179,596        172,236
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Expenses....................        933,111        973,210      3,806,150      3,636,538      3,541,816
 
Minority interest in joint partnership
 earnings.............................        (65,203)       (54,828)      (263,750)      (195,781)      (128,767)
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
EARNINGS..............................  $     634,044  $     534,845  $   2,502,504  $   2,223,709  $   1,820,725
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
EARNINGS PER UNIT OF LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.................  $        4.06  $        3.43  $       16.04  $       14.25  $       11.67
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
DISTRIBUTIONS PER UNIT OF LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.................  $        4.84  $        4.69  $       19.22  $       17.03  $       15.16
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 2
<PAGE>
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     LIMITED
                                                                    PARTNERS      GENERAL PARTNER      TOTAL
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
Balance, January 1, 1993.......................................   $  28,585,167    $    (220,433)  $   28,364,734
Distributions..................................................      (2,246,190)        (118,219)      (2,364,409)
Earnings.......................................................       1,729,689           91,036        1,820,725
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1993.....................................      28,068,666         (247,616)      27,821,050
Distributions..................................................      (2,524,069)        (132,846)      (2,656,915)
Earnings.......................................................       2,112,524          111,185        2,223,709
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1994.....................................      27,657,121         (269,277)      27,387,844
Distributions..................................................      (2,848,260)        (149,909)      (2,998,169)
Earnings.......................................................       2,377,379          125,125        2,502,504
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1995.....................................      27,186,240         (294,061)      26,892,179
Distributions (unaudited)......................................        (717,854)         (37,782)        (755,636)
Earnings (unaudited)...........................................         602,342           31,702          634,044
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
Balance, March 31, 1996 (unaudited)............................   $  27,070,728    $    (300,141)  $   26,770,587
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 3
<PAGE>
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                     31,                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         ---------------------------  -------------------------------------------
                                             1996          1995           1995           1994           1993
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Earnings.............................  $    634,044  $     534,845  $   2,502,504  $   2,223,709  $   1,820,725
    Adjustments to reconcile earnings
     to net cash provided by operating
     activities:
    Minority interest in joint
     partnership earnings..............        65,203         54,828        263,750        195,781        128,767
    Depreciation and amortization......       260,382        285,866      1,113,748      1,126,049      1,119,109
    Changes in operating accounts:
      Other assets.....................       (91,272)        15,856        (14,457)       (62,984)        85,209
      Accounts payable.................       (69,025)       (41,310)        46,173         14,142         (3,626)
      Other accrued expenses...........        70,727         55,502          4,163         (5,805)        10,837
      Due to affiliates................           612            725         (1,126)        12,689         (4,786)
  Unearned rent and tenant deposits....        (6,647)         9,314          2,704          5,395         13,947
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net cash provided by operating
 activities............................       864,024        915,626      3,917,459      3,508,976      3,170,182
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from grant of easements.....                                                                     7,599
  Improvements to storage centers......            --             --        (99,030)      (136,846)      (118,994)
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net cash used in investing
     activities........................            --             --        (99,030)      (136,846)      (111,395)
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments on note payable.............                       (6,085)    (1,451,399)       (44,587)       (41,096)
  Distributions to partners............      (755,636)      (731,261)    (2,998,169)    (2,656,915)    (2,364,409)
  Distributions to minority partners in
   joint partnership...................       (75,000)      (160,500)      (577,500)       (75,000)      (225,000)
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net cash used in financing
     activities........................      (830,636)      (897,846)    (5,027,068)    (2,776,502)    (2,630,505)
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents...........................        33,388         17,780     (1,208,639)       595,628        428,282
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
 of year...............................       668,672      1,877,311      1,877,311      1,281,683        853,401
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 year..................................  $    702,060  $   1,895,091  $     668,672  $   1,877,311  $   1,281,683
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during year for interest...  $         --  $      33,091  $     130,022  $      96,731  $      94,915
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements
 
                              Schedule V - Page 4
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    GENERAL:   IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners L.P.  (the Partnership) was
organized under the laws of  the State of Washington  on September 29, 1987,  to
serve  as a vehicle for investments in and ownership of a professionally managed
real estate  portfolio  consisting  of self  storage  properties  which  provide
month-to-month  leases  for  business  and personal  use.  The  Partnership will
terminate December 31, 2030, unless terminated  at an earlier date. The  general
partner is Shurgard Associates L.P., a Washington limited partnership.
 
    As of March 31, 1996, there were approximately 5,750 limited partners in the
Partnership.  There  were  approximately 148,202  units  of  limited partnership
interest outstanding at a contribution of $250 per unit.
 
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:   In 1988,  the Partnership and  Shurgard
Income  Properties -- Fund 18 ("Shurgard 18"), an affiliated partnership, formed
a joint venture,  Shurgard Joint Partners  II ("SJP II"),  which purchased  four
self   storage  facilities   located  in  Detroit,   Michigan.  The  Partnership
contributed 70%  of  the funds  needed  for the  organization  of SJP  II,  with
Shurgard 18 contributing the remaining 30%.
 
    On March 1, 1994, Shurgard 18 was merged into Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
("SSCI")   as  part  of  the  consolidation  of  17  Shurgard-sponsored  limited
partnerships. As a result of the merger, SSCI succeeded to all of Shurgard  18's
interest  in SJP II, and  assumed its obligations as  a partner. The Partnership
consented to SSCI's admission as a successor partner in SJP II. SSCI granted  to
the  Partnership the right  to sell its  interest in SJP  II at any  time in the
future to either  SSCI or,  at SSCI's request,  to any  wholly owned  subsidiary
thereof, at a price mutually agreeable to the parties or, if no mutual agreement
could be reached, at a price determined through an appraisal process.
 
    The  Partnership and  SSCI receive  cash distributions  from SJP  II and are
allocated all income, gain,  loss and credit in  proportion to their  respective
capital contributions to SJP II.
 
    The   consolidated  financial   statements  include  the   accounts  of  the
Partnership and SJP II. All material interpartnership transactions and  balances
have  been eliminated. The minority partner's interests in the joint partnership
are shown separately on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during  the
reporting period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    The  consolidated interim financial  statements included in  this report are
unaudited. In the opinion  of the Partnership, all  adjustments necessary for  a
fair  presentation  of  such  financial  statements  have  been  included.  Such
adjustments consisted only of  normal recurring items.  Interim results are  not
necessarily indicative of results for a full year.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS:  Cash equivalents consist of money market instruments with
original maturities of 90 days or less.
 
    STORAGE  CENTERS:  Storage centers, including land, buildings and equipment,
are recorded at cost. Depreciation on  buildings and equipment is recorded on  a
straight-line  basis over their estimated useful lives which range from three to
thirty years.
 
    AMORTIZABLE  ASSETS:    Amortizable  assets,  which  consist  primarily   of
noncompete  covenants and loan  costs, are amortized  over their expected useful
lives of two to five years.
 
    RENTAL REVENUE:    Rental revenue  is  recognized as  earned  under  accrual
accounting principles.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 5
<PAGE>
    TAXES  ON INCOME:   The consolidated  financial statements do  not reflect a
provision for federal income taxes because such taxes, including a proportionate
interest in any SJP II taxes, are the responsibility of the individual partners.
 
    LITIGATION:  The Partnership has a  policy of accruing for probable  losses,
which,  if any, could be material to the future financial position or results of
operations. As of March 31, 1996, there are currently no known probable  losses;
therefore, no such accruals have been made.
 
    EARNINGS  PER UNIT  OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  INTEREST:  Earnings  per unit of
limited partnership  interest is  based  on earnings  allocated to  the  limited
partners  divided by the number of  limited partnership units outstanding during
the year (148,202 units for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995  and
the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996).
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS  PER UNIT OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP INTEREST:  Distributions per
unit of limited partnership interest is based on the total amount distributed to
limited partners divided by the number of limited partnership units  outstanding
during  the year (148,202 units  for each of the  three years ended December 31,
1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996).
 
    VALUATION OF LONG LIVED ASSETS:   The Partnership, using its best  estimates
based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, reviews storage
centers   and  other  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances have indicated that the carrying  amounts of its assets might  not
be recoverable. Impaired assets are reported at the lower of cost or fair value.
At March 31, 1996, no assets had been written down.
 
    RECLASSIFICATION:  Certain items in the 1993 and 1994 consolidated financial
statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.
 
NOTE B -- STORAGE CENTERS
 
    Storage centers consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                               ------------------------------
                                                                    1995            1994
                                               MARCH 31, 1996  --------------  --------------
                                               --------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Land.........................................  $    6,429,852  $    6,429,852  $    6,429,852
Buildings....................................      28,463,189      28,463,189      28,390,139
Equipment....................................       1,200,005       1,200,005       1,174,025
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                   36,093,046      36,093,046      35,994,016
Less accumulated depreciation................      (7,592,287)     (7,332,949)     (6,223,375)
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                               $   28,500,759  $   28,760,097  $   29,770,641
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
                                               --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE C -- NOTE PAYABLE
 
    At  December 31, 1994, the  Partnership held a seven-year  note payable to a
commercial bank bearing interest  at 7.75% per annum.  On December 6, 1995,  the
Partnership repaid the balance of this note.
 
NOTE D -- TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    In  connection  with the  management  of both  the  storage centers  and the
Partnership, the Partnership has paid  or accrued a monthly property  management
fee  equal to 6% of  the properties' gross revenue to  SSCI, an affiliate of the
general partner.  On March  24, 1995,  Shurgard Incorporated  merged with  SSCI.
Prior to the merger date such fees were paid to Shurgard Incorporated.
 
                              Schedule V - Page 6
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
General Partner and Limited Partners
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
Seattle, Washington
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IDS/Shurgard
Income Growth Partners L.P. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and
the related consolidated statements of earnings, partners' equity (deficit), and
cash  flows for each of  the three years in the  period ended December 31, 1995.
These  financial  statements  are   the  responsibility  of  the   Partnership's
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion,  such consolidated financial  statements present fairly,  in
all  material  respects, the  financial position  of IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth
Partners L.P. and subsidiary as of December  31, 1995 and 1994, and the  results
of  their operations  and their cash  flows for each  of the three  years in the
period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Seattle, Washington
March 1, 1996
 
                              Schedule V - Page 7
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE VI
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
    REVENUE:   The Partnership's performance  continued to improve with earnings
up $99,000 or 19% in the first quarter  of 1996 compared to the same quarter  of
1995. Rental revenue in turn increased $81,200 or 5% due to a 6% increase in the
average  rental  rate  per square  foot  and stable  occupancies  throughout the
Partnership. The Morgan Falls, Ontario  and Midlothian Turnpike storage  centers
contributed  the largest revenue  gains for the quarter  of $23,000, $10,000 and
$9,000, respectively. Shurgard Joint  Partners II ("SJP  II"), a partnership  in
which  the Partnership  owns a  70% interest,  had $33,000  in additional rental
revenue compared to  last year. The  Canton and Warren  storage centers had  the
largest  revenue contributions for SJP II  of $13,300 and $12,600, respectively.
Occupancies remained stable at an average of 89% at March 31, 1996, compared  to
88% at March 31, 1995.
 
    EXPENSES:   In the first  quarter of 1996, expenses  decreased 4% or $40,000
compared to the same quarter  of 1995. The majority of  this decrease is due  to
the   elimination  of  interest  expense  resulting   from  the  payoff  of  the
Partnership's bank  note in  December 1995.  Additionally, depreciation  expense
declined  as certain  assets became  fully depreciated;  this decrease  does not
affect the  Partnership's  cash  flow. Operating  and  administrative  expenses,
however, increased 2% over last year primarily due to the increased cost in snow
removal  at  the  Warren  storage  center as  well  as  an  overall  increase in
advertising expense at all of the Partnership's storage centers.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
    REVENUE:  Partnership performance increased in 1995 and 1994 as a result  of
significant  increases in revenue  and earnings. Earnings rose  13% from 1994 to
1995 and 22% from 1993 to 1994. Rental revenue also rose $469,000 in 1995  after
a  $533,000 increase  in 1994.  The 1995  revenue increase  was due  to a slight
increase in average  occupancies and a  7.5% increase in  average rental  rates.
Additionally,  all  the SJP  II  stores, in  which  the Partnership  owns  a 70%
interest, had significant revenue  gains, with 1995  averaging 13.7% over  1994.
Revenue  gains from 1993 to 1994 were primarily the result of stable occupancies
and a 9.5%  increase in average  rental rates. Average  occupancy has  increased
slightly,  averaging 88% at  December 31, 1993  and 1994 to  89% at December 31,
1995. The Partnership  seeks to  maximize revenue  by adjusting  rents to  match
demand.  Store  managers  evaluate their  store's  rental rates,  based  on unit
demand, unit availability and competitors' rental rates. The Partnership  trains
its  store managers in revenue optimization and empowers them to adjust marginal
rental rates based on their "on the ground" analysis of demand and  availability
at  their  particular  store. In  addition,  the use  of  month-to-month leases,
combined with customer turnover,  allows rents to be  quickly adjusted to  match
current demand in a flexible manner.
 
    EXPENSES:   Operating  expenses increased  $110,000 in  1995 and  $58,000 in
1994. The majority of the 1995 increase was due to the increased personnel costs
resulting from additional hours worked  by managers, an increase in  landscaping
expense  during the spring  and summer months  at the Canton,  Fraser and Warren
storage centers, and repairs made to  the air conditioning units at the  Margate
storage  center. In  1994, operating  expenses increased  due to  higher utility
usage from a  colder than  normal winter in  the South,  additional phone  lines
installed  for modem communications, and increased repair and maintenance at the
Livonia and Morgan Falls storage centers due to snow removal and landscaping.
 
    Interest expense increased $33,000 in  1995 after remaining stable in  1994.
The  majority of the change in 1995 reflects  the rise in the interest rate from
7.75% at December 1994 to 9.25% at December 1995.
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 1
<PAGE>
    Real estate taxes decreased $25,000 in  1995 after an $11,300 drop in  1994.
The 1995 decrease was due to tax refunds received as a result of successful real
estate tax appeals for the Fraser, Margate and Ontario storage centers. The 1994
decrease  was  largely due  to  levy decreases  in  the Michigan  districts. The
Partnership does not expect to be able to continue to decrease real estate taxes
in the future.
 
    Administrative expenses  rose $36,000  in 1995  after a  slight increase  in
1994.  The 1995 increase is primarily due  to the increase in printing costs for
the Partnership's quarterly and annual reports.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES - THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
    TRANSACTION  COSTS.    The  Partnership  continues  to  investigate  various
alternatives  to provide the limited partners with greater liquidity. During the
first quarter of 1996,  costs incurred by the  Partnership in exploring  various
alternative  transactions totaled  approximately $91,000.  Whether and  when the
Partnership will  reach agreement  regarding the  implementation of  any of  the
various  alternatives  will depend  on  a number  of  factors. There  can  be no
assurance  that  any  agreement  will  be  reached,  or  if  reached,  that  the
transactions contemplated thereby will be consummated.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS  TO PARTNERS:  The average  annual distribution rate was 7.75%
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES - YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
    CASH FROM OPERATIONS:  Cash from operations increased by $338,800 from  1993
to  1994 and $408,500  from 1994 to  1995, reflecting the  increase in earnings.
Management believes that  cash balances and  cash flow from  operations will  be
adequate to support the future operating needs of the Partnership.
 
    INVESTING  ACTIVITIES:   Investments in  storage centers  have been $99,000,
$137,000, and $119,000 during 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The majority of
improvements in 1995 included  building improvements at  the Ontario and  Canton
storage  centers as well as  pavement upgrades at the  Warren and Canton storage
centers. Improvements completed during 1994 were security upgrades at the  South
Military  Highway, Walnut and  Ontario storage centers and  pavement work at the
Canton and Warren storage centers. In  1993, investments were for pavement  work
at  the  Canton  and  Livonia  storage centers  and  security  equipment  at the
Midlothian  Turnpike  storage  center.  Planned  improvements  for  1996   total
approximately  $63,300 and  are expected to  be funded from  operations and cash
reserves.
 
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES:   On  December  6, 1995,  the Partnership  repaid  its
seven-year  note  payable to  a bank  of $1,418,201  with cash  accumulated from
operations. During  1995, 1994  and  1993, the  Partnership had  made  principal
payments  on  this  note of  $33,000,  $45,000, and  $41,000,  respectively. The
Partnership now has no outstanding long-term debt.
 
    DISTRIBUTIONS TO  PARTNERS:   The  average  annual distribution  rates  were
7.69%,  6.81% and 6.06% for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Distributions are
expected to continue  on a quarterly  basis and will  reflect the  Partnership's
future operating results and cash position.
 
                              Schedule VI - Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE VII
                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31,
1996  and unaudited consolidated pro forma statement of net income for the three
month period ended March 31, 1996 set forth the effect of the Transaction on the
Purchaser's historical balance sheet  and historical statement  of income as  of
and for the same dates as if the Transaction had occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
    The  following unaudited consolidated  statement of net  income for the year
ended December  31,  1995  sets forth  the  effect  of the  Transaction  on  the
Purchaser's  pre-Merger pro forma consolidated statement  of income for the year
then ended as if the Transaction had occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
    The Purchaser's pre-Merger pro-forma consolidated statement of net income is
based on the Purchaser's historical financial statements adjusted to reflect the
consummation of the following transactions as if they had occurred on January 1,
1995: (i) the merger of Shurgard Incorporated, (ii) the acquisition of  Shurgard
Evergreen  Limited  Partnership, (iii)  the  sale of  approximately  4.9 million
shares of common stock of the Purchaser,  and (iv) the acquisition of 4  storage
centers.   Any  additional  net   income  resulting  from   the  assumption  and
consummation of these transactions  on January 1, 1995  is assumed to have  been
distributed to shareholders during 1995.
 
    These  pro  forma consolidated  financial  statements are  presented  in two
scenarios: (a)  the  purchase  by  the  Purchaser  through  the  Offer  and  the
Additional Offers of 29,640, 23,022 and 23,843 of the outstanding units of IDS1,
IDS2  and  IDS3,  respectively  (representing  approximately  20%  of  the total
outstanding units) and (b) the purchase  by the Purchaser of 65,000, 49,000  and
52,000   of  the  outstanding  units  of   IDS1,  IDS2  and  IDS3,  respectively
(representing the  maximum number  of  units to  be  acquired by  the  Purchaser
through  the  Offer and  the Additional  Offers).  These pro  forma consolidated
financial statements have been  formatted to show the  pro forma adjustments  to
the  Purchaser's  pre-Merger  pro forma  and  historical  consolidated financial
statements related to  the Purchaser and  to the Partnerships  in four  separate
columns  so that the Unitholder can evaluate the Merger of any one, two or three
of the Partnerships with the Purchaser.
 
    The  pro  forma  consolidated  financial  statements  are  not   necessarily
indicative  of  what the  Purchaser's actual  financial  position or  results of
operations would have been as of the  date or for the periods indicated, nor  do
they  purport  to represent  the Purchaser's  financial  position or  results of
operations as of or for any future period. The pro forma consolidated  financial
statements  should be read in conjunction with all financial statements included
elsewhere herein or incorporated by reference in this Offer to Purchase.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 1
<PAGE>
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         PURCHASER
                                            PURCHASER     PURCHASER (1)     IDS1 (2)       IDS2 (2)       IDS3 (2)      POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS)                              HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS     ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Storage centers, net......................   $537,732        $              $ 42,476(3)     $30,520(3)     $50,688(3)    $661,416
Other real estate investments.............     22,169         20,054          (9,810)(4)     (5,104)(5)     (7,136)(5)     20,173
Cash, cash equivalents and other assets...     58,027          2,300           1,088(6)         562(6)         754(6)      62,731
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total assets..........................   $617,928        $22,354        $ 33,754        $25,978        $44,306       $744,320
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Accounts payable and other liabilities....   $ 43,854        $    --        $  1,300(7)     $ 1,371(7)     $ 2,779(7)(8)  $ 49,304
Notes payable.............................    132,247         22,354              --          2,850         10,384        167,835
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total liabilities.....................    176,101         22,354           1,300          4,221         13,163        217,139
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Stockholders' equity......................    441,827             --          32,454(9)      21,757(9)      31,143(9)     527,181
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders'
     equity...............................   $617,928        $22,354        $ 33,754        $25,978        $44,306       $744,320
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                            ----------    -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect  the purchase of  29,640, 23,022 and  23,843 Units of  IDS1,
    IDS2  and  IDS3, respectively  ("Tendered Units"),  as  if such  occurred on
    January 1, 1995, the additional debt incurred to finance the purchase of the
    Tendered Units, and the Purchaser's  estimated costs related to the  Mergers
    and the Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership.
 
(3)  Amounts  reflect  market  value  of  self  storage  centers  based  on  the
    Appraisals.  IDS1 includes only  70% of the  step-up to market  value of SJP
    II's storage centers as the remaining  30% was owned by the Purchaser  prior
    to the Merger and will be carried at the Purchaser's historical cost.
 
(4)  Historical amounts have  been adjusted to eliminate  the Tendered Units and
    the Purchaser's 30% interest in SJP II.
 
(5) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate the Tendered Units.
 
(6) Historical assets have  been reduced to  eliminate amortizable assets  which
    were  specifically excluded from the calculation  of Net Asset Value per the
    Acquisition Agreement.
 
(7) Historical amounts have been  adjusted to include estimated liabilities  for
    Partnership  transaction costs of $939,800,  $630,100 and $930,100 for IDS1,
    IDS2 and  IDS3, respectively.  See  "The Offer"  --  Section 10  ("Fees  and
    Expenses").
 
(8)  Historical amount has been adjusted  to include $257,000 of estimated costs
    to complete the  expansion of Dobson  Ranch, the market  value of which  was
    included in the Appraisal.
 
(9) Amount reflects Net Asset Value less the value of the Tendered Units.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 2
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    PURCHASER
                                             PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)      IDS2 (2)      IDS3 (2)     POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)           HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                            -----------  -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Rental revenue............................  $    23,531      $  --       $    1,622     $  1,093     $    1,807    $    28,053
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..............................          434        287             (186)(3)       (66)(4)       (101)(4)         368
Property management revenue...............          854         --             (109)(5)       (75)(5)       (119)(5)         551
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total revenue.........................       24,819        287            1,327          952          1,587         28,972
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating expense.........................        6,926         --              403          255            468          8,052
Depreciation and amortization.............        5,085         21              333(6)       216(6)         350(6)       6,005
Real estate taxes.........................        2,081         --              127           90            135          2,433
General and administrative................        1,082         --               34(5)        29(5)          28(5)       1,173
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total expenses........................       15,174         21              897          590            981         17,663
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from operations....................        9,645        266              430          362            606         11,309
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Interest and other income.................           95         --               10            5              9            119
Interest expense..........................       (2,427)      (461)              --          (59)(7)       (214)(7)      (3,161)
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total other income (expense)..........       (2,332)      (461)              10          (54)          (205)        (3,042)
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss).........................  $     7,313      $(195)      $      440     $    308     $      401    $     8,267
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income per share......................  $      0.32                                                            $      0.31
                                            -----------                                                            -----------
                                            -----------                                                            -----------
FFO (8)...................................  $    12,196      $ (16)      $      724     $    479     $      686    $    14,070
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Weighted average number of shares.........   23,196,858         --        1,276,961(9)   856,799(9)   1,275,199(9)  26,605,817
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                            -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect income from  the Tendered Units as  if the purchase of such
    occurred on January 1, 1995, interest (at 8.25% per annum) on the additional
    debt  incurred  to  finance  the   purchase  of  the  Tendered  Units,   and
    depreciation  of  estimated  costs related  to  the Mergers  and  the Offers
    assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.  Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3) Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to  the
    Tendered Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in the earnings of SJP II.
 
(4)  Historical  amounts  have  been adjusted  to  eliminate  earnings  from the
    Tendered Units.
 
(5) Historical  amounts have  been  adjusted to  eliminate management  fees  and
    reimbursements  (included  as administrative  expenses on  the Partnerships'
    books) received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of  the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6)  Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7) Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25%  per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8)  The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income before
    extraordinary items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus  depreciation
    and  amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO is used by many financial  analysts in evaluating REITs. FFO should  not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP),  as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships' financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative  of
    sufficient  cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships'
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 3
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                             20% TENDER ASSUMPTION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PURCHASER                                                                   PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND SHARE   PRE-MERGER    PURCHASER (1)     IDS1 (2)       IDS2 (2)       IDS3 (2)      POST-MERGER
DATA)                                        PRO FORMA     ADJUSTMENTS     ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Rental revenue............................  $    94,381    $       --      $    6,465      $  4,309      $    7,225     $   112,380
Revenue from other real estate
 investments..............................        1,397         1,111            (739)(3)      (278)(4)        (358)(4)       1,133
Property management revenue...............        3,780            --            (443)(5)      (313)(5)        (490)(5)       2,534
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total revenue.........................       99,558         1,111           5,283         3,718           6,377         116,047
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Operating expense.........................       26,194            --           1,516           958           1,820          30,488
Depreciation and amortization.............       18,059            84           1,331(6)        863(6)        1,399(6)       21,736
Real estate taxes.........................        7,727            --             466           324             506           9,023
General and administrative................        5,543            --             138(5)         90(5)           94(5)        5,865
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total expenses........................       57,523            84           3,451         2,235           3,819          67,112
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Income from operations....................       42,035         1,027           1,832         1,483           2,558          48,935
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Interest and other income.................          507            --             107            11              36             661
Interest expense..........................      (10,170)       (1,844)             --          (235)(7)        (857)(7)     (13,106)
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total other income (expense)..........       (9,663)       (1,844)            107          (224)           (821)        (12,445)
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net (loss) income.........................  $    32,372    $     (817)     $    1,939      $  1,259      $    1,737     $    36,490
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income per share......................  $      1.40                                                                 $      1.37
                                            -----------                                                                 -----------
                                            -----------                                                                 -----------
FFO (8)...................................  $    49,236    $      (61)     $    3,058      $  1,947      $    2,850     $    57,031
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Weighted average number of shares.........   23,193,921            --       1,276,961(9)    856,799(9)    1,275,199(9)   26,602,880
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                            -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from  the Tendered Units as  if the purchase of  such
    occurred on January 1, 1995, interest (at 8.25% per annum) on the additional
    debt   incurred  to  finance  the  purchase   of  the  Tendered  Units,  and
    depreciation of  estimated  costs related  to  the Mergers  and  the  Offers
    assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership. Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have  been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to the
    Tendered Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in the earnings of SJP II.
 
(4) Historical  amounts  have  been  adjusted to  eliminate  earnings  from  the
    Tendered Units.
 
(5)  Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to  eliminate management  fees and
    reimbursements (included  as administrative  expenses on  the  Partnerships'
    books)  received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6) Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the  market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25% per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8) The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income  before
    extraordinary  items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus depreciation
    and amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO  is used by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO should not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP), as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnerships'  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the  Partnerships'
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 4
<PAGE>
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 PURCHASER
                                          PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)      IDS2 (2)      IDS3 (2)     POST-MERGER
(IN THOUSANDS)                            HISTORICAL   ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Storage centers, net....................  $537,732       $    --       $ 42,476(3)    $30,520(3)    $50,688(3)   $661,416
Other real estate investments...........    22,169        43,560        (18,892)(4)   (10,863)(5)   (15,801)(5)    20,173
Cash, cash equivalents and other
 assets.................................    58,027         2,300          1,088(6)        562(6)        754(6)     62,731
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total assets........................  $617,928       $45,860       $ 24,672       $20,219       $35,641      $744,320
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Accounts payable and other
 liabilities............................  $ 43,854       $    --       $  1,300(5)    $ 1,371(7)    $ 1,609(7)(8)  $ 48,134
Notes payable...........................   132,247        45,860             --         2,850        10,384       191,341
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total liabilities...................   176,101        45,860          1,300         4,221        11,993       239,475
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Stockholders' equity....................   441,827            --         23,372(9)     15,998(9)     23,648(9)    504,845
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders'
     equity.............................  $617,928       $45,860       $ 24,672       $20,219       $35,641      $744,320
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                          ---------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Amounts reflect the  purchase of 65,000,  49,000 and 52,000  Units of IDS1,
    IDS2 and IDS3, respectively ("Maximum  Tendered Units"), as if the  purchase
    of such occurred on January 1, 1995, the additional debt incurred to finance
    the  purchase of  the Tendered  Units, and  the Purchaser's  estimated costs
    related to the Mergers and the Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.
 
(3)  Amounts  reflect  market  value  of  self  storage  centers  based  on  the
    Appraisals. IDS1 includes  only 70% of  the step-up to  market value of  SJP
    II's  storage centers as the remaining 30%  was owned by the Purchaser prior
    to the Merger and will be carried at the Purchaser's historical cost.
 
(4) Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to eliminate  the Maximum  Tendered
    Units and the Purchaser's 30% interest in SJP II.
 
(5)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  eliminate the  Maximum Tendered
    Units.
 
(6) Historical assets have  been reduced to  eliminate amortizable assets  which
    were  specifically excluded from the calculation  of Net Asset Value per the
    Acquisition Agreement.
 
(7) Historical amounts have been  adjusted to include estimated liabilities  for
    Partnership  transaction costs of $939,800,  $630,100 and $930,100 for IDS1,
    IDS2 and  IDS3, respectively.  See  "The Offer"  --  Section 10  ("Fees  and
    Expenses").
 
(8)  Historical amount has been adjusted  to include $257,000 of estimated costs
    to complete the  expansion of Dobson  Ranch, the market  value of which  was
    included in the Appraisal.
 
(9)  Amount reflects  Net Asset  Value less  the value  of the  Maximum Tendered
    Units.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 5
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND        PURCHASER   PURCHASER (1)    IDS1 (2)      IDS2 (2)      IDS3 (2)     POST-MERGER
SHARE DATA)                               HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                          -----------  -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Rental revenue..........................  $    23,531      $  --       $    1,622     $  1,093     $    1,807    $    28,053
Revenue from other real estate
 investments............................          434        623             (329)(3)      (140)(4)       (220)(4)         368
Property management revenue.............          854         --             (109)(5)       (75)(5)       (119)(5)         551
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total revenue.......................       24,819        623            1,184          878          1,468         28,972
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating expense.......................        6,926         --              403          255            468          8,052
Depreciation and amortization...........        5,085         21              333(6)       216(6)         350(6)       6,005
Real estate taxes.......................        2,081         --              127           90            135          2,433
General and administrative..............        1,082         --               34(5)        29(5)          28(5)       1,173
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total expenses......................       15,174         21              897          590            981         17,663
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income from operations..................        9,645        602              287          288            487         11,309
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Interest and other income...............           95         --               10            5              9            119
Interest expense........................       (2,427)      (945)              --          (59)(7)       (214)(7)      (3,645)
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total other income (expense)........       (2,332)      (945)              10          (54)          (205)        (3,526)
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss).......................  $     7,313      $(343)      $      297     $    234     $      282    $     7,783
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income per share....................  $      0.32                                                            $      0.30
                                          -----------                                                            -----------
                                          -----------                                                            -----------
FFO (8).................................  $    12,196      $  23       $      522     $    355     $      491    $    13,587
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Weighted average number of shares.......   23,196,858         --          913,700(9)   626,436(9)     928,582(9)  25,665,576
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                          -----------     ------       -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from the Maximum Tendered Units as if the purchase of
    such occurred  on January  1, 1995,  interest (at  8.25% per  annum) on  the
    additional  debt  incurred  to  finance the  purchase,  and  depreciation of
    estimated costs  related to  the Mergers  and the  Offers assuming  all  the
    Partnerships merge.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of the
    Partnership. Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have  been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3)  Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to the
    Maximum Tendered Units and the Purchaser's  30% interest in the earnings  of
    SJP II.
 
(4) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate earnings from the Maximum
    Tendered Units.
 
(5)  Historical  amounts have  been adjusted  to  eliminate management  fees and
    reimbursements (included  as administrative  expenses on  the  Partnerships'
    books)  received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6) Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the  market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7)  Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25% per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8) The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income  before
    extraordinary  items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus depreciation
    and amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus  certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO  is used by many financial analysts  in evaluating REITs. FFO should not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP), as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's  financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP)  or as  a measure  of liquidity; nor  is it  necessarily indicative of
    sufficient cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the  Partnership's
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 6
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET INCOME
                           MAXIMUM TENDER ASSUMPTION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND          PRO FORMA       PURCHASER (1)     IDS1 (2)           IDS2 (2)           IDS3 (2)
SHARE DATA)                                  PRE-MERGER      ADJUSTMENTS     ADJUSTMENTS        ADJUSTMENTS        ADJUSTMENTS
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>                                       <C>                <C>           <C>                <C>                <C>
Rental revenue..........................            $94,381        $--           6$,465             4$,309             7$,225
Revenue from other real estate
 investments............................             1,397       2,414          (1,306)(3)           (591)(4)           (781)(4)
Property management revenue.............             3,780          --            (443)(5)           (313)(5)           (490)(5)
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
    Total revenue.......................            99,558       2,414           4,716              3,405              5,954
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
Operating expense.......................            26,194          --           1,516                958              1,820
Depreciation and amortization...........            18,059          84           1,331(6)             863(6)           1,399(6)
Real estate taxes.......................             7,727          --             466                324                506
General and administrative..............             5,543          --             138(5)              90(5)              94(5)
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
    Total expenses......................            57,523          84           3,451              2,235              3,819
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
Income from operations..................            42,035       2,330           1,265              1,170              2,135
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
Interest and other income...............               507          --             107                 11                 36
Interest expense........................           (10,170)     (3,784)             --               (235)(7)           (857)(7)
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
    Total other income (expense)........            (9,663)     (3,784)            107               (224)              (821)
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
Net income (loss).......................            $32,372     (1,$454)         1$,372              $946              1$,314
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
Net income per share....................            $ 1.40
                                          ----------------
                                          ----------------
FFO (8).................................            $49,236        $91           2$,239             1$,437             2$,089
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
Weighted average number of shares.......        23,193,921          --         913,700(9)         626,436(9)         928,582(9)
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                          ----------------   -----------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                               PURCHASER
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND           POST-MERGER
SHARE DATA)                                    PRO FORMA
                                          -------------------
<S>                                       <C>
Rental revenue..........................            $ 112,380
Revenue from other real estate
 investments............................                1,133
Property management revenue.............                2,534
                                          -------------------
    Total revenue.......................              116,047
                                          -------------------
Operating expense.......................               30,488
Depreciation and amortization...........               21,736
Real estate taxes.......................                9,023
General and administrative..............                5,865
                                          -------------------
    Total expenses......................               67,112
                                          -------------------
Income from operations..................               48,935
                                          -------------------
Interest and other income...............                  661
Interest expense........................              (15,046)
                                          -------------------
    Total other income (expense)........              (14,385)
                                          -------------------
Net income (loss).......................            $  34,550
                                          -------------------
                                          -------------------
Net income per share....................            $    1.35
                                          -------------------
                                          -------------------
FFO (8).................................            $  55,092
                                          -------------------
                                          -------------------
Weighted average number of shares.......           25,662,639
                                          -------------------
                                          -------------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Amounts reflect income from the Maximum Tendered Units as if the purchase of
    such  occurred on  January 1,  1995, interest  (at 8.25%  per annum)  on the
    additional debt incurred  to finance  the purchase of  the Maximum  Tendered
    Units,  and depreciation of  estimated costs related to  the Mergers and the
    Offers assuming all the Partnerships merge.
 
(2) Except as otherwise noted, amounts represent the historical balances of  the
    Partnership.  Certain reclassifications to the historical balances have been
    made to conform to the Purchaser's historical presentation.
 
(3) Historical amounts have been adjusted  to eliminate earnings related to  the
    Maximum  Tendered Units and the Purchaser's  30% interest in the earnings of
    SJP II.
 
(4) Historical amounts have been adjusted to eliminate earnings from the Maximum
    Tendered Units.
 
(5) Historical  amounts have  been  adjusted to  eliminate management  fees  and
    reimbursements  (included  as administrative  expenses on  the Partnerships'
    books) received by the  Purchaser in connection with  the management of  the
    Partnerships' properties.
 
(6)  Historical amounts have been adjusted to reflect depreciation of the market
    value of self storage centers based on the Appraisals.
 
(7) Historical amounts  have been  adjusted to  reflect interest  (at 8.25%  per
    annum) on the Partnership's debt. All Partnership debt will be refinanced in
    the Mergers.
 
(8)  The Purchaser  defines funds from  operations ("FFO") as  net income before
    extraordinary items (determined in accordance with GAAP), plus  depreciation
    and  amortization related to  real estate activities,  plus or minus certain
    nonrecurring revenue and expenses.
 
    FFO is used by many financial  analysts in evaluating REITs. FFO should  not
    be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with
    GAAP),  as an indication  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's financial
    performance or cash from operating activities (determined in accordance with
    GAAP) or as  a measure  of liquidity, nor  is it  necessarily indicative  of
    sufficient  cash flow  to fund all  of the Purchaser's  or the Partnership's
    needs.
 
(9) Calculation is based on an assumption of a $25.00 REIT Share Price.
 
                             Schedule VII - Page 7
<PAGE>
                                 SCHEDULE VIII
                           PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    The  following table  sets forth the  distributions paid  per Unit (original
purchase price $250 per Unit) in the periods indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                              DISTRIBUTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
1988
  Third Quarter.................................................................    $    2.25
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         3.03
 
1989
  First Quarter.................................................................         2.76
  Second Quarter................................................................         3.75
  Third Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         3.75
 
1990
  First Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Second Quarter................................................................         3.75
  Third Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         3.75
 
1991
  First Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Second Quarter................................................................         3.75
  Third Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         3.75
 
1992
  First Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Second Quarter................................................................         3.75
  Third Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         3.75
 
1993
  First Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Second Quarter................................................................         3.75
  Third Quarter.................................................................         3.75
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         3.91
 
1994
  First Quarter.................................................................         4.06
  Second Quarter................................................................         4.14
  Third Quarter.................................................................         4.38
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         4.45
 
1995
  First Quarter.................................................................         4.69
  Second Quarter................................................................         4.84
  Third Quarter.................................................................         4.84
  Fourth Quarter................................................................         4.84
 
1996
  First Quarter.................................................................         4.84
</TABLE>
 
                             Schedule VIII - Page 1
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE IX
                              PROPERTY INFORMATION
 
    The following table  sets forth  certain information regarding  each of  the
Partnership's self storage
centers,  including occupancy  at December  31, 1993,  1994, 1995  and March 31,
1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        OCCUPANCY AT
                                                                      NET                   -------------------------------------
                                                         YEAR      RENTABLE                  DEC. 31,     DEC. 31,     DEC. 31,
   PROPERTY NAME      PROPERTY LOCATION   OWNED SINCE    BUILT    SQUARE FEET    ACREAGE       1993         1994         1995
- --------------------  ------------------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                   <C>                 <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
South Military Hwy.   Virginia Beach, VA        1988     1984         48,000          2.7        *            *           *
Midlothian Turnpike   Richmond, VA              1988     1984         44,000          2.9       *            *            *
Burke                 Fairfax, VA               1988     1984         32,000          1.7       *            *            *
Margate               Margate, FL               1988    1984/86       75,000          4.0           92           92           89
Walnut                Walnut, CA                1988     1986         96,000          3.6           83           82           78
Ontario               Ontario, CA               1988     1984         57,000          2.1       *            *            *
Morgan Falls          Dunwoody, GA              1988     1990         76,000          3.7           95           95           93
Factoria Square       Bellevue, WA              1990     1989         70,000          1.9           95           96           97
Canton**              Canton, MI                1988     1986         58,000          3.3       *            *            *
Fraser**              Fraser, MI                1988     1985         73,000          5.2       *            *            *
Livonia**             Livonia, MI               1988     1985         67,000          4.8       *            *            *
Warren**              Warren, MI                1988     1985         68,000          4.6       *            *            *
                                                                  -----------         ---
  Total                                                              764,000         40.5
 
<CAPTION>
                        MAR. 31,
   PROPERTY NAME          1996
- --------------------  -------------
<S>                   <C>
South Military Hwy.        *
Midlothian Turnpike        *
Burke                      *
Margate                        88
Walnut                         77
Ontario                    *
Morgan Falls                   93
Factoria Square                98
Canton**                   *
Fraser**                   *
Livonia**                  *
Warren**                   *
  Total
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 * These properties are individually less  than 10% of historical cost of  total
    storage  centers for  the Partnership  and Shurgard  Joint Partners  II. The
    average occupancy of  these projects was  86%, 87% and  89% at December  31,
    1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and 89% at March 31, 1996.
 
**   Property owned by Shurgard Joint Partners II in which the Partnership has a
    70% interest. Net rentable square feet is the total for the property.
 
    The following table presents the  average occupancy per net rentable  square
foot  and  average annual  rental  rate per  net  rentable square  foot  for the
Partnership's properties for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and  1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                          FOR THE THREE
                                                                        -------------------------------   MONTHS ENDED
                                                                          1993       1994       1995     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Average occupancy.....................................................        90%        90%        90%           88%
Average rate per square foot..........................................  $    7.33  $    8.03  $    8.63     $    8.88
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule IX - Page 1
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE X
                                 CALCULATION OF
                                NET ASSET VALUE
 
              CALCULATION OF NET ASSET VALUE AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Appraised value of real estate assets.........................  $ 40,370,000
Balance sheet adjustments:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................................       625,600
  Other assets................................................       342,800
  Mortgages, lines of credit and other liabilities............      (331,900)
  Estimated transaction costs.................................      (939,800)
                                                                ------------
Total balance sheet adjustments...............................      (303,300)
                                                                ------------
Net Asset Value of Partnership................................  $ 40,066,700
                                                                ------------
                                                                ------------
</TABLE>
 
      ALLOCATION OF NET ASSET VALUE AMONG GENERAL PARTNER AND UNITHOLDERS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Net Asset Value allocable to General Partner..................  $  2,003,335
Net Asset Value allocable to Unitholders......................  $ 38,063,365
Net Asset Value per Unit......................................  $        257
</TABLE>
 
                              Schedule X - Page 1
<PAGE>
    A  Letter of Transmittal and any other  required documents should be sent or
delivered by each  Unitholder or  his or  her broker,  dealer, commercial  bank,
trust  company or other  nominee to the  Depositary at one  of its addresses set
forth below.
 
                       The Depositary for this Offer is:
 
                              GEMISYS CORPORATION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
         By Overnight/Hand Delivery:                               By Mail:
            7103 S. Revere Parkway                              P.O. Box 3897
             Englewood, CO 80112                           Englewood, CO 80155-9756
</TABLE>
 
    Any questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of this  Offer
to  Purchase and the  Letter of Transmittal  may be directed  to the Information
Agent at its telephone  number and location listed  below. You may also  contact
your  broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company for assistance concerning
this Offer.
 
                    The Information Agent for this Offer is:
 
                             D.F. KING & CO., INC.
 
                                77 Water Street
                               New York, NY 10005
                         (212) 269-5550 (Call Collect)
                                       or
                           1-800-207-2872 (Toll Free)

<PAGE>
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
                       RELATING TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE
     LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF IDS/SHURGARD INCOME GROWTH PARTNERS L.P.
              PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED JULY 2, 1996
                       OF SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.
                         DESCRIPTION OF UNITS TENDERED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF UNITHOLDER                                                       NUMBER OF UNITS TENDERED
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>
                                                                                     ---------------------------------------*
                                                                                     *  Unless otherwise indicated, it will be
                                                                                        assumed that all Units held by the
                                                                                        Unitholder are being tendered. For
                                                                                        restrictions regarding partial tenders,
                                                                                        see Instruction 2.
</TABLE>
 
    THIS OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON WEDNESDAY, JULY
31,  1996, UNLESS EXTENDED. UNITS WHICH ARE  TENDERED PURSUANT TO THIS OFFER MAY
BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THIS OFFER.
 
    To tender  Units,  this  Letter  of Transmittal  must  be  executed  by  the
Unitholder  and  received by  Gemisys  Corporation (the  "Depositary")  prior to
expiration of this Offer at one of the following addresses:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
                     BY MAIL                                BY OVERNIGHT COURIER/HAND DELIVERY
                  P.O. Box 3897                                   7103 S. Revere Parkway
             Englewood, CO 80155-9756                              Englewood, CO 80112
</TABLE>
 
    DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD
BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
 
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The undersigned hereby tenders to Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Purchaser"), for $257 net per Unit in cash (the "Offer Price")
the above-described  units  of limited  partnership  interest (the  "Units")  of
IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth Partners L.P., a Washington limited partnership (the
"Partnership"), in accordance with  the terms and subject  to the conditions  of
the Purchaser's offer contained in the Offer to Purchase dated July 2, 1996 (the
"Offer  to Purchase") and in this Letter of Transmittal (which together with the
Offer to Purchase constitutes the "Offer"). The undersigned hereby  acknowledges
receipt of the Offer to Purchase.
 
    Subject  to, and effective upon, acceptance for tender of the Units tendered
herewith in  accordance with  the terms  and subject  to the  conditions of  the
Offer, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Purchaser, all right, title and interest in and to all of the Units that
are  being tendered hereby and that are  being accepted for purchase pursuant to
the Offer and any other non-cash distributions, Units or other securities issued
or issuable  in respect  thereof  on or  after July  2,  1996 and  appoints  the
Depositary  the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with respect
to such Units (and such non-cash distributions, other Units or securities), with
full power  of  substitution (such  power  of attorney  being  deemed to  be  an
irrevocable  power coupled with an interest),  to (a) transfer ownership of such
Units (and any such  non-cash distributions, other Units  or securities), to  or
upon  the order of the Purchaser, (b)  present such Units (and any such non-cash
distributions, other  Units or  securities) for  transfer on  the books  of  the
Partnership  and (c) receive  all benefits and otherwise  exercise all rights of
beneficial ownership of such Units  (and any such non-cash distributions,  other
Units  or securities),  all in accordance  with the  terms of the  Offer. If the
undersigned is  the  beneficial  owner  of the  Units,  the  undersigned  hereby
instructs  the record  owner of the  Units to tender  the Units to,  or upon the
order of, the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Offer.
 
    The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (i)  has
received  and  reviewed  the Offer  to  Purchase  and (ii)  has  full  power and
authority to sell, assign  and transfer the Units  tendered hereby (and any  and
all  non-cash distributions,  other Units  or securities  issued or  issuable in
respect thereof  on  or after  July  2, 1996)  or,  if the  undersigned  is  the
beneficial  owner of the Units, to instruct the  record owner to do so, and that
when the same  are accepted for  purchase by the  Purchaser, the Purchaser  will
acquire  good, marketable and unencumbered title  thereto, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and the same will not be  subject
to  any adverse claim.  The undersigned, upon request,  will execute and deliver
any additional  documents  deemed by  the  Depositary  or the  Purchaser  to  be
necessary  or desirable  to complete  the sale,  assignment and  transfer of the
Units tendered  hereby (and  any non-cash  distributions, other  Units or  other
securities  issued or  issuable in  respect of  such Units  on or  after July 2,
1996). In addition,  the undersigned shall  promptly remit and  transfer to  the
Depositary  for the account of the Purchaser any and all non-cash distributions,
other Units or other securities issued to the undersigned or the record owner on
or after  July 2,  1996 in  respect  of Units  tendered hereby,  accompanied  by
appropriate   documentation  of   transfer,  and  pending   such  remittance  or
appropriate assurance thereof, the Purchaser shall be entitled to all rights and
privileges as owner  of any such  other non-cash distributions,  Units or  other
securities  and  may  withhold  the  entire  consideration  or  deduct  from the
consideration the amount of value thereof as determined by the Purchaser, in its
sole discretion.
<PAGE>
    The undersigned understands that notwithstanding any other provisions of the
Offer and  subject  to the  applicable  rules  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission, the Purchaser will not be required to accept for purchase any Units,
may  postpone the acceptance for purchase of Units tendered and may terminate or
amend the Offer if prior to  the time of purchase of  any such Units any of  the
following  events  shall  occur  or  the Purchaser  shall  have  learned  of the
occurrence of any of such events:
 
        (a) There  shall be  threatened,  instituted or  pending any  action  or
    proceeding  before any domestic  or foreign court  or governmental agency or
    other regulatory or administrative agency or commission (i) challenging  the
    acquisition  by the Purchaser of the  Units, seeking to restrain or prohibit
    the making or  consummation of  the Offer,  seeking to  obtain any  material
    damages  or otherwise  directly or  indirectly relating  to the transactions
    contemplated by  the  Offer,  (ii)  seeking  to  prohibit  or  restrict  the
    Purchaser's   ownership  or  operation  of   any  material  portion  of  the
    Purchaser's business or assets, or to compel the Purchaser to dispose of  or
    hold  separate all or  any material portion  of its business  or assets as a
    result of the Offer, (iii) seeking to make the purchase of, or payment  for,
    some  or all of the  Units illegal or invalid, (iv)  resulting in a delay in
    the ability of the Purchaser to accept for payment or pay for some or all of
    the Units, (v) seeking to impose material limitations on the ability of  the
    Purchaser  effectively  to acquire  or hold  or to  exercise full  rights of
    ownership of the Units, including, without limitation, the right to vote the
    Units purchased by the  Purchaser on all matters  properly presented to  the
    limited  partners  of  the  Partnership,  (vi)  which  could  materially and
    adversely affect the treatment of the Offer for federal income tax purposes,
    (vii) which otherwise  is reasonably likely  to materially adversely  affect
    the  Partnership or value of the Units  or (viii) which imposes any material
    condition unacceptable to the Purchaser;
 
        (b)  Any  statute,   rule,  regulation  or   order  shall  be   enacted,
    promulgated,  entered  or deemed  applicable to  the Offer,  any legislation
    shall be pending,  or any other  action shall have  been taken, proposed  or
    threatened,  by any domestic government or  governmental authority or by any
    court, domestic  or foreign,  which is  likely, directly  or indirectly,  to
    result in any of the consequences referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
 
        (c)  There  shall  have  occurred  (i)  any  general  suspension  of, or
    limitation on  prices for,  trading  in securities  on  the New  York  Stock
    Exchange  ("NYSE"),  (ii) the  declaration of  a  banking moratorium  or any
    suspension of payments in respect of  banks in the United States, (iii)  the
    commencement  of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national
    calamity materially affecting the United States, (iv) any limitation by  any
    governmental  authority or  any other  event which  is reasonably  likely to
    affect the extension of credit by banks or other leading institutions in the
    United States, (v) any  material decline in security  prices on the NYSE  or
    (vi)  in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the Offer,
    any material worsening thereof;
 
which in the sole judgment of the Purchaser, acting in good faith, with  respect
to  each and every matter referred to  above and regardless of the circumstances
(including any action  or inaction  by the Purchaser)  giving rise  to any  such
condition,  makes  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  Offer  or  with such
acceptance for purchase. The  foregoing conditions are for  the sole benefit  of
the   Purchaser  and  may  be  asserted  by  the  Purchaser  regardless  of  the
circumstances giving  rise  to any  such  conditions (including  any  action  or
inaction  by the  Purchaser) or may  be waived by  the Purchaser in  whole or in
part. The failure by the Purchaser at any time to exercise any of the  foregoing
rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and each such right shall
be  deemed a continuing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to
time.
 
    The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints Charles K. Barbo and Kristin  H.
Stred designees of the Purchaser, and each of them, the attorneys and proxies of
the undersigned, each with full power of substitution, to vote in such manner as
each  such attorney and proxy or his or her substitute shall, in his or her sole
discretion, deem  proper,  and  otherwise act  (including  pursuant  to  written
consent)  with  respect to  all of  the  Units tendered  hereby which  have been
accepted for payment by the Purchaser prior  to the time of such vote or  action
(and  any and all  non-cash distributions, other Units  or securities, issued or
issuable in respect thereon on or after July 2, 1996), which the undersigned  is
entitled  to vote,  at any  meeting (whether  or not  an adjourned  or postponed
meeting) of limited partners  of the Partnership, or  with respect to which  the
undersigned  is empowered to act in connection with action by written consent in
lieu of any such meeting or otherwise. This proxy is irrevocable and is  granted
in  consideration of, and is effective upon,  the acceptance for payment of such
Units by  the  Purchaser,  in accordance  with  the  terms of  the  Offer.  Such
acceptance  for payment shall revoke any  other proxy granted by the undersigned
at any time  with respect to  such Units (and  any such non-cash  distributions,
other Units or securities) and no subsequent proxies will be given (and if given
will be deemed not to be effective) with respect thereto by the undersigned.
 
    The undersigned understands that tenders of Units pursuant to any one of the
procedures described in the Offer and in the instructions hereto will constitute
a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Purchaser upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Offer and, if the undersigned is not the record
owner  of the Units, instructions to the record owner to tender the Units to, or
upon the order of, the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Offer.
 
    All authority herein conferred or agreed  to be conferred shall survive  the
death  or incapacity  of the undersigned  and any obligation  of the undersigned
hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, legal  and
personal  representatives, successors and assigns  of the undersigned. Except as
stated in the Offer, this tender is irrevocable.
 
    Unless separate Special Payment/Delivery Instructions are submitted,  please
issue  the payment for the Units in the name(s) of the record owner and mail the
payment (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the record owner at  the
address shown on the Partnership's records.
<PAGE>
                            TENDER OF UNITS IN OFFER
 
    The Undersigned tenders Units in the Offer on the terms described above.
 
SIGN HERE
 
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>                                       <C>
Signature(s)
 
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                                                           (     )
                     ---------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                                               TELEPHONE NUMBER
</TABLE>
 
    (Must  be signed by Unitholder(s) as  name(s) appear(s) on the mailing label
above. Your signature MUST be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union with  membership
in  an  approved  signature guarantee  Medallion  program). If  signature  is by
trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact,   agents,
officers  of  corporations or  others acting  in  a fiduciary  or representative
capacity, please provide the following information. See Instruction 3.)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
Name(s)
 
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (PLEASE PRINT)
Capacity (full
title)
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address
 
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
</TABLE>
 
                           GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 3.)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
Authorized Signature(s)
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Firm
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Address
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
Area Code and Telephone
No.
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                              NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 9.)
 
    1.  Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  provides
that  a transferee  of a U.S.  real property  interest must withhold  tax if the
transferor is a foreign person.
 
    2.    In  order  to  inform  Shurgard  Storage  Centers,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Purchaser"),  that  withholding  of  tax  is  not  required  upon
disposition of a  U.S. real property  interest by the  seller referred to  below
("Seller"), the undersigned hereby certifies to the following:
 
    (If Seller is an individual)
 
    a.  I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
    b.  My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security number) is  ___.
 
    c.  My home address is
____________________________________
____________________________________
 
    (If Seller is an entity)
 
    a.   Seller is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust
       or foreign estate  (as these terms  are defined in  the Internal  Revenue
       Code and Income Tax Regulations).
    b.  Seller's U.S. employer identification number
       is ____________________________________.
 
    c.  Seller's office address is
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
 
    Seller  understands that  this affidavit  may be  disclosed to  the Internal
Revenue Service by  Purchaser and  that any  false statement  contained in  this
affidavit may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.
 
    Under  penalties of perjury,  I declare that I  have examined this affidavit
and to the best  of my knowledge  and belief it is  true, correct and  complete,
and,  if Seller is  an entity, I further  declare that I  have authority to sign
this document on behalf of Seller.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Dated -------------------------------------------
 
If Seller is an individual:                         If Seller is an entity:
 
Signature ---------------------------------------   Name of Seller ----------------------------------
 
Print Name -------------------------------------    By ----------------------------------------------
 
                                                    Its ----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
 
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
    1.    DELIVERY OF  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL.   A  properly completed  and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and any  other documents required by this  Letter
of  Transmittal must  be received  by the  Depositary at  its address  set forth
herein on or prior to July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and all other  required
documents is at the option and risk of the tendering Unitholder and the delivery
will  be deemed made only when actually  received by the Depositary. If delivery
is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested is recommended. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.
 
    No alternative,  conditional or  contingent tenders  will be  accepted.  All
tendering  Unitholders, by executing this Letter of Transmittal, waive any right
to receive any notice of the acceptance of their Units for payment.
 
    2.  PARTIAL TENDERS.  If fewer than  all the Units held by a Unitholder  are
to  be tendered, (i) fill in the number of Units which are to be tendered in the
section entitled "Number of  Units Tendered" and (ii)  the Unitholder must  hold
after  the tender at least the applicable minimum number of Units required to be
subscribed for  in the  initial offering  of Units.  Specifically, a  Unitholder
should not tender if, as a result of such tender, the Unitholder (other than one
transferring  all of his or her Units) will hold less than 20 Units (4 Units for
tax-exempt Unitholders). All Units held by  a Unitholder will be deemed to  have
been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
 
    3.  SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
    (a)  The signature  on the  Letter of Transmittal  must be  guaranteed by an
eligible  guarantor  institution  with  membership  in  an  approved   signature
guarantee  Medallion program. Please refer to  the Guarantee of Signature(s) box
on the signature page.
 
    (b) Signatures on this  Letter of Transmittal  must correspond exactly  with
the name on the mailing label above.
 
    (c) If any of the Units are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all
such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
    (d)  If any Units are registered in different names, it will be necessary to
complete, sign and submit as many  separate Letters of Transmittal as there  are
different registrations.
 
    (e)  If  this  Letter  of  Transmittal is  signed  by  a  trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian,  attorney-in-fact, officer  of a  corporation or  other
person  acting in a fiduciary or  representative capacity, such person should so
indicate when signing,  and if  requested, proper evidence  satisfactory to  the
Purchaser of such person's authority so to act must be submitted.
 
    4.   STOCK TRANSFER TAXES.   Except as set forth  in this Instruction 4, the
Purchaser will pay or cause to be paid any stock transfer taxes with respect  to
the  transfer and sale  of Units to  it or its  order pursuant to  the Offer. If
payment of the purchase price is to be made to any person other than the  record
owner,  the amount of  any stock transfer  taxes (whether imposed  on the record
owner or such other person)  payable on account of  the transfer to such  person
will  be deducted  from the purchase  price unless satisfactory  evidence of the
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is submitted.
 
    5.  SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.  If payment for the Units  is
to  be issued in  the name of  a person other  than the record  owner or sent to
someone other than the  record owner or  sent to the record  owner at a  address
different  than that shown on the Partnership's records, contact the Information
Agent (toll-free)  at  1-800-207-2872  to  obtain  a  "Special  Payment/Delivery
Instructions" form.
 
    6.   REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR  ADDITIONAL COPIES.  Requests for assistance
may be directed  to, or  additional copies  of the  Offer to  Purchase and  this
Letter  of Transmittal may  be obtained from, the  Depositary or the Information
Agent at their respective addresses set forth below.
 
    7.  IRREGULARITIES.   All questions  as to the  validity, form,  eligibility
(including  time  of receipt)  and acceptance  of  any tender  of Units  will be
determined by the Purchaser, in its sole discretion, and its determination shall
be final and binding. The Purchaser reserves the absolute right to reject any or
all tenders  of any  particular Units  (i) determined  by it  not to  be in  the
appropriate  form or (ii) the acceptance for purchase of Units which may, in the
opinion of the Purchaser's counsel, be unlawful.
 
    8.  TAX IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER.  Federal income  tax law generally  requires
that  a  Unitholder  whose  Units  are accepted  for  payment  must  provide the
Depositary with  his  or her  correct  Taxpayer Identification  Number  ("TIN"),
which,  in the case of a  Unitholder who is an individual,  is his or her social
security number. If the Depositary  is not provided with  the correct TIN or  an
adequate basis for an exemption, such Unitholder may be subject to a $50 penalty
imposed  by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, backup withholding at the
rate of 31% may be imposed upon the gross proceeds resulting from the Offer.  If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.
 
    Exempt  Unitholders (including,  among others, all  corporations and certain
foreign individuals) are not subject  to these backup withholding and  reporting
requirements.  To  prevent  possible  erroneous  backup  withholding,  an exempt
Unitholder must enter its correct  TIN in Part 1  of Substitute Form W-9,  write
"Exempt"  in Part 2 of such  form, and sign and date  the form. See the enclosed
Guidelines for  Certification of  Taxpayer Identification  Number on  Substitute
Form  W-9 (the  "W-9 Guidelines")  for additional  instructions. In  order for a
nonresident alien  or foreign  entity to  qualify as  exempt, such  person  must
submit  a completed Form W-8, "Certificate of Foreign Status." Such forms may be
obtained from the Depositary.
 
    If the Units are held in  more than one name or are  not in the name of  the
actual owner, consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report.
<PAGE>
    If  you do not  have a TIN,  consult the W-9  Guidelines for instructions on
applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9, and sign
and date the  form. If the  box in Part  2 is checked,  the Unitholder or  other
payee  must also  complete the  Certificate of  Awaiting Taxpayer Identification
Number below. If you provide  your TIN to the Depositary  within 60 days of  the
date  the Depositary receives such form, any amounts withheld during such 60-day
period will be refunded to you by the Depositary. NOTE: CHECKING THE BOX IN PART
2 ON THE FORM MEANS THAT YOU HAVE  ALREADY APPLIED FOR A TIN OR THAT YOU  INTEND
TO APPLY FOR ONE IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
 
    9.  NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT.  Federal income tax law generally requires that in
the case of any disposition of a United States real property interest, including
the Units, by a foreign person, the purchaser is required to deduct and withhold
a  tax equal to  10% of the total  amount realized on  the disposition. To avoid
this withholding,  each  Unitholder must  provide  the Depositary  a  Nonforeign
Affidavit,  signed  by  the Unitholder  under  penalty of  perjury,  stating the
Unitholder's TIN and  that the  Unitholder is not  a foreign  person. A  foreign
person  is generally defined as any person  other than (a) a citizen or resident
of the United States, (b) a  partnership or corporation created or organized  in
the  United States or under the law of the United States or of any State, or (c)
any estate or  trust whose  income, from sources  within or  without the  United
States,  is taxable in the United States.  If the Unitholder is a foreign person
or does not execute and complete the Nonforeign Affidavit, any amounts  withheld
will  be credited against the amount of income tax incurred by the Unitholder on
the sale of his  or her Units when  the Unitholder files his  or her income  tax
return for the period including the year of the sale.
 
    Unitholders should complete and execute the attached Nonforeign Affidavit to
avoid  this withholding. In the case  of Unitholders other than individuals, the
Nonforeign Affidavit must be completed and  signed by an authorized officer,  in
the  case of a corporation, by a general  partner, in the case of a partnership,
by a manager  or member, in  the case of  a limited liability  company and by  a
trustee,  executor or equivalent fiduciary  in the case of  a trust or estate. A
foreign corporation that has made a  valid election under Section 897(i) of  the
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as amended,  to  be  treated  as  a domestic
corporation for purposes of such section may provide a Nonforeign Affidavit  but
must  attach to  the Nonforeign  Affidavit a copy  of the  acknowledgment of the
election provided to the foreign corporation by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    10.  NOTICE OF  TRANSFER TO PARTNERSHIP.   A Unitholder's execution of  this
Letter  of  Transmittal  and  delivery  to the  Depositary  will  be  treated as
providing the necessary notice  of transfer to the  Partnership for purposes  of
Code Section 6050K.
 
    IMPORTANT:  THIS  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL, TOGETHER  WITH ALL  OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS, MUST BE  RECEIVED BY THE  DEPOSITARY ON  OR PRIOR TO  JULY 31,  1996,
UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
THE DEPOSITARY:               THE INFORMATION AGENT:
GEMISYS CORPORATION           D.F. KING & CO., INC.
7103 S. REVERE PARKWAY        77 WATER STREET
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
1-800-955-2235                (212) 269-5550 (CALL COLLECT)
                              OR
                              1-800-207-2872
</TABLE>
 
                  TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING UNITHOLDERS
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 8.)
 
                       PAYER'S NAME:  GEMISYS CORPORATION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                                  <C>
                                  Part 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN                   TIN
                                  IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY      ----------------------------
                                  SIGNING AND DATING BELOW                 Social Security Number or
SUBSTITUTE                                                               Employer Identification Number
                                                                       Part 2
Form W-9                                                               Awaiting TIN  / /
 
                                  CERTIFICATION -- UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT (1) the
                                  number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number
                                  (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), (2) I am not subject
                                  to backup withholding either because I have not been notified by the
                                  Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to backup
                                  withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
                                  dividends or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to
Department of the Treasury        backup withholding, and (3) any other information provided on this form
Internal Revenue Service          is true and correct.
 
                                  SIGNATURE
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)       DATE
AND CERTIFICATION
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  You must cross out item (2) of the above Certification if you have been
                                  notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because
                                  of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return and you have
                                  not been notified by the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup
                                  withholding.
</TABLE>
 
NOTE:  FAILURE  TO COMPLETE  AND RETURN THIS  FORM MAY  IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
       RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU  PURSUANT
       TO  THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF
       TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER ON  SUBSTITUTE  FORM W-9  FOR  ADDITIONAL
       DETAILS.
<PAGE>
             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
    I  certify under penalties of perjury  that a taxpayer identification number
has not  been issued  to  me, and  either  (1) I  have  mailed or  delivered  an
application  to  receive a  taxpayer  identification number  to  the appropriate
Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or  (2)
I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that
if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 31%
of such payment of the purchase price will be withheld.
 
Signature __________________________________________  Date _____________________

<PAGE>

Release Number: 96-4

CONTACTS:
Jennifer R. Wall                          DeLise Keim
David B. Frank                            Harrell Beck
D.F. King & Co., Inc.                     Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
212/269-5550                              206/624-8100

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
- ---------------------

              SHURGARD SIGNS AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE THREE AFFILIATED
                 SELF STORAGE REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

PARTNERSHIPS COLLECTIVELY OWN INTERESTS IN 37 SELF STORAGE FACILITIES IN NINE
STATES

     SEATTLE, WASHINGTON, JULY 2, 1996 . . . Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. 
("Shurgard") (NYSE:SHU), IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. ("IDS1"), 
IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P. II ("IDS2") and IDS/Shurgard Income 
Growth Partners L.P. III ("IDS3") today jointly announced that they have 
signed an agreement (the "Agreement") providing for the acquisition by 
Shurgard of IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3 (the "Partnerships") for an aggregate 
consideration of approximately $107 million in cash and shares of Shurgard's 
Class A Common Stock. Each acquisition will be made by means of an offer (the 
"Offer") by Shurgard to the limited partners of each of the Partnerships to 
purchase for cash the units of limited partnership interest ("Units") held by 
them, followed by a merger of each of the Partnerships into Shurgard (the 
"Mergers"). The price per unit in the Offer and the Merger for IDS1, IDS2 and 
IDS3 is $257, $222 and $308, respectively. The Offer prices and Merger prices 
are based upon the net asset values of the respective Partnerships. 
Consummation of each Merger is subject to the satisfaction of various 
conditions, including the approval of the respective Mergers by the IDS1, 
IDS2 and IDS3 limited partners. Acquisition of a Partnership is not 
conditioned upon the acquisition of any other Partnership.

     The agreement provides that Shurgard will offer to purchase for cash up 
to 43.9% of the Units in IDS1, up to 42.6% of the Units in IDS2 and up to 
43.6% of the Units in IDS3. The Offers will not be conditioned upon a minimum 
number of Units being tendered. Shurgard intends to commence the Offers 
today, but, in any event, no later than July 9, 1996, and will finance the 
purchases of Units made pursuant to the Offers through borrowings under its 
existing credit facilities.


                                     (MORE...)

<PAGE>

Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.
July 2, 1996
Page 2


     Following completion of the Offers, IDS1, IDS2 AND IDS3 will hold 
meetings of limited partners to vote upon approval of the Mergers. If a 
Partnership's Merger is approved by the requisite vote of the Unitholders 
under the Partnership agreement, that Partnership will, if other conditions 
to the Merger are satisfied or waived, merge with and into Shurgard, and each 
outstanding Unit of the Partnership (other than those owned by Shurgard) will 
be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Class A Common 
Stock of Shurgard determined in the manner provided in the Agreement.

     It is currently anticipated that notice of the meetings of limited 
partners of the Partnerships to be held to consider the Mergers will be 
mailed to limited partners in August and that the meetings will be held in 
October. The timing of the notice and the meetings, however, will be subject, 
among other things, to the timing of the effectiveness of a registration 
statement to be filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission covering the 
Shurgard Class A Common Stock proposed to be issued in the Mergers. The offer 
of the Class A Common Stock to be issued in the Mergers will be made only by 
means of a prospectus that complies with the applicable provisions of law.

                                   *  *  *

     Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., is a fully integrated, 
self-administered, self-managed real estate investment trust (REIT) 
headquartered in Seattle, Washington, specializing in all aspects of the self 
storage industry. Shurgard operates a network of more than 265 storage 
centers located throughout the United States and in Europe. Of these 
properties, the Company owns directly, or through joint venture interests, 
approximately two-thirds of the portfolio. The remaining properties are owned 
by affiliated and unaffiliated parties, including the 37 properties owned by 
IDS1, IDS2 and IDS3.


<PAGE>
 [LOGO]
                        1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101
 
IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS OFFER OR IF YOU NEED HELP IN COMPLETING THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, PLEASE CALL THE INFORMATION AGENT, D.F. KING & CO., INC.,
AT (800) 207-2872
 
                                  July 2, 1996
 
    Re:  Cash Tender Offer for up to 65,000 Units of
       IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P.
 
Dear Unitholder:
 
    Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"), is
offering  to purchase  (the "Offer") up  to 65,000 units  of limited partnership
interest (the "Units") in IDS/Shurgard Income Growth Partners L.P., a Washington
limited partnership (the "Partnership"),  at a net cash  price per Unit of  $257
(the "Offer Price"). The Offer is not conditioned upon a minimum number of Units
being  tendered. If more  than 65,000 Units are  validly tendered, the Purchaser
will accept only 65,000 Units and will purchase Units from tendering Unitholders
on a pro rata basis. You will not have to pay any commissions or fees associated
with the sale. The Offer  presents a current opportunity  to sell your Units  if
you desire immediate liquidity.
 
    The Partnership and the Purchaser have entered into an Acquisition Agreement
which  provides  for  the merger  (the  "Merger")  of the  Partnership  into the
Purchaser after completion of  the Purchaser's purchase of  Units in the  Offer.
The  Merger is  subject to the  approval of holders  of greater than  75% of the
Units at  a special  meeting  of Unitholders  to be  held  after the  Offer  has
expired.  If the  Merger is  approved by the  requisite vote  of Unitholders and
certain other conditions to the Merger are satisfied, the Partnership will merge
into the Purchaser and  cease to exist as  a separate legal entity.  Unitholders
who  participate  in the  Merger  will receive  shares  of Common  Stock  of the
Purchaser in exchange for their Units.
 
    THE GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP HAS APPROVED THE OFFER AND THE MERGER
AND HAS  DETERMINED THAT  THE TERMS  OF THE  OFFER AND  THE MERGER  ARE FAIR  TO
UNITHOLDERS.  THE GENERAL PARTNER  RECOMMENDS THAT THOSE  UNITHOLDERS WHO DESIRE
IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY  TENDER  THEIR  UNITS  IN  THE  OFFER  AND  THAT  ALL  OTHER
UNITHOLDERS  RETAIN THEIR  UNITS AND,  INSTEAD, PARTICIPATE  IN THE  MERGER. THE
MERGER WILL ONLY OCCUR IF IT IS  APPROVED BY THE REQUISITE VOTE OF  UNITHOLDERS.
THE  GENERAL  PARTNER  IS AN  AFFILIATE  OF  THE PURCHASER  AND  HAS SIGNIFICANT
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THE OFFER AND THE MERGER.
 
    The Purchaser has enclosed  an Offer to Purchase  and Letter of  Transmittal
which  together describe the  terms of the  Offer and the  Merger. The Purchaser
urges you to  read both  the Offer  to Purchase  and the  Letter of  Transmittal
carefully.  If you wish to sell your Units  and receive a net cash price of $257
per Unit, please complete  the enclosed Letter of  Transmittal and return it  to
the address set forth on the back cover of the Offer to Purchase. The Offer will
expire on Wednesday, July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    We thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                                 [SIGNATURE]
 
                                          Charles K. Barbo
                                          CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                          SHURGARD STORAGE CENTERS, INC.

<PAGE>


             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER.
Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens, i.e. 000-00-
0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one
hyphen, i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give
the payer.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Give the
For this type of account:                   SOCIAL SECURITY
                                            number of:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  An individual's account                 The individual

2.  Two or more individuals                 The actual owner of the
    (joint account)                         the account or, if combined
                                            funds, any one of the individuals(1)

3.  Husband and wife (joint account)        The actual owner of the account
                                            or, if joint funds, either
                                            person(1)

4.  Custodian account of a minor            The minor(2)
    (uniform Gift to Minors Act)

5.  Adult and minor (joint account)         The adult or, if the minor
                                            is the only contributor,
                                            the minor(1)

6.  Account in the name of guardian or      The ward, minor, or
    committee for a designated ward,        incompetent person(3)
    minor, or incompetent person

7.  a.  The usual revocable savings         The grantor-trustee(1)
        trust account (grantor is
        also trustee)
    b.  So-called trust account that
        is not a legal or valid trust
        under state law.

8.  Sole proprietorship account             The owner(4)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Give the EMPLOYER
For this type of account                    IDENTIFICATION
                                            number
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.  A valid trust, estate, or               The legal entity (Do not
    pension trust                           furnish the identifying
                                            number of the personal
                                            representative or trustee
                                            unless the legal entity
                                            itself is not designated
                                            in the account title)(5)

10. Corporate account                       The corporation

11. Religious, charitable, or               The organization
    educational organization
    account

12. Partnership account held in             The partnership
    the name of the business

13. Association, club, or other             The organization
    tax-exempt organization

14. A broker or registered nominee          The broker or nominee

15. Account with the Department of          The public entity
    Agriculture in the name of a
    public entity (such as a State
    or local government, school
    district, or prison) that receives
    agricultural program payments

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2)  Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number
(3)  Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such
     person's social security number.
(4)  Show the name of the owner.
(5)  List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension
     trust.

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be
      considered to be that of the first name listed.

<PAGE>



             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                     PAGE 2

OBTAINING A NUMBER
If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your
number, obtain Form 55-5. Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form
55-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the
Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a
number.

PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the
following:
     -    A corporation.
     -    A financial institution.
     -    An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual
          retirement plan.
     -    The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
     -    A State the District of Columbia, a possession of the United 
          States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof
     -    A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government,
          or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
     -    An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality
          thereof.
     -    A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the
          U.S. or a possession of the U.S.
     -    A real estate investment trust.
     -    A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)
     -    An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described
          in section 4947(a)(1).
     -    An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of
          1940.
     -    A foreign central bank of issue.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup
withholding include the following:

     -    Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section
          1441.
     -    Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the
          U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.
     -    Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid
          in money.
     -    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding including the
following:

     -    Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You
          may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $500 or more
          and is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you
          have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the
          payer.
     -    Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends
          under section 52).
     -    Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
     -    Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
     -    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Exempt payers described above must still complete the Substitute Form W-5
enclosed herewith to avoid possible erroneous. backup withholding. FILE
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 WITH THE PAYER. REMEMBERING TO CERTIFY YOUR TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON THE FORM AND WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM.

     Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends,
that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup
withholding. For details, use the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a),
6045, and 6050A.

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE.--Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend,
interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers
who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification
purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are
required to file tax returns. Beginning January 1, 1993, payers must generally
withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a
payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain
penalties may also apply.

PENALTIES

(1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. If you fail
to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a
penalty of 550 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable
cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) FAILURE TO REPORT CERTAIN DIVIDEND AND INTEREST PAYMENTS. If you fail to
include any portion of an includible payment for interest, dividends, or
patronage dividends in gross income and such failure is due to negligence, a
penalty of 20% is imposed on any portion of an under-payment attributable to
that failure.

(3) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. If you make
a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of
backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(4) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. Falsifying certifications or
affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or
imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE
SERVICE.

<PAGE>
 [LOGO]
                        1201 Third Avenue, Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington 98101
 
July 2, 1996
 
RE: Offer  to Purchase by Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc. ("Purchaser") for Units
    of IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners  L.P., IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
    Partners  L.P. II,  and IDS/Shurgard  Income Growth  Partners L.P.  III (the
    "Partnerships")
 
Dear Financial Advisor:
 
    Enclosed for your information and use  are materials relating to the  Offers
to   Purchase  of  up  to  65,000  units  of  limited  partnership  interest  in
IDS/Shurgard Income  Growth  Partners  L.P.,  up  to  49,000  units  of  limited
partnership  interest in IDS/Shurgard Income Growth  Partners L.P. II, and up to
52,000 units  of  limited partnership  interest  in IDS/Shurgard  Income  Growth
Partners  L.P. III by Shurgard Storage Centers,  Inc. The Offers to Purchase and
Letters of Transmittal are also  being mailed to your  clients, a list of  which
has been enclosed for your convenience.
 
    Please  note that following the completion of the purchase of units pursuant
to these Offers,  notification of a  special meeting to  consider and vote  upon
approval  of the merger of each of  the Partnerships with and into the Purchaser
(the "Merger") will be  sent to unitholders.  If the Merger  is approved by  the
requisite  vote of unitholders of each  Partnership and certain other conditions
are satisfied or  waived, that  Partnership will  merge into  the Purchaser  and
cease  to exist  as a  separate legal  entity. Unitholders  participating in the
Merger will receive  shares of  common stock of  the Purchaser  in exchange  for
their units.
 
    After  you  have  reviewed  and  considered  the  content  of  the  enclosed
materials, we urge that  you contact your  clients to discuss  what is in  their
best  interests. Please note  that the tender  deadline is 11:59  p.m., New York
City time, on July 31, 1996, unless extended.
 
    Questions and requests for additional  copies of the enclosed materials  may
be directed to our Information Agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., at 1-800-207-2872.
 
Sincerely,
 
       [SIGNATURE]
 
Charles K. Barbo
Chairman & CEO
of Shurgard Storage Centers, Inc.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission